VMC SERIES VERTICAL MACHINING CENTER OPERATION MANUAL (ELECTRICS) SHENYANG MACHINE TOOL CO., LTD CHINA CZECHVERTICAL MACHINE TOOLDEPT This document is applied to Model VMC650eгЂЃVMC700гЂЃVMC850гЂЃVMC850eгЂЃVMC1000гЂЃ VMC1100гЂЃVMC1300гЂЃVMC1600гЂЃVMC700BгЂЃVMC850BгЂЃVMC1000BгЂЃVMC1100BгЂЃ VMC1300BгЂЃVMC1600BгЂЃVMC2100BгЂЃVMC700PгЂЃVMC850PгЂЃVMC1000PгЂЃVMC1100PгЂЃ VMC1300PгЂЃVMC1600P vertical machining center FANUC 0I,18I,21I numerical control system This machine tool is in conformity to GB/5226.1 standard. Serious Statement The contents in this document are all functions with our machine. Some of these are option functions that not every machine is provided with. So functions about the machine you buy are according to <Machine Selling Compact>. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works I VMC Seies e Prefacr Warning Read and study the security policies carefully before the product configuration, operation, and maintenance. Failure to comply with the relevant security policies and other warnings described in the operating manual may cause death or injury. The Manual is applicable only to VMC Series. In order to prevent accident caused by erroneous operations, marks are prefixed to the warnings in the manual. Meanings of the marks are as follows. Please understand the content thoroughly before reading the main text. Danger: Warning: Attention: Attention: Important: Supplementary information: The mark shows that: erroneous operations will cause imminent danger of death or severe injuries. The mark shows that: erroneous operations will cause potential danger of death or severe injuries. The mark shows that: erroneous operations will cause potential danger of minor or moderate injuries. The mark shows that: erroneous operations will cause potential danger of loss of property other than the product. This is to remind the operators not to damage the product This is a reference for the effective use of the product Any reproduction of this manual by any means is prohibited. Appearance and specifications of the machine may change subject to improvements. We have attempted to describe the situations in the manual as many as possible. However, it will take up excessive pages in the manual to specify all do's and dont's, and thus not all is enumerated. Therefore, any issue that is not specified shall be understood as “dont’s”. Any questions on an unmentioned operation shall be consulted with us. II China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Preface Preface 1. Purpose of Using the Machine VMC Series Machines are machining center tools controled by the CNC (computer numerical control device) for cutting, which can carry out milling, drilling, boring, and tapping. Please do not use the machine tools for other purposes. 2. User Definition 2.1 Operator Machine operators are referred as “operators” within the manual. “Operators” must read the manual and fully understand the content. The operation of the machine tool in the absence of understanding the content of the manual will not only endanger the operator, but also bring great harm to the people around. In addition, the “operator” shall not conduct the following operations. пј€1пј‰ Removal of removable cover plates (fixed cover plate) with tools пј€2пј‰ Machine installation and moving operations пј€3пј‰ Machine tool repair Routine Maintenance, Preventive Maintenance Staff The staff in question should be professionally trained in our company, or should have the same level of expertise, and has been qualified by the owner enterprise. “Routine maintenance and preventive maintenance staff” must read the manual and fully understand the content. The operation of the machine tool in the absence of understanding the content will not only endanger the operator, but also bring great harm to the people around. Moreover, routine maintenance and preventive maintenance staff shall not conduct the following operations. пј€1пј‰ Machine installation and moving operations пј€2пј‰ Machine tool repair Routine maintenance and preventive maintenance staff must adhere to the following “Maintenance Precautions. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works III VMC Seies e Prefacr Maintenance Precautions Warning Before the baffle plate is removed for the purpose of maintenance, the circuit breaker in the electrical cabinet must be disconnected. Otherwise, the machine may bring injuries or electric shocks due to unexpected movements. When connecting the power supply after the removal of the cover plate for maintenance operations, it is necessary to make sure whether there is other staff nearby Otherwise, the machine may bring injuries or electric shocks due to unexpected movements. In the process of carrying out maintenance operations, a sign should be hung near the circuit breaker in the electrical cabinet, which shows that no one except for the operators is allowed to connect the power supply. In the process of maintenance operation, as well as when the maintenance operation is done and the power is connected to run the machine, it is important to confirm whether there are forgotten tools in the machine. Otherwise, the machine movement may hit the tools flying to hurt people around. In the process of electrical adjustment with the cover plate removed, tools with fully electrical protection (resin screwdrivers, etc.) should be applied. Otherwise, an electric shock may happen. After the maintenance operation is ended, all the components including screws disassembled should be fitted. Otherwise, safety devices may not work properly or correctly that cause electric shocks or injuries. During the process of replacing the parts (Batteries for the separated absolute pulse encoder), the circuit breaker in the electrical cabinet should always be disconnected.Otherwise, damages to the parts or electric shocks may happen. The replacement of the CNC memory backup battery or the fluorescent lights inside the machine should be only conducted by the “maintenance staff”, and “routine maintenance and preventive maintenance staff” is not authorized. If the operation is conducted by the staff with insufficient expertise, the safety devices may not fully work, or because of the unexpected movement of the machine, injuries or electric shocks may be caused. 2.3 Maintenance Staff Maintenance staff should meet the requirements of having adequate mechanical or electrical knowledge and training experences by the manufacturer, or should have have the same level of expertise and have been qualified by the owner enterprise. The “maintenance staff” is responsible for: пј€1пј‰ Machine installation and moving operations пј€2пј‰ Machine tool repair The “maintenance staff” must read the manual and fully understand the content. The operation of the machine tool in the absence of understanding the content will not only endanger the maintenance staff, but also bring great harm to the people around. Be sure to comply with the "Maintenance Precautions" above. Espacialy for the skilled staff, more attention should be paid to avoid accidents caused by mindlessness. 3. Contents of the Manual The manual includes instructions on VMC series. The Manual for the Machine is as follows: VMC Series Operation Manual – the manual herein. The manual is dedicated to the usage and maintenance of the machine. в�… в�… в�… The content of the manual is as follows: Safety policies are to describe the machine safety policies, warnings, and IV China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Preface marks. I Overview………….. Explains the subjects, names of various parts and mechanical material adopted along with the machine. II Setting method……Explains how to operate the first-time installation and displacement of the machine tool. III Routine Run…... .Descriptions on process and operation. IV Operation details…Itemized descriptions on available operations of the machine Appendix……………… .Main specifications and various kinds of charts, information. Please be sure to refer to the security section when using the machine. Miscellaneous operations available are contained in III and for the operation of NC, please refer to the manual (2) above. Moreover, the manual is sensitive to the buttons on the control panel. (For the buttons please refer to “I - 3”) В·Softkey displayed on the screen[ _ ] (Example) [PARAMETER] (Parameter), [ALARM] (alarm) etc. В·Hardkey on the operating panel <_> (Example) <RESET> (reset), <INPUT> (input) etc. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works V VMC Seies e Prefacr Safety Policies Before using the machine, it is necessary to read and fully understand the contents of the safety issues and relevant functions. Operations without full understanding of the content may lead to unexpected accidents. Please use the machine with full understanding of the content. When using the machine, if the state or local governments has provided regulations on health and sanitation and safety, the regulations must be followed. 1. Machine Safety Features To keep operators from risks, VMC series machine adopts an interlocking system that stops the machine in the event the protective door is open. Protective door interlocking system comprises electromagnetic lock switches, control loop, and software. An internal light that illuminates the processing region is provided within the protective door. пј€Aпј‰ Electromagnetic Lock Switch Electromagnetic lock switches are provided on the upperright part of the protective door. When the protective door is opened, the spindle and the XYZ axes will be stopped. After the movement of XYZ axes is stopped, the protective door will be opened by the electromagnetic lock switch that is unlocked. пј€Bпј‰ Mode Selection Lock CE Marking specifications, with a software-based mode selection lock. пј€Cпј‰ Fixed baffle plate A machine fixed baffle plate is provided to contain the motion part of the machine. пј€Dпј‰ Emergency Stop Button The button is at the very lowest part of the control panel. Please refer to “III Routine Run 3. Emergency Stop”. Emergency stop button operation should be first implemented in the event of the failure of the machine. The button is ready to be pressed at any time when necessary. Nothing shoud be covered on the emergency stop button. VI China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Preface 2. Warnings Warning Before the configuration, operation, and maintenance of the machine, please read carefully the pages related to safety policies. Failure to comply with the contents described in the safety policies and other warnings contained in the operating manual may cause death or injury. a) Dangers associated with the machine Warning When opening the protective door, special attention should be paid to avoid touching the moving parts such as the platform and the tool changer etc. Otherwise, clip wounds may happen. Do not enter into the machine with the entire body. When entering into the machine with the entire body, other staff may not be able to identify an on-going maintenance, and on some conditions, other staff may start the machine due to the ignorance of the staff within the machine. Please wear protective goggles when starting the blower with the protective door open. Chips blown in eyes may lead to blindness. Please erase the coolant and lubricants (grease, oil) from both hands. Coolant and lubricants stained hands will become very slippery, so it will be difficult to carry work-pieces, using and operating machine, resulting in injuries and damage to the work-pieces. Do not use the cross screwdriver to open the protective door with the power connected. Even when the tools are rotating, the processing region is accessable, and thus sometimes injuries may happen. When the power supply is on, use the protective door open and close button to control the protective door. Never overload the machine. The weight exceeding the maximum load will bring damage to the platform, injuries to the staff, or the damage to the work-pieces and fixtures. When opening the machine protective door, it is necessary to prepare the loop disconnecting the power between the motor and the control unit. The replacement of the CNC memory backup battery or the fluorescent lights inside the machine should be only conducted by the “maintenance staff”, and “routine maintenance and preventive maintenance staff” is not authorized. If the operation is conducted by the staff with insufficient expertise, the safety devices may not fully work, or because of the unexpected movement of the machine, injuries or electric shocks may be caused. Attention Sharp corners and burrs on processed and unprocessed work-pieces should be noticed. They may cause injuries. Gloves or other protective equipment are necessary. When using or replacing the tools, pay attention to the sharp parts that may cause injuries. When using tools, please wear protective equipment such as gloves etc. When disposing chips, be careful to avoid injuries. Gloves or other protective equipment are necessary. The disposal of tools should comply with relevant regulations on the disposal of hazardous materials. Arbitrary discarding will lead to injuries if touched by other people. Attention Work-pieces should be properly clamped on the fixture for processing. Moreover, the fixture should be kept fixed on the working table. A work-piece in processing that is not completely fixed may come off the fixture and fly out to damage the work-piece and the machine. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VII VMC Seies e Prefacr Before processing, it should be recognized that the tool has been effectively installed in the tool component. If the installation is improper, the tool may come off and damage the work-piece and the machine. Before processing, confirmation should be made to ensure that the tool is not worn and broken. Otherwise, the debris of the tool flying out may damage the machine. Before processing, confirmation should be made to ensure that the tool component is effectively installed on the clamp of the tool magazine in accordance with the instructions. If the installation is improper, the tool component may come off and fly out to damage the work-piece and the machine. b) Danger associated with Electric Operation and Adjustment Process Warning Due to the dangerous existence of unexpected machine tool movements causing risks of injuries or electric shocks, the operation must comply with the following matters. пЃ¬ In the configuration operations, the main breaker (out of the electrical cabinet) should be disconnected. пЃ¬ Before the baffle plate is removed for the purpose of maintenance, the circuit breaker in the electrical cabinet must be disconnected. пЃ¬ In the maintenance and configuration of optional components, the circuit breaker in the electrical cabinet and of the optional components should be disconnected. пЃ¬ When connecting the power supply after the removal of the cover plate for maintenance operations, it is necessary to make sure whether there is other staff nearby The assembly of the Z-axis motor should be carried out when the main power of the machine is off. Otherwise, unexpected injuries or electric shock may happen. In the process of carrying out maintenance operations, a sign should be hung near the circuit breaker in the electrical cabinet, which shows that no one except for the operators is allowed to connect the power supply. In the process of maintenance operation, as well as when the maintenance operation is done and the power is connected to run the machine, it is important to confirm whether there are forgotten tools in the machine. Otherwise, the movement of the machine may lead to the jam of the tool or damage to the machine, or injuries caused by flying tools. In the process of electrical adjustment with the cover plate removed, tools with fully electrical protection (resin screwdrivers, etc.) should be applied. Otherwise, an electric shock may happen. After the maintenance operation is ended, all the components including screws disassembled should be fitted. Otherwise, safety devices may not work properly or correctly that cause electric shocks or injuries. The use of the machine should be instantly stopped in the event the power cable and the connection cable are damaged. Otherwise, electric shocks or fire may happen. Before the replacement of the damaged cable by the maintenance staff, the machine may not be used. Before the disassembled cables are installed properly, the power supply of the machine should not be connected. Otherwise, an electric shock may happen. During the process of replacing the parts, the circuit breaker (except for the batteries for the separated absolute pulse encoder) in the electrical cabinet should always be disconnected . Otherwise, damages to the parts or electric shocks may happen. In the process of replacement of fuses and batteries, the power must be cut off through the main circuit breaker. Otherwise, an electric shock may happen. Warning The replacement of the CNC memory backup battery or the fluorescent lights inside the machine should be only conducted by the “maintenance staff”, and “routine maintenance and preventive maintenance staff” is not authorized. If the operation is conducted by the staff with insufficient expertise, the safety devices may not fully work, or because of the unexpected movement of the machine, injuries or electric shocks may be caused. VIII China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Preface It should be noticed that although the circuit breaker in the electrical cabinet is disconnected, the power supply at the circuit breaker side is still connected. Moreover, it should be noticed that there are electrical risks in the following devices connected to the main circuit breaker side. 1. When an external transformer is installed 2. When external non-standard equipment is installed Inside the electrical cabinet, even after disconnection of the main circuit breaker, residue voltage still exists in some of the parts, so there is a danger of electric shock. The operation necessary to contact the inside of the electrical cabinet should only be conducted by the staff with full electrical knowledge. Do not touch the electrical cabinet with wet hands. Otherwise, an electric shock may happen. Do not pour liquid onto the operating panel and the electrical cabinet. Otherwise, an electric shock may happen. Users of pacemakers should keep a distance from the machine. Otherwise, the pacemaker may be affected. c) Dangers of Heat Warning Inside the electrical cabinet, even after disconnection of the main circuit breaker, residue voltage still exists in some of the parts, so there is a danger of electric shock. The operation necessary to contact the inside of the electrical cabinet should only be conducted by the staff with full electrical knowledge. It should be noticed that in the operation, as well as the just-concluded shutdown, the machine parts as follows should not be touched. Some parts of the machine may remain in high heat and may cause scald. When it is necessary to touch the parts with high heat, heat-resistant gloves are needed. пЃ¬ Servo motro of the axes (X, Y, Z axis, auxiliary axis); пЃ¬ Spindle Motor; пЃ¬ Coolant motor. When the power supply is on and after a short while after the disconnection of the power, it should be noticed that the following positions on the machine should not be touched. Some positions on the machine may remain in high heat and may cause scald. When it is necessary to touch the parts with high heat, heat-resistant gloves are needed. пЃ¬ Power cord; пЃ¬ Internal hot parts in the electrical cabinet (transformers, heat sinks). d) Dangers in the Operation Warning During the installation, if the components weigh obviously more than 20kg, seem uneasy to be lifted with bare hands, or they are heavy when trying to lift, please use a crane. If they are lifted with bare hands, waist will undertake more burden and they may bring injuries when falling down. In the establishment where the machine is used, adequate lighting should be provided to ensure a safe state, on which components of the machine can be clearly seen. Operating in a dim place will lead to the wrong operation, which leads to accidents. In the place where the machine is running, more than 300 lux of illumination should be ensured. Supplementary component “light inside the machine” can be installed. Do not conduct the operation with an unnatural posture such as assembling and disassembling work-pieces far away from the table. The posture in question may bring increased burden on the waist, and a falling work-piece, etc. may lead to unexpected injuries. The table should be moved nearby before conducting operations. For the operations in height, in order to reduce the possibility of falling down, a ladder should be used to ensure a foothold. Stepping on the machine or other objects (stools or desks) that are not used as mounting platforms may likely lead to loss of balance, bringing unexpected accidents. Emergency stop button operation should be first implemented in the event of the failure. The button should be ready to be pressed at any time when necessary. Nothing shoud be covered on the emergency stop button. The cause that triggers the emergency stop should be eliminated before the clearance of the emergency stop. Otherwise, the danger may happen again to bring injuries. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works IX VMC Seies e Prefacr Connections of the emergency stop to the external equipment should be effectively implemented. Accidents with inadequate connections may lead to injuries or damage to the tools due to malfunctioning of the emergency stop device. It is allowed to control 1 or 2 servo motors as the 4th and 5th axis (auxiliary axis). Auxiliary axes must be configured on the working table. With the axes in other positions, the operator will not be protected by the fixed baffle plate and the protective door and may thus be injured. The machine should be installed to ensure the maintenance space. For the maintennce space, please refer to “II. Configuration Method 3. e) Clothing Warning Operations of the operating panel and the display with gloves on should be avoided. Operations of the operating panel and the display with gloves on may cause mistakes while pressing keys and pressing more than one key. Thus, a wrong operation of the machine may happen that leads injuries or the damage to the work-piece and the machine. In order to prevent the accident of being caught in the machine in operations, the safety clothes as shown below should be worn. пЃ¬ A cap is always required. Long hair may be caught in the machine and affect sight, so it must be tied up in the cap; пЃ¬ Safety shoes are always required; пЃ¬ Protective glasses should be used; пЃ¬ Buttons at the ends of sleeves should be fastened; пЃ¬ No necklaces and bracelets; пЃ¬ No scarves. f) Configurations on Power-up, Operations inside the Machine, and Parameter Settings Warning The operator should not open the electrical cabinet. The high voltage parts inside may lead to an electric shock. When connecting the power supply, the operation should be conducted through the main breaker (out of the electrical cabinet) and the power switch (on the operating panel). The operator is not allowed to remove the fixed baffle plate. Parts of high-speed rotation and moving parts are installed inside. The removal of the fixed baffle plate may bring the following dangers. пЃ¬ Dangers of touching the parts of high-speed rotation and moving parts; пЃ¬ Broken tools and debris of work-pieces may fly out; пЃ¬ The chips may fly out; пЃ¬ The coolant may spray out of the machine; пЃ¬ Noises may be released; The operator is not allowed to open the protective door with the power on. Otherwise, the safety device may not work properly to lead to injuries. When needing to open the protective door with the power off, please entrust the maintenance staff. Operations with inadequate expertise may lead to injuries due to unexpected movement of the machine. The modification of the parameters should be conducted by the staff with adequate expertise. In some cases the interlock system may not work when modifying parameters, and thus the dangers of injuries may increase. The availability of the interlocking system should be confirmed when modifying parameters. g) Warnings on Fire Danger Do not use the coolant with low flash point (2nd oil family with flash point lower than в„ѓ). Otherwise fire may happen. Even the coolant of 3rd oil family (with a flashpoint between 70в„ѓ and 200в„ѓ) and 4th oil family (with a flash point higher than 250в„ѓ) may be ignited, so it is necessary to pay enough attention to the state and method of use, such as controlling the production of smoke. X China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Preface Flammable and incendiary materials such as dilute agent, gasoline, paper, wood, cloth, fiber, and aerosol sprays are not allowed around or near the machine (including power cables and connection cables). These materials may be iginted by the heat of the chips and sparks. Warning Guard against fire when using flammable work-pieces. They should be processed with appropriate tools on appropriate conditions. On the processing conditions that are not suitable with worn tools may cause fire due to heat in cutting. Moreover, the sparks caused by broken tools that splash onto the chip may cause fire. Please refer to the information provided by the tool manufacturers to perform processing with appropriate tools and on appropriate conditions. The machine must be stopped when the tool is damaged. Otherwise, the residual tools in the work-piece and the Z-axis (spindle nose) may produce sparks due to friction, and thereby lead to a fire of chips. Do not use the machine with sparks splashing. Otherwise fire may happen. Procedures and various types of settings should be fully confirmed in advance to make sure the movements, eliminating the interference between the fixtures in order to avoid imposing heavy loads to the tools. Chips should be cleaned. If the internal chips stack inside the machine, the potential fire danger will increase. Cleaning should be conducted on a regular basis, so as not to remove chip stacking. Oil mist and dust are not allowed around the machine. Otherwise, fire will be caused due to sparks. Warning While processing a plammable work-piece, machine state should always monitored in case of fire for appropriate and timely measures. A fire extinguisher is ncessary nearby for a sudden event of fire. Moreover, it is recommended that an automatic fire extinguisher be installed on the machine. The material that is suitible for the automative fire extinguisher is as follows. Materials other than the followings may not be sensitive to the automative fire extinguisher. пЃ¬ Resin; пЃ¬ Foam resin; пЃ¬ Sawdust; пЃ¬ Cotton; пЃ¬ Water-soluble cutting liquid; пЃ¬ Non-water-soluble flammable liquids (gasoline, lamp oil, cutting oil, machine oil, and lubricants. Almost all the non-water-soluble hazardous material). Clean regularly the piping and wiring (especially the sensor and nozzle) within the automatic fire extinguisher. Of particular note is that the chips and cuting liquid attached to the sensor and nozzle will affect the sensing of the occurrence of fire and the spraying of liquid. The use of the machine should be instantly stopped in the event the power cable and the connection cable are damaged. Otherwise, electric shocks or fire may happen. Before the replacement of the damaged cable by the maintenance staff, the machine may not be used. There must be enough space around the cable clip. If the ceiling, walls, beams, and other items (such as customer-owned roof that is different from the genuine FANUC product, etc.) of the building where the machine is set in are too close to the cable, the possibility of fire and electric shock may increase when the power cord in the cable clip is broken. Adequate coolant should always be guaranteed. Inadequate coolant may cause rise of temperature that leads to fire or damage to the tools and work-pieces. The roof is recommended. The roof is for the following purpose: in case of fire, the roof is able to prevent the fire from spreading to the ceiling of the building and reduce the spread speed; the roof also reduce the amount of oxygen within the cutting lquid baffle plate to accelerate the extinguishing of fire to promote the effectiveness of the automatic fire extinguisher. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works XI VMC Seies e Prefacr h) Maintenance Warning Inspection and maintenance should be carried out regularly. The inspection items described in the maintenance sections of the manual must be implemented. Otherwise, the machine will cause death or injuries, or damage due to the failure. Maintenance of the replacement parts should be in accordance with the implementation of the elements contained in the manual. Improper use of parts or wrong replacement methods will lead to machine failure or injuries. i) Setting and Operation of the Machine Warning The machine should be placed in a leveled environment. If the machine is placed in an unstable environment, the machine may move to bring unexpected injuries. The floor must in accordance with the following conditions while setting the machine. пЃ¬ Even for heavy objects of 2.5t, the ground will not be deformed and there will not be any problem; пЃ¬ The floor should be leveled without any uplift or depression; пЃ¬ The floor should be very hard, and even if imposed with 1.5 Mpa (15kgf/cmВІ), the floor will not deform; пЃ¬ The floor should be flat; пЃ¬ The floor should not deteriorate with the passage of time; пЃ¬ The floor should not deteriorate with changes in the environment due to day-to-day use. Confirm that the Z axis (spindle nose) won’t descend before opening the protective door. In some extreme cases, the Z axis may descend due to failure of the Z axis brake. It is necessary to notice if the Z axis descend after opening the protective door. The operation below the Z axis requires a wood block that is placed between the working table and the Z axis in case of failures to support the Z axis from descending. Confirm if the spindle has stopped before opening the protective door while the power is off. When disconnecting the power in the rotation of the axis, due to the inability to control and stop the spindle, which will continue to rotate because of inertia, the chips may fly out, or injuries may happen if touching the spindle. Pay attention to the descending of the Z axis (spindle nose) when disassembling the Z axis motor. When the motor is being disassembled, the Z axis may descend because the brake integrated in the motor is also removed. This may lead to injuries by being caught. For the removal of the motor, binds can be employed to fix the working table and the Z axis. For the first time using the embedded Ethernet function, please contact your network administrator for advice, and pay attention to the IP address settings and make full communication tests. If the IP address is incorrect, failures may happen in the communication of the network that lead to wrong operation in other machines, so full attention should be paid. Cranes, slings, or steel cables for hoisting the machine should be of the capacity over the weight of main machine part. Keep the machine in balance when hoisting. XII China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Preface 3. Warning Labels and Signs Pay more attenion to the parts with labels in the day-to-day operations. The machine is with the following labels on. The warning labels should be kept in a state that convenient to be recognized and read. Never stain, damage, or remove the warning labels. In case that the labels are lost or unable to be read, please contact the nearest Shenyang Machine Tool or distributor. Coordinate labelпјљ Z Handling label ! и¦ е‘Љ WARNING иЇ·жЊ‰е›ѕз¤єж–№ејЏеђЉиїђжњєеєЉ The machine tool should be lifted by the figure! China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works XIII VMC Series Contents TABLE OF CONTENTS SHENYANG MACHINE TOOL (GROUP) CO., LTD. ........................................................................ IВ PREFACE ................................................................................................................................................ IIIВ SAFETY POLICIES............................................................................................................................... VIВ 1. MACHINE SAFETY FEATURES ................................................................................................... VIВ 2. WARNINGS........................................................................................................................................ VIIВ 3. WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS ................................................................................................ XIIIВ в… . OVERVIEW .................................................................................................................................... - 1 -В 1 OVERVIEW ....................................................................................................................................... - 2 -В 1.1 FEATURES ..................................................................................................................................... - 3 -В 1.2 USE OF THE MACHINE ................................................................................................................. - 3 -В 2 BASIC OPERATIONS ................................................................................................................... - 4 -В в…Ў. ROUTINE RUN .............................................................................................................................. - 5 -В 1 POWER ON/OFF .............................................................................................................................. - 6 -В 1.1 POWER ON .................................................................................................................................... - 7 -В 1.2 POWER OFF .................................................................................................................................. - 8 -В 2 EMERGENCY STOP........................................................................................................................ - 9 -В 3 OPEN/CLOSE THE SAFETY DOOR .......................................................................................... - 10 -В 3.1 LOCKING THE SAFETY DOOR .............................................................................................. - 10 -В 3.2 OPERATION LIMIT WHEN SAFETY DOOR IS OPEN ...................................................... - 10 -В 3.3 RELEASE THE SAFETY DOOR LOCKING WHILE RUNNING ...................................... - 11 -В 4 PREPARATION PROGRAM (CNC OPERATION).............................................................................. - 12 -В 5 DRY RUN ......................................................................................................................................... - 13 -В 5.1 DRY RUN ...................................................................................................................................... - 13 -В 5.2 STEPS OF DRY RUN .................................................................................................................. - 13 -В 5.3 DRY RUN SPEED ........................................................................................................................ - 13 -В 6 AUTOMATICRUNNING(CNCOPERATION)............................................................................................. - 15 -В 6.1 START OF AUTOMATIC RUNNING....................................................................................... - 15 -В 6.2 STOP OF AUTOMATIC PROGRAM ....................................................................................... - 15 -В 6.3 RESTART OF AUTOMATIC RUNNING ................................................................................. - 16 -В в…ў.OPERATION DETAILS ............................................................................................................... - 17 -В 1 CREATE PROGRAMS .................................................................................................................. - 18 -В 1.1 EDIT PROGRAMS ...................................................................................................................... - 18 -В 1.1.1 CREATE PROGRAMS ............................................................................................................ - 18 -В 1.1.2 MODIFYING PROGRAMS..................................................................................................... - 18 -В 1.1.3 DELETING PROGRAMS ........................................................................................................ - 23 -В 1.1.4 CONFIRMING PROGRAM NO. IN THE MEMORY ........................................................ - 24 -В XIV China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Contents 1.1.5 CALLING PROGRAMS IN THE MEMORY ....................................................................... - 24 -В 1.2 PROGRAMMING ........................................................................................................................ - 25 -В 1.2.1 SPINDLE FUNCTION (S FUNCTION) ................................................................................. - 25 -В 1.2.2 AUXILIARY FUNCTION (M FUNCTION) .......................................................................... - 25 -В 1.2.3 TOOL FUNCTION (T FUNCTION)....................................................................................... - 27 -В 1.2.4 SPINDLE ORIENTATION (M19 FUNCTION) .................................................................... - 27 -В 1.2.5 RIGID TAPPING CYCLE (M29 FUNCTION) ..................................................................... - 27 -В 2 DISPLAYING & CHANGING PARAMETERS ................................................................................ - 34 -В 2.1 DISPLAYING PARAMETERS................................................................................................... - 34 -В 2.2 CHANGING PARAMETERS (BY MDI PANEL) .................................................................... - 35 -В 2.3 CHANGING OFFSET DATA ..................................................................................................... - 36 -В 2.4 CHANGING DATA OF WORK PIECE COORDINATE SYSTEM ...................................... - 37 -В 2.4.1 SETTING WORK PIECE COORDINATE SYSTEM.......................................................... - 37 -В 2.4.2 SELECTING WORK PIECE COORDINATE SYSTEM .................................................... - 37 -В 2.4.3 CHANGING WORK PIECE COORDINATE SYSTEM ..................................................... - 39 -В 2.5 CHANGING USER MACRO PROGRAM VARIABLE ......................................................... - 41 -В 2.5.1 USER MACRO PROGRAM VARIABLE .............................................................................. - 41 -В 2.5.2 SETTING DISPLAYED VARIABLE VALUE ....................................................................... - 44 -В 3 MANUAL OPERATIONS.............................................................................................................. - 45 -В 3.1 OPERATION OF THE SPINDLE ............................................................................................. - 45 -В 3.2 MOVEMENT OF EACH AXIS .................................................................................................. - 45 -В 4 AUTOMATIC RUNNING .............................................................................................................. - 46 -В 4.1 MDI RUNNING ............................................................................................................................ - 46 -В 4.2 OPERATION OF MEMORY ..................................................................................................... - 49 -В 4.3 REMOTE CONTROL RUNNING ............................................................................................. - 51 -В 4.4 SETTING AND OPERATION ABOUT AUTOMATIC RUNNING..................................... - 53 -В 4.4.1 SINGLE-BLOCK PROGRAM ................................................................................................ - 53 -В 4.4.2 RE-START AUTOMATIC RUNNING AFTER FEED HOLDING OR STOP ................ - 54 -В 4.4.3 EXECUTION OF MANUAL RUNNING DURING AUTOMATIC RUNNING .............. - 54 -В 4.4.5 CUTTING FEED OVERRIDE SWITCH .............................................................................. - 54 -В 4.4.6 M01 STOP .................................................................................................................................. - 54 -В 4.4.7 OPTIONAL PROGRAM-BLOCK SKIP ............................................................................... - 54 -В 4.4.8 RAPID MOVEMENT OVERRIDE ........................................................................................ - 55 -В 4.4.9 MACHINE LOCK ..................................................................................................................... - 55 -В 4.4.10 M.S.T.LOCK ............................................................................................................................ - 55 -В 4.4.11 HANDLE INTERRUPT ......................................................................................................... - 55 -В 4.4.12 PROGRAM RESTART .......................................................................................................... - 56 -В 5 TOOL CHANGE.............................................................................................................................. - 57 -В 5.1 ATTENTIONS FOR TOOL CHANGE................................................................................... - 57 -В 5.1.1 ATTENTIONS FOR TOOL CHANGE OF TURRET MAGAZINE: ................................ - 57 -В China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works XV VMC Series Contents 5.1.2 ATTENTIONS FOR TOOL CHANGE OF PLATE MAGAZINE: ................................... - 57 -В 5.1.3 ATTENTIONS FOR TOOL CHANGE OF CHAIN MAGAZINE: ................................... - 57 -В 5.2 TOOL CHANGE EXECUTION WITH M CODES AND T CODES .................................... - 58 -В 5.3 TOOL CHANGE OF TURRET MAGAZINE .......................................................................... - 58 -В 5.3.1 OPERATION STEPS FOR AUTOMATIC AND MANUAL TOOL CHANGE ................ - 58 -В 5.3.2 TOOL CHANGE ACTIONS OF MACHINE TOOL AND MAGAZINE ......................... - 59 -В 5.4 TOOL CHANGE OF PLATE TOOL MAGAZINE.................................................................. - 60 -В 5.4.1 OPERATION STEPS OF AUTOMATIC AND MANUAL TOOL CHANGE.................. - 60 -В 5.4.2 TOOL CHANGE ACTIONS OF MACHINE TOOL AND MAGAZINE ......................... - 61 -В 5.5 TOOL CHANGE OF CHAIN ..................................................................................................... - 61 -В 5.5.1 OPERATION STEPS OF AUTOMATIC AND MANUAL TOOL CHANGE.................. - 61 -В 5.5.2 TOOL CHANGE ACTIONS OF MACHINE TOOL AND MAGAZINE ......................... - 62 -В 5.6 TREATMENT OF TOOL CHANGE ERRORS ....................................................................... - 68 -В 6 SPINDLE FUNCTION.................................................................................................................... - 70 -В 6.1 SPINDLE ROTATING ................................................................................................................ - 70 -В 6.1.1 METHOD BY MEANS OF M CODE INSTRUCTION ....................................................... - 70 -В 6.1.2 ROTATING SPINDLE METHOD BY MEANS OF SPINDLE KEY ON OPERATION PANEL ................................................................................................................................................. - 70 -В 6.1.3 SPINDLE ROTATING WHILE SAFETY DOOR OPEN ................................................... - 70 -В 6.2 SPINDLE OVERRIDE ................................................................................................................ - 71 -В 6.3 TABLE FOR SPINDLE LOAD .................................................................................................. - 71 -В 6.4 ORIENTING OF THE SPINDLE (M19)................................................................................... - 72 -В 6.5 SPEED CHANGE OF SPINDLE ................................................................................................ - 72 -В 6.5.1 SPINDLE MECHANICAL SPEED CHANGE ...................................................................... - 72 -В 6.5.2 ELECTRIC SPEED CHANGE OF SPINDLE ...................................................................... - 73 -В 7 AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS OF MACHINE................................................................................ - 74 -В 7.1 HYDRAULIC STATION ............................................................................................................. - 74 -В 7.2 CHIP CONVEYOR ...................................................................................................................... - 74 -В 7.2.1 SPIRAL CHIP CONVEYOR ................................................................................................... - 74 -В 7.2.2 CHAIN CHIP CONVEYOR .................................................................................................... - 75 -В 7.3 PAPER STRIP FILTER ............................................................................................................... - 75 -В 7.4 LIFTING PUMP ........................................................................................................................... - 75 -В 7.5 WORK-PIECE AND TOOL MEASUREMENTS ................................................................... - 75 -В 7.5.1 WORK-PIECE MEASUREMENT ......................................................................................... - 75 -В 7.5.2 TOOL MEASUREMENT ......................................................................................................... - 76 -В 7.6 COOLING OF ELECTRIC CABINET ..................................................................................... - 76 -В 7.6.1 CABINET FAN .......................................................................................................................... - 76 -В 7.6.2 AIR CONDITIONER ................................................................................................................ - 76 -В 7.6.3 HEAT EXCHANGER ............................................................................................................... - 76 -В 7.7 MACHINE COOLING AND OIL MIST COLLECTING ...................................................... - 76 -В XVI China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Contents 7.7.1 WATER COOLING................................................................................................................... - 77 -В 7.7.2 INNER COOLING .................................................................................................................... - 77 -В 7.7.3 AIR COOLING .......................................................................................................................... - 77 -В 7.8 MACHINE ILLUMINATION .................................................................................................... - 78 -В 7.8.1 ELECTRIC CABINET ILLUMINATION ............................................................................. - 78 -В 7.8.2 ILLUMINATION FOR WORK-PIECES............................................................................... - 78 -В 7.9 INTRODUCTION OF MACHINE FIXTURES ....................................................................... - 78 -В 7.10 TRANSFORMERS ..................................................................................................................... - 78 -В 7.11 LUBRICATION.......................................................................................................................... - 78 -В 7.12 WATER GUN AND AIR GUN ................................................................................................. - 79 -В 8 DISPLAYING OF ALARM, OPERATION & DIAGNOSIS .................................................... - 80 -В 8.1 CNC INTERFACE ....................................................................................................................... - 80 -В 8.1.1 ALARM INFORMATION INTERFACE .............................................................................. - 80 -В 8.1.2 OPERATION INFORMATION INTERFACE ...................................................................... - 81 -В 9 OVER-TRAVEL RELEASES........................................................................................................ - 82 -В 10 RELEASE OF TOOL CAPTURE STATUS .............................................................................. - 83 -В 11 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA............................................................................................................... - 84 -В 11.1 DISPLAYING THE CONTENTS OF FILES ......................................................................... - 84 -В 11.2 SEARCHING FILE.................................................................................................................... - 86 -В 11.3 READING FILE ......................................................................................................................... - 87 -В 11.4 WRITING FILE ......................................................................................................................... - 89 -В 11.5 DELETING FILE ....................................................................................................................... - 90 -В 11.6 ALL INPUT/OUTPUT BY THE MEMORY CARD ............................................................. - 91 -В 12 TOOL LIFE MANAGEMENT FUNCTION ............................................................................. - 96 -В 12.1 DATA FOR MANAGING TOOL LIFE .................................................................................. - 97 -В 12.2 RECORDING, MODIFYING AND DELETING THE DATA FOR MANAGING TOOL LIFE ..................................................................................................................................................... - 98 -В 12.3 TOOL-LIFE MANAGEMENT COMMAND APPLIED IN MACHINING PROGRAMS ..... 100 -В 12.4 TOOL LIFE .............................................................................................................................. - 102 -В 12.5 PARAMETERS ASSOCIATED WITH TOOL-LIFE MANAGEMENT ......................... - 103 -В 13 STATUS INDICATORS ............................................................................................................. - 108 -В 14 DRILLING CYCLE FOR SMALL DEEP HOLES .......................................................................... - 109 -В 15 HIGH-SPEED SKIP FUNCTION ............................................................................................. - 113 -В 16 FIXED CYCLES FOR HIGH-SPEED POSITIONING DRILLING ................................... - 118 -В 16.1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................................. - 118 -В 16.2 FIXED CYCLE ......................................................................................................................... - 118 -В 16.3 PARAMETER........................................................................................................................... - 125 -В 16.4 NOTICES .................................................................................................................................. - 125 -В 17 ORIGIN RESTORATION METHOD & PARAMETERS FOR MACHINE ADJUSTMENT . - 126 -В China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works XVII VMC Series Contents APPENDIX ........................................................................................................................................ - 127 -В A LIST OF G CODES ...................................................................................................................... - 128 -В B OPERATION LIST....................................................................................................................... - 133 -В C ALARM LIST ............................................................................................................................... - 136 -В D RECOMMENDED FLASH CARD .................................................................................................. - 189 -В E EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION ................................................................................... - 190 -В F M CODES LIST ............................................................................................................................ - 193 -В G MAIN ELECTRIC PARTS LIST ............................................................................................... - 196 -В H PMC PARAMETERS LIST ........................................................................................................ - 199 -В I LIST OF SOFT SWITCHES ........................................................................................................ - 205 -В J POSITION OF ELECTRIC PARTS ON MACHINE ............................................................... - 206 -В K ELECTRIC ELEMENTS DIAGRAM....................................................................................... - 207 -В L THE LIST OF THE DIRECTIVE B ABOUT SPINDLE ORIENTATION POINT. ......... - 208 -В M THE SETTING UP AND USE OF FUNCTION IN PROHIBITED REGION..................... - 232 -В N PMC PARAMETERS LIST –MATE ......................................................................................... - 235 -В XVIII China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Overview . Overview China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works -1- VMC Series 1 Overview Overview VMC Series Machine Tools belong to vertical machining centers controlled by CNC system to realize cutting, like drilling, tapping and milling. Please don’t use the machine tool for other purposes. Please don’t use the machine tool for other purposes. -2- China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Overview 1.1 Features (1) Linear and curve machining In milling operations, high-precision linear and curve machining can be performed from different angles. (2) Rigid tapping In the rigid tapping with simultaneous feed of the spindle and the Z axis, the tapping riveting machine is not used so as to carry out high-speed and high-precision tapping in a short period of time. (3) Complete NC function Full NC functions are provided, corresponding to drilling, tapping, milling, and model machining. (4) Safety functions The safety functions of the machine comply with Class 3 of European safety standard EN954-1. The machine is manufactured according to the Appendix I of Machine Tool Commands 98/37/EC. 1.2 Use of the Machine VMC Series Machines are vertical drillers controled by the CNC (computer numerical control device) for cutting, which can carry out milling, drilling, boring, and tapping. Please do not use the machine tools for other purposes. Cutting performance is subject to the differences of work-pieces, tools, and coolants. Please refer to the operation manual of tools and coolants when using the machine. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works -3- VMC Series 2 2.Basic Operations Basic Operations Standard interface for FANUC series over FANUC Series-21I Function keys are used to select the category of the menu to be displayed. MDI panel is available with following function keys. Pos PROG OFFSET SETTING SYSTEM MESSAGE GRAPH CUSTOM1 -4- The key can be used to display position display menu. The key can be used to display program menu. The key can be used to display offset/setting menu. The key can be used to display system menu. The key can be used to display information menu The key can be used to display graphic menu. The key can be used to display user-defined menu (dialog macro menu) China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Routine Run . Routine Run China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works -5- VMC Series 1 1. Power On/Off Power On/Off The input power supply for the machine tools of this series (standard type) is of three-phase and four-wire system with 3пЅћ380V, 50HZ. In addition, it can also be changed according to the different voltage requirements of different countries, for example, the input voltage can be changed into 3пЅћ220V, 60HZ, 3пЅћ440V, 60HZ or 3пЅћ600V, 60HZ. Fluctuating range: voltage stabilized voltage for AC power supply is 0.9пЅћ1.1 times of rated voltage. Frequency 0.99пЅћ1.01 times of rated frequency (continuous) 0.98пЅћ1.02 times of rated frequency (short period) Harmonics a total of 2~5 harmonic distortions shall not exceed 10% of the voltage virtual value, and a maximum of total 60пЅћ30 harmonic distortions shall not exceed 2% of additional voltage of wiring. Unbalanced voltage of three-phase power supply neither negative sequence component nor zero sequence component of voltage is permitted to exceed 2% of the positive-sequence component of the voltage, and on the side of the power supply of the machine, a short-circuit protection device is provided, of which diameter for inlet wires shall not be less than 16mmВІ (single phase). The inlet wiring for general power supply is led from bottom of the electric cabinet, and under condition that the voltage of power grid does not conform to above mentioned request, users must add a device for stabilizing voltage, achieving requested voltage, and otherwise, it is not allowed to use the machine. Notice: if the input voltage of the machine is in three-phase and five-wire system, please connect the zero wire on the transformer to the neutral wire instead of to the granded wier. Inspection Before Running In order to assure the safety for operator and machine, please check according to the following before running the machine to guarantee the safety and service life of the machine. 1пј‰ Check if there is damage to circuits, pipes and connectors. 2пј‰ Check if the voltage, frequency and phase sequence of input power supply are all correct. 3пј‰ Make sure all the control switches are correctly installed, with no interference or obstruct. 4пј‰ Switch on the power supply, checking if the spindle fan motor starts to run normally. 5пј‰ Disconnect the main power before leaving. -6- China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC series 1. Power ON/OFF 1.1 Power On 1) Set the handwheel of the breaker on the cabinet door of the control device to the position “ON” and to the position where a sound of “click” is heard. (Please make sure if the cabinet door of the control device is well closed, and if the door is still open, it is only allowed to close the door at first, and then set the handwheel of the breaker on the cabinet door of control device to the position “ON”). Figure 2.1 Breaker is set at the position ON 2) Press the button “POWER ON” on the operation panel, switch on the power. 3) Several seconds after switching on the power supply, “start-up progress bar” (NOT READY) displayed on the LCD menu will disappear, and the machine is ready to start. 4) Make sure that the cooling equipment in the cabinet is running. Important During power ON, except for button “POWER ON”, never press the other buttons (buttons on MDI panel and operation panel of the machine). China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works -7- VMC Series 1. Power On/Off 1.2 Power Off 1) Make sure the indicator for button CYCLESTART on the operation panel goes out. 2) Make sure all the movable parts of the machine are stopped. 3) Disconnect the power suply of the Input/Output device connected if any. 4) Press the Emergency-stop button. 5) Press the POWER OFF button to cut off the power of CNC. 6) Turn the hand-wheel on the cabinet of control device to OFF. Figure 2.2 Breaker OFF Warning It should be noticed that although the circuit breaker in the electrical cabinet is disconnected, the power supply at the circuit breaker side is still connected. Moreover, it should be noticed that there are electrical risks in the following devices connected to the main circuit breaker side. 1. When an external transformer is installed 2. When external non-standard equipment is installed Important During power ON, except for button “POWER ON”, never press the other buttons (buttons on MDI panel and operation panel of the machine). -8- China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 2 2. Emergency Stop Emergency Stop Warning Emergency stop button operation should be first implemented in the event of the failure of the machine. It is necessary to well prepared so that the button can be pressed at any moment. Nothing shoud be covered on the emergency stop button. The cause that triggers the emergency stop should be eliminated before the clearance of the emergency stop. Otherwise, the danger may happen again to result in injuries. The button is used to instantaneously stop the machine while emergency occurs. In case that the machine is executing unexpected operation, it is able to stop all operation of the machine via the e-stop button. While E-stop button is pressed, the status of each part of the machine is as follows: 1пј‰ All moving axes stop immediately. 2пј‰ The rotating spindle stops immediately. 3пј‰ Cooling device stops working. 4пј‰ The control device is on alarm disabling all automatic and manual operation. 5пј‰ The Z axis descends slightly. If the E-stop button is pressed during a tool changing, the following may occur according to operation status. 1пј‰ While the spindle is registering, it stops immediately. 2пј‰ While the Z axis is rising, Z axis will stop moving immediately and the control status of the spindle will be cancelled. 3пј‰ While the Z axis is descending, Z axis will stop moving immediately and the control status of the spindle will be cancelled. 4пј‰ While the magazine is rotating, the magazine will stop rotating. 5пј‰ While the ATC is changing tool, the ATC will stop changing tool. Locking is effective upon the E-stop is pressed, and is cleared via turning it to the right. Supplementary information While E-stop button is pressed, the current supplied to the motor will be cut off. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works -9- VMC Series 3 3 Open/Close the Safety door Open/Close the Safety Door Warning Make sure that the Z axis (spindle nose) won’t descend before opening the safety door. The operation below the Z axis requires a wood block that is placed between the working table and the Z axis in case of failures of the Z axis brake that cause danger. When disconnecting the power in the rotation of the spindle, due to the inability to control and stop the spindle, which will continue to rotate because of inertia, the chips may fly out. Therefore, it is necessary to make sure that the spindle has stopped before opening the safety door. Locking mechanism is provided on the safety door, and before the safety status is confirmed, the safety door is not able to be opened. In order to use the machine safely, while the safety door is under opening status, the running of the machine will be limited. Besides, while the machine is running, if releasing operation is executed (pressing the key for opening/closing safety door on the operation panel), the machine will be paused. 3.1 Locking the Safety Door Locking mechanism is provided so that normally the door can not be opend. The following operations will unlock the door. 1пј‰ Press the DOOR button for opening/closing safety door on the operation panel. 2пј‰ Execute M02 or M30.(PMC parameter K12.6=1) While the locking for the safety door is released, the indicator for the button for opening/closing safety door on the operation panel will be on. The following operations will lock the door. Close the safety door, press the button for opening/closing safety door on the operation panel, and the indicator for button for opening/closing safety door on the operation panel will be off. 3.2 Operation Limit When Safety Door Is Open If the safety door is open, the machine will be under following limits. 1пј‰ Automatic run is disabled. 2пј‰ MDI is disabled. 3пј‰ Cooling is disabled. 4пј‰ Tool changing is disabled. 5пј‰ Velocity of manual run is limited. 6пј‰ In the manual operation with the safety door on, If the mode is switched, operations of the spindle and axes will be - 10 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 3. Open/Close the Safety Door stopped. When the safety door is closed, the spindle and the axes will halt. NOTEпјљIf you standby Inserting want to work when the safety door open пјЊ you must let the bolt of the door lock! 3.3 Release the Safety Door Locking While Running While the safety door under locking status is unlocked, the machine will stop in the following ways. 1пј‰ Spindle and other axes will stop running after retarding. 2пј‰ If the machine is under tool changing status, the machine will stop after tool chainging terminates.. 3пј‰ Cooler and the oil mist collector stop. 4пј‰ During the rigid tapping, after moving to point R, the movement of each axis and rotation of the spindle will stop after retarding. 5пј‰ Pause of the machine will terminate. 6пј‰ In spindle regstration operation, the spindle stops after registration. Follow the steps below to re-enable automatic run. 1пј‰ While the safety door is closed when it is set at Open position, the safety door will be locked automatically; the indicator for the button for opening/closing safety door on the operation panel will be off; by the button for opening/closing safety door on the operation panel, the indicator goes out. 3пј‰ Press the button for “coolant and mist collector” to restart the coolant and mist collector. 3пј‰ Press the start button to set automatic run mode. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 11 - VMC Series 4 4 Preparation Program Preparation Program (CNC Operation) Calling programs Three methods are available. 1пјЋPress the mode selection key [AUTO] , switching to the running mode. 2пјЋPress the key [PROG] to select program menu. 3пјЋThree methods are available to select programs: 1) Under the program menu or check menu, enter the program name, and then press the key [ PROGRAM SEARCH ] to search program. 2) Under the program menu or check menu, press the soft key [ PROGRAM SEARCH ]пјЊand then press the key [ PREV PROGRM ] or [ NEXT PROGRM ] to search the previous or next program. 3) On the program menu, select the program to be called by a cursor key. And then press the key [OPERATION] and [MAIN PROGRM]. And auto running is ready. Supplementary information If the required program is not available, alarm information “SPECIFIED PROGRAM NOT FOUND” will be displayed to indicate that it is unable to find your specified program. Press the key < CAN > or < RESET > пјЊand then enter the correct program name. - 12 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 5 5. Dry Run DRY Run 5.1 DRY Run Tool speed is corresponding to the parameter value, and has no relationship with the feed speed instructed in the program. The function can be used to inspect the tool movement under the condition that work pieces are not installed. Tool Working table Figure 5.пј‘ trial run 5.2 Steps of Dry Run Press the dry run key on the operation panel then start automatic running, And then the tool moves at the speed set by the parameter value. Rapid speed switch can also be used to change the speed of machine. 5.3 Dry run Speed Dry run speed changes according to rapid speed button status and parameter values as in the table below: Rapid speed button China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works Program command - 13 - VMC Series 5.Dry run Rapid movement Feed ON Rapid speed Dry run speed Г— JVmax *2) OFF Dry run speed Г— JVпјЊ or rapid speed *1) Dry run speed Г— JV*2) Max. Cutting feed speed………… .set by parameter No.1422 Rapid speed………………. .set by parameter No.1420 Dry run speed ………………… . set by parameter No.1410 JV: JOG feed override *1) when parameter RDR (No.1401#6) is set to 1, it is dry run speedГ—JV. And while parameter RDR is set to 0, it is rapid speed. *2) Limited at the maximum rapid speed JV max: max JOG feed override - 14 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 6 6. Automatic Running Automatic Running (CNC Operation) 6.1 Start of Automatic Running By means of pressing the cycle start key, it is able to start the automatic operation. By means of pressing the tool feed button or reset key, it is able to interrupt or stop the automatic operation. Besides, if program stop or program end command is set in the program, the automatic running can be interrupted. After completing one machining program, the automatic operation will stop automatically. Start Cycle start Tool feed stop Reset Program stops Program ends Stop Automatic operation Stop caused by a program Figure 1.3(b) Start and stop under automatic operation status 6.2 Stop of Automatic Program It is available to use the button [FEED HOLD] or [SINGLE BLOCK] (single segment) to keep automatic running. 1) Keep automatic running by means of the button [FEED HOLD]. While the button [FEED HOLD] is pressed, automatic running will be kept, and the indicating light for the button will be on. At the same time, the indicating light for button [CYCLE START] goes off. 2) Keep automatic running by means of button [SINGLE BLOCK] (single segment). While the button [SINGLE BLOCK] is pressed, the machine will stop after a segment has been executed, and when the button [CYCLE START] is pressed again, the machine will stop after re-execution of the next segment. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 15 - VMC Series 6.Automatic Running 6.3 Restart of Automatic Running By means of pressing the key [CYCLE START], it is able to restart the automatic running, and in this case, the indicating light of the button will be on. At the same time, the indicating light for the button [FEED HOLD] goes off. - 16 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Operation Details .Operation Details China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 17 - VMC Series 1 1. Create Programs Create Programs 1.1 Edit Programs 1.1.1 Create Programs 1) Select EDIT mode. 2) Press the function key < PROG > to display program menu. 3) Enter program No.“<0>****”. While inputting programs, it is necessary to use the key < INSERT >. 1.1.2 Modifying Programs It is available to insert, modify or delete the programs in the storage. Steps: 1) Select EDIT mode. 2) Press the function key PROG; 3) And then select the program to be edited. If the program to be edited has been selected, then execute step 4. And if not, please search program number. 4) Search the word to be modified according to the following methods. – Scan (search) method – Word searching method 5) Modify, insert or delete the word. Word searching There are three methods available to search words: press the cursor key, and then scan the whole text; word searching; address searching. Word searching steps: An example of searching for S12 is as follows: - 18 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 1. Create Programs Searching/scanning N01234 Searching S12 Steps: 1) Press the address key 2) Use value key to enter . . – If only S1 is entered, it will be unable to search S12. – While searching S09, if only S9 is entered, it will be unable to search S09. While searching S09пјЊyou must input S09. 3) Press the keyпј»SRH↓］(searching)to start searching operation. After searching operation is completed, the cursor will be stopped at S12. If the keyпј»SRH↑］, not the keyпј»SRH↓］is pressed, the reverse searching will be executed. Address Searching Steps for address searching An example of searching for M03 is as follows: Searching/scanning N01234 Search M03 Steps: 1) Press the address key. 2) Press the soft keyпј»SRH↓］(searching)to start searching operation. After searching operation is completed, the cursor will be stopped at M03. If the keyпј»SRH↑］, not the keyпј»SRH↓］is pressed, the reverse searching will be executed. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 19 - VMC Series 1. Create Programs Searching for program start position The cursor may skip to the beginning of the program. And the searching in which the cursor moves to the beginning of the program is called searching for program start position. Searching for program start position Steps: Method No. 1 1 Under the EDIT mode, select program menu and then press the key . While the cursor returns to the beginning of the program, the content of the program will be displayed from the beginning on the CRT screen. Method No. 2 1 Under MEMORY or EDIT mode, select the program menu and then press the address key O. 2 Enter the program number. 3 Press the soft keyпј»O SRHпјЅ(searching for program number). Method No. 3 1 Select MEMORY or EDIT mode. 2 Press the function key. 3 Press the soft keyпј»(OPRT) пјЅ(operation). 4 Press the soft keyпј»REWINDпјЅ(rewind). Insert a word Steps: 1 Search or scan the word to be inserted before a word. 2 Enter the inserted address. 3 Enter a data. 4 Press the key . An example of inserting T15 is as follows: 1 Search or scan Z1250. - 20 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 1. Create Programs Searching/scanning Z1250.0 .. 2 Use Address/Value key to enter 3 Press the key to edit. Insert T15 Modify a word Steps: 1 Search or scan the word to be modified. 2 Enter the inserted address. 3 Enter a data. 4 Press the key to edit. Take changing T15 into M15 as an example. 1 Search or scan T15. Searching or scanning T15 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 21 - VMC Series 1. Create Programs 2 Use Address/ Value key to enter 3 Press the key . to edit. Be modified to M15 Delete a word Steps 1 search or scan the word to be deleted. 2 Press the key to edit. Take deleting X100.0 as an example. 1) Search or scan X100.0. Search or scan X100.0 2) Press the key to edit. Delete X100.0 - 22 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 1. Create Programs 1.1.3 Deleting Programs One or more than one segments in a program can be deleted. Steps: By means of following operation, delete a program from the present word to its EOB, and then the cursor moves to the address of the next word. 1 search or scan the address of the program segment to be deleted. 2 Press the key . 3 Press the key to edit. Example for deleting program segment N01234: 1) Search or scan N01234. Searching/scanning N01234 2) Press the key 3) Press the key . . Segment including N01234 is deleted. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 23 - VMC Series 1. Create Programs 1.1.4 Confirming Program No. in the Memory 1) Select EDIT mode and then press the function key [(PORT)]. 2) By means of pressing key [NEXT PROGRM] or [PREV PROGRM], display the memory content and program content. 1.1.5 Calling Programs in the Memory 1) Select EDIT mode or MEMORY mode. 2) 2) Press the function key 3) Press the address key O. 4) Enter the program number to be searched. 5) Press the soft keyпј»O SRHпјЅ to search program No. 6) After completing searching, the program number searched will be to display program menu. displayed at the upper right corner of the CRT screen. - 24 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 1. Create Programs 1.2 Programming 1.2.1 Spindle Function (S Function) Method to specify spindle velocity with the code Enter a code signal or read pulse signal by specifying a value following address S, and in this way, the spindle velocity on one side of the machine can be controlled. Only one S code can be specified for one segment. When move command and S code command are present simultaneously in a segment, the execution sequence is different following two statements below. 1. PMC parameter K17.5=1 Parameter No.3708.0=1пјЊNo.3740=50пјЊ No.4022=150 S code execute first until the spindle speed reach the injunction speed then execute move command. 2. PMC parameter K17.5=0 Parameter No.3708.0=0пјЊNo.3740=0пјЊ No.4022=0 S code and move command will be execute at the same time. 1.2.2 Auxiliary Function (M Function) General There are two kinds of auxiliary functions available: auxiliary function (M code) used to specify spindle start/stop, program ending, etc; auxiliary function (B code) used to specify positioning of index working table. If a value following Address M is specified, a code signal and a gating pulse signal will be sent. All there signals are used to control power ON/OFF of the machine. In appendix, there is M CODES LIST indicating the Corresponding relationship between M codes and function. Except M98, M99 and M198пјЊM codes (parameters No.6071пЅћ6079) used to call one subprogram and M codes (parameters No.6080пЅћ6089) used to call one assigned macro, all M codes shall be operated in the machine. Explanation: M codes possess following special meanings: - M02, M30 (a program ends) The codes show the ending of main program. Under this status, automatic operation will be stopped and CNC device will be reset. After a segment of the specified program has been executed, re-return to the beginning of the program. Parameter M02 (No.3404#5) or M30 (No.3404#4) can be used to make M02 or M30 not return to the beginning of the program. - M00 (a program stops) After a specified program segment M00 has been executed, automatic operation will be stopped. While the program is stopped, all existing modal information will be saved. And then it is able to re-execute automatic operation by starting automatic operation. - M01 (optional stop) China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 25 - VMC Series 1. Create Programs It is similar to M00пјЊand after a specified program segment M01 has been executed, automatic operation will be stopped. However, the code is only valid when the switch [ACTIVAE M01] for optional stop on the operation panel is set to ON. - M98 (calling a subprogram) The code can be used to call a subprogram. Code signal and gating pulse signal will not be sent. - M99 (a subprogram ends) The codes show a subprogram ends. While M99 is being executed, it is able to return to main program. Code signal and gating pulse signal will not be sent. - M198 (calling a subprogram) The code can be used to call a subprogram from a file in the external input/output function. Notes: Generally, only one M code can be specified to one program segment. However, if the parameter M3B (No.3404#7) is set to 1пјЊup to three M codes can be specified in one program segment, and the three M codes will be output to the machine simultaneously. Compared with the status that only one M code is specified in one program, machining cycle of the machine can be shortened. Explanation: CNC allows up to three M codes to be set in one program segment. However, due to operation limit of the machine, some M codes cannot be specified at the same time. Never specify M00, M01, M02, M30, M98, M99, and M198 with other M codes simultaneously. Some M codes different from M00, M01, M02, M30, M98, M99 and M198 can not be specified with another M code, and some M code must be specified in a single program segment. M06 must be specified separately. On the contrary, several M codes not used to execute a certain internal CNC operation after sending an M code signal to the machine can be specified in a single segment. For example: There is one M code command in a single segment. One M code command in a single segment - 26 - Several M code commands in a single segment China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 1. Create Programs 1.2.3 Tool Function (T Function) Tool selection function The tool mounted on the machine can be selected by assigning a value (8 digits at most) after address T. One T code command can be specified in one program segment. While a movement command and a T code appear are specified in the same segment, please refer to operation details 5.2 Tool Change Execution with M Codes and T Codes. 1.2.4 Spindle Orientation (M19 Function) M19; By means of this instruction, it is able to stop the spindle at the position set by the parameter (4077). Supplementary information The instruction is valid before spindle running instruction (M03, M04), spindle stop instruction (M05) and program ending (M00, M0, etc.) are executed. The reset key can cut off the spindle excitation, but cannot cancel the instruction. Never execute this instruction during tool changing, fixed cycle or rigid tapping. 1.2.5 Rigid Tapping Cycle (M29 Function) (1) General Tapping cycle (G84) and reverse tapping cycle (G74) can be executed under the standard mode or rigid tapping mode. Under the standard mode, the spindle running or stop are both accompanied with movement along the tapping axis. Tapping axis takes the advantage of auxiliary function (M code) to do tapping operation: M03 (spindle forward), M04 (spindle reverse) and M05 (spindle stop). Under the rigid tapping mode, the tapping is realized by control of spindle motor (take it as a servo motor) and the interpolation between the spindle and tapping axis. While tapping under rigid tapping mode, once the spindle rotates for one revolution, the tapping axis will move forward for a certain distance (pitch). Even if during the accelerating or retarding, the above operation will not be changed. Herewith, it is not necessary to use changeable taps for rigid tapping mode (required under standard mode), and therefore, it is able to carry out the tapping operation more accurately and faster. (2) Rigid tapping (G84) If the spindle motor is controlled to be under rigid mode (take it as a servo motor), the tapping cycle can be faster. Format: China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 27 - VMC Series 1. Create Programs : Data of hole position : Distance from point R to hole bottom and hole bottom position : Distance from initial horizontal position to point R. : Interruption time for returning from hole bottom and point R : Tool feed speed during cutting : Repetition times (limited to that repetition is required) (FS15 format) : Repetition times (limited to that repetition is required) Spindle stop Spindle stop Initial horizontal position Operation 1 Operation 6 Spindle stop Spindle Operation 2 forward Point R R horizontal pos. Operation 3 Spindle forward Spindle stop Point R R horizontal pos. Operation 5 Point Z Point Z Spindle stop Operation 4 Spindle reverse Spindle reverse Spindle stop Explanation: After positioning along X-axis and positioning along Y-axis are completed, rapidly move to the horizontal position of point R. Carry out the tapping operation from horizontal position of point R to point Z. After tapping has been finished, spindle will stop running, interrupted. And then spindle will run reversely, and tool will withdraw to the horizontal position of point R, spindle stopping rotating. After that, the spindle will rapidly move to the initial horizontal position. While tapping is being carried out, tool feed speed overload and spindle overload are both set to 100%. However, the allowed overload for withdrawing operation (operation 5) can be 2000%, which depends on set values of parameter DOV (No.5200 #4), parameter OVU (No.5201 #3) and parameter No.5211. Rigid tapping mode - 28 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 1. Create Programs It is available to use one the following three methods to specify the rigid tapping method: - specify M29 S***** before tapping command. - specify M29 S***** in the program segment including tapping command. - Set parameter G84 No.5200#0 to 1. - pitch Under feed per min. mode, tool feed speedГ· spindle speedпјќpitch. Under feed per revolution modeпјЊtool feed speedпјќpitch. - Compensation for tool length During the fixed cycle, if tool length compensation is specified (G43, G44, G49), the offset value will be adopted during orientation to point R. - switching of axes Before switching drilling axis, it is necessary to cancel the fixed cycle. If the switching of drilling axis is carried out under rigid tapping mode, warner P/S (No.206) will send out alarm. - S command If the speed is higher than max speed of the applied gears, No.200 of P/S warner will send out alarm. During rigid tapping, S command will be delete during the fixed cycle of rigid tapping, and in this way, S0 is set to the specified the status. - Spindle quantum If operation of unit testing is carried out within 8msec while the speed requiring more than 32767 pulses is specified, P/S warner (No.202) will send out alarm because the operation cannot be assured. - F command If the specified value is over the upper limit of cutting feed speed, warner P/S (No.011) will send out alarm. - Unit of F command Metric input Inch input G94 1mm/min 0.01 inch/min G950.01mm/rev 0.0001 inch/rev - M29 remarks decimal programming allowed decimal programming allowed If S command and axis movement command are specified between M29 and G84, warner P/S (No.203) will send out alarm. If during the tapping cycle, M29 is specifiedпјЊwarner P/S (No.204) will send out alarm. Specify P in the program segment for drilling operation. If P is specified in the program segment for not drilling operation, it cannot be stored as a modal data. - Cancel Do not use the G codes ((G00 пЅћ G03, G60 (when parameter MDL(No.5431#0) is set to 1) specified in group 01 by the program segment which is the same as G84, and otherwise, G84 will be cancelled. - Tool position offset Under this fixed cycle mode, tool position offset is omitted. - re-start the program During rigid tapping cycles, it is unable to re-start the program. - calling subprogram Please use a separate program segment to specify the subprogram calling command M98P_ under fixed cycle mode. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 29 - VMC Series 1. Create Programs For example Z-axis feed speed 1000mm/min Spindle speed 1000 min –1 Pitch 1.0mm пјњprogramming for feed/minпјћ G94; specify feed/min G00 X120.0 Y100.0; positioning M29 S1000; specify rigid tapping mode G84 Z-100.0 R-20.0 F1000; rigid tapping пјњprogramming for feed/revolutionпјћ G95; specify feed/revolution G00 X120.0 Y100.0; positioning M29 S1000; specify rigid tapping mode G84 Z-100.0 R-20.0 F1.0; rigid tapping (3) Rigid reverse tapping cycle (G74) While spindle motor is controlled under the rigid mode (take it as a servo motor), the tapping cycle can be faster. Format : Data of hole position : Distance from point R to hole bottom and hole bottom position : Distance from initial horizontal position to point R. : Pause duration for returning from hole bottom and point R : Tool feed speed during cutting : Repetition times (only when repetition is required) (FS15 format) : Repetition times (only when repetition is required) - 30 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 1. Create Programs Spindle stop Spindle stop Initial horizontal position Operation 1 Operation 2 Spindle reverse Operation 6 Spindle stop Point R Spindle reverse Point R R horizontal pos. Operation 3 Spindle stop R horizontal pos. Operation 5 Point Z Spindle stop Operation 4 Spindle forward Point Z Spindle forward Spindle stop Explanation After positioning along X-axis and positioning along Y-axis are completed, rapidly move to the horizontal position of point R. Carry out the tapping operation from horizontal position of point R to point Z. After tapping has been finished, spindle will stop running, interrupted. And then spindle will run reversely, and tool will withdraw to the horizontal position of point R, spindle stopping rotating. After that, the spindle will rapidly move to the initial horizontal position. While tapping is being carried out, tool feed speed overload and spindle overload are both set to 100%. However, the allowed overload for withdrawing operation (operation 5) can be 2000%, which depends on set values of parameter DOV (No.5200 #4), parameter OVU (No.5201 #3) and parameter No.5211. -Rigid tapping mode It is available to use one the following three methods to specify the rigid tapping method: - Specify M29 S***** before tapping command. -Specify M29 S***** in the program segment including tapping command. - Set parameter G84 No.5200#0 to 1. - pitch Under feed per min. mode, tool feed speedГ· spindle speedпјќpitch. Under feed per revolution modeпјЊtool feed speedпјќpitch. - Compensation for tool length During the fixed cycle, if tool length compensation is specified (G43, G44, G49), the offset value will be adopted during orientation to point R. - Command of FS15 format Rigid tapping can be carried out by command of FS15 format. For sequence and limit of rigid tapping (including the data transmission between PMC), China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 31 - VMC Series 1. Create Programs please refer to FS16i/18i for execution. - Switching of axes Before switching drilling axis, it is necessary to cancel the fixed cycle. If the switching of drilling axis is carried out under rigid tapping mode, warner P/S (No.206) will send out alarm. - S command - If the speed higher than the maximum speed of applied gears, No.200 of P/S warner will send out alarm. During rigid tapping, S command will be delete during the fixed cycle of rigid tapping, and in this way, S0 is set to the specified the status. - Spindle quantum If operation of unit testing is carried out within 8msec while the speed requiring more than 32767 pulses is specified, P/S warner (No.202) will send out alarm because the operation cannot be assured. - F command If the specified value is over the upper limit of cutting feed speed, warner P/S (No.011) will send out alarm. - Unit for F command Metric input Inch input G94 1mm/min 0.01 inch/min G95 0.01mm/rev 0.0001 inch/rev - M29 remarks decimal programming allowed decimal programming allowed If S command and axis movement command are specified between M29 and G74, warner P/S (No.203) will send out alarm. If during the tapping cycle, M29 is specifiedпјЊwarner P/S (No.204) will send out alarm. Specify P in the program segment for drilling operation. If P is specified in the program segment for not drilling operation, it cannot be stored as a modal data. - Cancel Do not use the G codes (G00 пЅћ G03, G60 (when parameter MDL(No.5431#0) is set to 1)) specified in group 01 by the program segment which is the same as G74, and otherwise, G74 will be cancelled. - Tool position offset Under this fixed cycle mode, tool position offset is omitted. - Re-start the program During rigid tapping cycles, it is unable to re-start the program. - Calling subprogram Please use a separate program segment to specify the subprogram calling command M98P_ under fixed cycle mode. For example: Z-axis feed speed 1000mm/min Spindle speed 1000 min –1 Pitch 1.0mm пјњprogramming for feed/minпјћ G94; specify feed/min G00 X120.0 Y100.0; positioning M29 S1000; specify rigid tapping mode G74 Z-100.0 R-20.0 F1000; rigid tapping пјњprogramming for feed/revolutionпјћ G95; specify feed/revolution - 32 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 1. Create Programs G00 X120.0 Y100.0; positioning M29 S1000; specify rigid tapping mode G74 Z-100.0 R-20.0 F1.0; rigid tapping China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 33 - VMC Series 2 2. Displaying & Changing Parameters Displaying & Changing Parameters 2.1 Displaying Parameters Operation steps are as follows: on MDI panel for several times, 1. After pressing the function key or after the function key on MDI panel is pressed, press the softkey пј»PARAMпјЅ, the parameter menu will be displayed. Function key Cursor display Softkey display (Chapter selection key) Key for menu return Softkey Key for menu continuity 2. Parameter menu consists of several pages. It is available to display the page with the parameter required by one of method (a) and method (b). (a) With the page-turning key or cursor key, the page required can be displayed. (b) Input the Data number of the parameter required, and then press the softkey пј»NO.SRHпјЅ(parameter number search). In this way, the page where the input data number is located will be displayed, and the cursor will be stopped at the specified data number (the data will be displayed as a value in the opposite direction). Notes While softkey is displayed as “chapter selection key”, input can be started, and then the softkey display will be changed into “operation selection key” including пј»NO.SRHпјЅ. If the softkey is pressed, it can also be changed into пј»(OPRT)］“operation selection key”. Display of input data Softkey display (operation selection key) - 34 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 2. Displaying & Changing Parameters 2.2 Changing Parameters (by MDI Panel) Operation steps are as follows: 1. Select MDI mode, or emergency stop status. 2. Select the status where parameters can be written. 2-1 Set PMC parameter K29.7 to 1, and at the same time alarm diaplayed: 1095 PARAMETER WRITE ENABLE. (Set K29.7 to 0 after changing parameter other wise machine can not cycle start) 2-2 Press the function key function key for several times or after pressing the , press softkeyпј»SETTINGпјЅ пјЊand then the setting menu will be displayed (displaying the first page of the setting menu). 2-3 Make the cursor point at “PARAMETER WRITE” by a cursor key. Press the softkey [(OPRT)](operation), making the softkey to be the operation selection key Softkey display (Operation selection key) 2-4 Press the softkey пј»(OPRT)пјЅ(operation), enabling the softkey to be the operation selection key. 2-5 Press the softkey пј»ON:1пјЅ or type 1, and then press the softkey пј» INPUT пјЅ , making “PARAMETERWRITE” to be 1. In this way, parameters can be set. At the same time, CNC system will give P/S alarm (No.100: PARAMETER WRITE ENABLE). 3. After pressing the function key times, or after the function key on MDI panel for several on MDI panel is pressed, press the softkeyпј»PARAMпјЅ, the parameter menu will be displayed. (Please refer to the first section “1. Displaying Parameters”) 4. Display the page with the parameters required, and position the cursor point at the parameters to be set. 5. Type the data to be set, and then press the softkeyпј»INPUTпјЅ пјЊand then the input data will be set to the parameter pointed by the cursor. пј»for exampleпјЅ 12000 пј»INPUTпјЅ China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 35 - VMC Series 2. Displaying & Changing Parameters Display of the cursor If you want to input data continuously from the selected parameter number, it is available to use sign “;” to separate the input between data. пј»for exampleпјЅ Type 10;20;30;40, and then press the keyпј»INPUTпјЅ, and then the from the parameter pointed by the cursor, the sequence set is 10, 20, 30 and 40. 6. According to the actual requirement, repeat step 4 and step 5. 7. After parameter setting is completed, return zero for “PARAMETER WRITE” to forbid parameter setting. 8. Reset CNC, and release P/S alarm (No.100). Besides, according to different parameters, during setting parameters, P/S alarm (No.000: PLEASE TURNOFF POWER) may occur. At this moment, please turn off the power for CNC temporarily. 2.3 Changing Offset Data Press the function key пјЊ and then keep pressing the softkey [OFFSET] to display the tool offset menu. Make the cursor point at the parameter number to be set and then input the value required, and then press the key - 36 - . China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 2. Displaying & Changing Parameters 2.4 Changing Data of Work Piece Coordinate System The coordinate system set for machining a work piece is called work piece coordinate system. A work piece coordinate system is set by CNC with well prepared functions. It is available to edit programs and cut work pieces (selecting work piece coordinate system) in the set work piece coordinate system. Work piece coordinate system can be changed by changing the origin of the set work piece coordinate system. 2.4.1 Setting Work Piece Coordinate System A work piece coordinate system can be set with one of the following three methods: (1) Method to use G92 By program instructions, it is available to set a work piece coordinate system by the value following G92. (2) Method to use G54пЅћG59 Set six work piece coordinate systems by the MDI panel at first, and then select the work piece coordinate system to be used by program instructions of G54пЅћG59. While absolute instruction is used, the work piece coordinate system must be set by one of the above mentioned. Format - Work piece coordinate system set by G92 (G90)G92 IP_ Explanation The work piece coordinate system will be set in this way: locate one point on the tool (for example: tool tip) to a specified coordinate. If during tool length compensation, G92 is used to set coordinate system, the following coordinate system will be set: the position before offset is set by G92. During tool radius compensation, the offset can be temporarily cancelled by G92. For example: Example No.1: Set a coordinate system by instruction G92 X25.2 Z23.0 (Taking the tool tip as the starting point of the program) Example No.2: Set a coordinate system by instruction G92 X600.0 Z1200.0 (Taking the reference point on the tool holder as the starting point of the program) Reference point If an absolute instruction has been specified, reference point will be moved to the specified position. If it is required to move the tool after specifying tool tip, it is necessary to compensate the difference from tool to tool tip and reference point by tool length compensation. (Refer to II-14.1) 2.4.2 Selecting Work piece Coordinate System Users can select the following work piece coordinate system which have already been set (please refer to China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works -7.2.1 for details). - 37 - VMC Series 2. Displaying & Changing Parameters (1) If the work piece coordinate system has been set by G92 or automatically set by the set work piece coordinate system, the absolute instruction specified subsequently will become the position in this coordinate system. (2) By specifying G54пЅћG59, one of the six coordinate systems set by MDI panel can be selected. G54……work piece coordinate system 1 G55……work piece coordinate system 2 G56……work piece coordinate system 3 G57……work piece coordinate system 4 G58……work piece coordinate system 5 G59……work piece coordinate system 6 Work piece coordinate system 1пЅћ6 are all set after power on and returning to the reference position. After power on, coordinate system set by G54 will be selected. For example Work piece coordinate system 2 (G55) In this example, position to the position (X=40.0, Y=100.0) in work piece coordinate system 2 Figure 3.4.2 - 38 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 2. Displaying & Changing Parameters 2.4.3 Changing Work piece Coordinate System By changing the offset value of an external work piece origin or work piece origin, it is able to change the six coordinate systems set by G54пЅћG59. There are three methods available to change the offset value of an external work piece origin or work piece origin: (1) By the MDI panel (2) By a program (G10 or G92) (3) By external data input function Input a signal to CNC, and then the offset value of an external work piece origin can be changed. Work-piece coordinate system 1 (G54) Work-piece coordinate system 2 (G55) Work-piece coordinate system 3 (G56) Work-piece coordinate system 4 (G57) Work-piece coordinate system 5 (G58) Origin of the machine Work-piece coordinate system 6 (G59) Offset value of an outer work piece origin Offset value of the work piece origin Fig 3.4.3 Changing the offset value of an external work piece origin or work piece origin Format - Changing method by means of G10 G10 L2 Pp IP_пј› p=0: Specify the offset value of an external work piece origin p=1пЅћ6: Specify the offset value of the work piece origin relative to work piece coordinate system 1пЅћ6. IP_: For an absolute instruction (G90), this is the offset value of work piece origin of each axis. For an incremental instruction (G91), the value shall be added to originally set offset value of work piece origin of each axis (the result shall be offset value of work piece origin). Changing method by G92 G92 IP_пј› Explanation - Changing method by G10 By G10, each work piece coordinate system can be separately changed. - Changing method by G92 By G92 IP_, the work piece coordinate system can be specified. The work piece coordinate system selected from G54пЅћG59 will be transformed into the new work piece coordinate system, making the current tool position correspond with coordinate value of IP_. At this moment, the modification China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 39 - VMC Series 2. Displaying & Changing Parameters value of coordinate system will be added to the offset values of all work piece origins, which means that all work piece coordinate system shall shift for the same distance. Notice After the offset value of an external work piece origin has been set, while you are setting coordinate system by G92, it is necessary to set a coordinate system which will not be affected by external origin offset value. For example, while G92 X100.0 Z80.0; is specified to set a coordinate system, the current tool standard position shall be X=100.0, Z=80.0. For example Work-piece coordinate system set Tool position Under G54 status, while tool position is set at (200,160), if G92X100Y100; is specified, a work piece coordinate system 1 (X’-Y’) which will only generate a drift vector A will be created. New work-piece coordinate system Original work-piece coordinate system Work-piece coordinate system set Work-piece coordinate system set by G55 X’-Z’ …… new work piece coordinate system X-Z …… original work piece coordinate system A: offset value caused by G92 B: offset value of work piece origin in G54 coordinate system C: offset value of work piece origin in G55 coordinate system - 40 - Here we take the work piece coordinate system set by G54 as an example as shown in the left figure. If the corresponding relationship between work piece coordinate system set by G54 and work piece coordinate system set by G55 has already been correctly set, it is available to set work piece coordinate system G55 by following instructions (the dark spot shown in the left figure shall be located at (600.0,1200.0). G92X600.0Z1200.0; Besides, it is assumed that the two brackets are of different positions. If the relationship of the two coordinate system set by G54 and G55 has correctly set corresponding relation between the two brackets, if G92 has changed the coordinate system for one bracket, the coordinate system for the other bracket will move accordingly. And that is to say, as long as G54 or G55 is specified, it is able to machine the work pieces placed in the two brackets under the same program. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 2. Displaying & Changing Parameters 2.5 Changing User Macro Program Variable Although subprogram is quite important to a repeatable operation, if user macro program function has been applied, it can also use variables, calculation commands as well as conditional branch to facilitate edit common programs (for example, press-pit machining and fixed cycles defined by the users). User macro program can be called by a simple command, which is similar to call subprogram. User macro program Machining program 2.5.1 User Macro Program Variable Generally, machining program shall adopt values to specify G codes and movement distance, for example, G00,X100.0. While macro programs are adopted, besides the variable number, the value can also be changed by programs or through MDI panel. #1=#2+100пј› G01 X#1 F300пј› Explanation: - Variable expression When a variable is specified, the variable number shall be specified behind the sign (#). It is not allowed to take the variables as general-purpose program language to be named. пј»for exampleпјЅ#1 The expression can be used to specify variable No, and at this moment, the expression must be placed in the [ ]. пј»for exampleпјЅ#[#1+#2-12] - Variable variety Variables can be categorized into 4 kinds with variable numbers: China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 41 - VMC Series 2. Displaying & Changing Parameters Table 15.1 Variable Variety Variable No. Variable Variety #0 Always blank #1~#33 Local variable #100~#149 (#199) #500~#531 (#999) General-purpose variable #1000~ System variable Function The variable shall be always blank, not able to substitute any value. Local variable can only be used in one macro program to save data (for examples, the calculated result). While power off, local variable will be initiated to blank. While macro programs are called, it is necessary to substitute independent variable. Different macro programs can share general-purpose variables. While power off, variable #100~#149 will be initiated to blank, while variable #500~#531 can save the data. Optional general-purpose variables #150~#199 and #532~#999 are also provided. System variable can be used to read and write various CNC data, like current position and tool offset value. Notes: General-purpose variables #150пЅћ#199 and #532пЅћ#999 are options. - Scope of variables Local variables and general-purpose variables can adopt any value within following scopes: -1047пЅћ-10-29 , 0 , +10-29пЅћ+1047 If calculation has exceeded the above scopes, P/S warner (No.111) will alarm. - Omitting decimal While defining variable values in the programs, it is allowed to omit decimal. пј»for exampleпјЅ#1=123; The meaning is: actual value of variable shall be 123.000. - Referencing a variable If a variable is to be referred in a program, it is necessary to specify the variable number behind the address word. When an expression is used to specify a variable, it is necessary to place the expression in a [ ]. пј»for exampleпјЅG01 X[#1+#2] F#3пј› The referred variable value will be automatically rounded according to the min set unit of the address. пј»for exampleпјЅwhile G00 X#1пј›is executedпјЊon the CNC of 1/1000mmпјЊ assign variable #1 by 12.3456 , and then the actual command will be changed into G00 X12.346пј› In order to change the sign of the referred variable, negative sign (-) must be added in front of #. пј»for exampleпјЅG00 X-#1пј› While an undefined variable is referred, before barging up against the address word, the variable will be omitted. пј»for exampleпјЅwhile value of variable #1 is 0пјЊand that of variable #2 is blank, if G00 X#1 Y#2пј›is executed, the result will be G00 X0пј› - Double-path control macro variables provided with general-purpose macro program variable (double-path control) which are general to different paths. By setting parameter (No.6036, 6037), part general-purpose variable can be used between paths. - Un-defined variables While variable values are not well defined, the variable shall be called “blank” variable. Variable #0 will be always blank, and it is able to be - 42 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 2. Displaying & Changing Parameters written, but not to be read. (a) Referring variable While a defined variable is referred, the address itself will be omitted. While #1=<blank> While #1=0 G90X100 Y#1 G90X100 Y#1 G90 X100 G90 X100 Y10 (b) Calculation expression Unless substituted by пјњblankпјћпјЊпјњblankпјћ is identical to 0. While #1=<blank> While #1=0 #2=#1 #2=#1 #2=<blank> #2=0 #2=#1*5 #2=#1*5 #2=0 #2=0 #2=#1+#1 #2=#1+#1 #2=0 #2=0 (c) Conditional expression Only when EQ and NEпјЊпјњblankпјћ is not identical to 0. While #1=<blank> While #1=0 #1 EQ #0 #1 EQ #0 Valid Invalid #1NE0 #1NE0 Valid Invalid #1GE#0 #1GE#0 Valid Valid #1GT0 #1GT0 Invalid Invalid - General-purpose user macro variable (double-control path function) By double-control path function, each path can be provided with macro variables. Specify the parameter (No. 6036, 6037), and in this way, it is allowed to use some general-purpose variable between different paths. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 43 - VMC Series 2. Displaying & Changing Parameters 2.5.2 Setting Displayed Variable Value - While the variable value is under blank status, it means that the variable is of blank value. - “********” represents overflow (absolute value of variable is bigger than 99999999) or underflow (absolute value of variable is smaller than 0.0000001). Limit program number, sequence number and skip No, of optional program block can not be referred by a variable. пј»for exampleпјЅIt is not allowed to use following methods to use the variables: O#1пј› /#2 G00 X100.0пј› N#3 Y200.0пј› Note:#146гЂЃ#147гЂЃ#148гЂЃ #149гЂЃ#150гЂЃ#600гЂЃ#948гЂЃ#950гЂЃ#951гЂЃ #952гЂЃ#953гЂЃ#954гЂЃ#955гЂЃ#956гЂЃ#999 are Macro variables that are used by macro program to changing tool. From #500 to #530 are macro variables that are used by RENISHAW measure system. It is forbidden to use them in the macro program edit by customer. Other wise something out of anticipation will happen injuring the machine operator even to death or property loss. - 44 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 3 3. Manual Operations Manual Operations 3.1 Operation of the Spindle S instruction can be set by MDI panel. The running speed of the spindle is in accordance with the S instruction set by MDI. 3.2 Movement of Each Axis In order to operate the machine manually, it is necessary to select the JOG key on the operation panel at first. AUTO MDI DNC EDIT HANDLE JOG RAPID REF And then move the selection key of each axis China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 45 - VMC Series 4 4. Automatic Running Automatic Running 4.1 MDI Running Under MDI mode, a program with up to 10 rows can be edited by MDI panel under universal mode, and it can be executed under MDI mode. MDI operation can be used during simple testing operation, and please take below mentioned steps as an example. Steps: 1. Press the [MDI] switch of MODE selection switch. 2. Press the function key on MDI panel to select program menu, and display following screen. Program No. “O0000” is automatically inserted. 3. Edit a program to be executed the same as common programming. If M99 is specified in the last program block, after completion, the program will return to the beginning of the program. Under MDI mode, program edit can be achieved by inserting, modifying, deleting, word searching, address searching, program searching, etc. 4. It is allowed to delete one program edited under MDI mode by following methods. aпјЋInput address O, and then press the key - 46 - on MDI panel; China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 4. Automatic Running bпјЋThe other method is to press the key . At this moment, it is necessary to set the parameter MCL (No.3203#7)to 1. 5. Move the cursor to the beginning of the program (it is also allowed to start from the middle of the program) to execute the program. Press the cycle start key on the operation panel of the machine, and at this moment, it is available to edit the program. While executing program end of M02, M30 or ER (%), the edited program will be deleted automatically, and then the operation ends. While executing M99, it will return to the beginning of the edited program. 6. While it is required to stop midway or terminate MDI operation, please follow the following operation methods: aпјЋStop MDI operation Press the cycle stop switch on the operation panel of the machine, and then the indicator of the pressed switch will be on and the indicator for cycle start key will be off. The machine will present the following status: (i)While the machine is executing movement operation, tool-feed operation will decelerate to stop. (ii) While the machine is executing M codes, S codes OR T codes, the operation will be stopped until the operation is completed. Once the cycle start key on the operation panel is pressed, the machine will restart the operation. bпјЋ Termination of MDI operation Press the key on MDI panel пјЊ automatic operation will be terminated, entering reset status. If the reset key is pressed during movement, the movement will decelerate to stop. Explanation The operation for executing and stopping memory explained above can be used to execute and stop MDI operation. However, during MDI operation, it China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 47 - VMC Series 4. Automatic Running is not necessary to return to the beginning of the program for M30 (it is necessary to return to the beginning of the program for M99). Deleting a program -Under MDI mode, the edited programs can be deleted under following situations: - During MDI operation, while M02,M30 or ER (%) are being executed, if the parameter MER (No.3203#6) has been set to 1, the program will be deleted when the last program block has been executed under the single-program operation. - Under MEMORY mode, memory operation has been carried out. - Under EDIT mode, editing operation has been carried out. - While background edit has been carried out - While keys O and [DELETE] are pressed. - While parameter MCL (No.3203#7) has been set to 1, and the [RESET] key has been pressed Re-start While MDI operation is stopped, after editing operation, if it is required to restart the operation, it is necessary to start the operation from the current position of the cursor. Editing a program at midway of MDI operation At midway of MDI, programs can be edited. However, before using parameter MIE (No.3203#5) to reset, program edit can be prohibited. Limitation - Record of programs It is not allowed to record the programs which are edited under MDI mode. - Rows of programs A program can be available with many rows, as long as you may place all the rows within one page. In this case, it is allowed to edit a program with max 6 rows. It is also available to edit a program with maximum 10 rows by setting parameter MDL (No.3107#7) to 0 (without displaying modal information). If the edited program has exceeded set rows, ER (%) will be deleted, and in this way, it is unable to insert or modify. - Subprogram nesting It is available to describe a subprogram-calling command (M98) in a program edited under MDI mode. Namely, by MDI operation, it is available to call and execute the programs saved in the memory. Nesting of calling subprogram including automatic programs, is up to two layers (when option of user macro program is selected, the maximum number of layers can be 4). Main program - 48 - Subprogram Subprogram First nesting Second nesting China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 4. Automatic Running - Calling a macro program While it is available with a user macro program, the macro programs can be edited and executed under MDI mode. Besides, it is allowed to call and execute the macro programs. However, if you operate the macro programs under memory operation, it is not allowed to execute macro program calling command after memory operation stops and MDI mode has been switched to. - Memory The programs edited under MDI mode shall be saved in the free space of the memory. Therefore, if the memory has no free space, programs can not be edited under MDI mode. 4.2 Operation of Memory Select the required program from the ones which are beforehand stored in the memory at first, and then press the cycle start button on the operation panel of the machine to start automatic operation. At this time, the indicator for the cycle start key will be lighting on. During automatic operation, if the cycle stop key on the operation panel is pressed, the automatic operation will be temporarily interrupted. At this time, if you press the cycle start key on the operation panel again, the automatic operation will be started again. If the reset key on the MDI panel is pressed, the automatic operation will be terminated, entering into reset status. Please take below mentioned steps as an example: Steps: 1 Press the “MEMORY” switche of MODE selection switch. 2 Select the required program from the ones which are beforehand stored in the memory at first, and then carry out following operations: 2-1 Press the key to display the program menu. 2-2 Press the address key O. 2-3 Input a program number by numerical keys. 2-4 Press the keyпј»O SRHпјЅ. 3. Press the cycle start button on the operation panel of the machine to start automatic operation. At this time, the indicator for the cycle start key will be lighting on. At the end of the automatic operation, the indicator of the cycle start key will be off. 4. If you want to stop or cancel the memory operation midway, please follow following methods: a. Stop memory operation Press the cycle stop button on the operation panel of the machine, the indicator for the pressed key will be lighted on, and the indicator for the cycle start key will go off. And then the machine will be under following status: (i) While the machine is under movement operation, tool-feed operation will decelerate to stop. (ii) While M codes, S codes, T codes are being executed, the operation will be stopped after completion. While indicator for cycle stop key is lighting on, press the cycle start button on the operation panel of the machine, and then the machine will re-start the operation. b. Terminating memory operation Press the key on MDI panel, and then automatic operation will be terminated, entering reset status. If the reset key is pressed during movement operation, the movement will decelerate to stop. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 49 - VMC Series 4. Automatic Running Explanation Execution of memory operation Execute the following programs after starting memory operation: 1) Read a command for a program block from the specified program. 2) Unscramble the command for the program block. 3) Start the execution of the command. 4) Read the command in the next program block. 5) Unscramble the command in the next program block to execute the command immediately. And the above process is called buffer. 6) After execution of one program block, start to execute the next program block at once, and in this way, the next program block can be executed immediately. 7) Repeat steps 4)пЅћ6) to execute automatic operation. Stopping and terminating memory operation It is available to stop memory operation by two methods: specify a stop command or press one key on the operation panel of the machine. пјЌ Stop commands include M00 (program stop), M01 (optional stop) and M02 and M30 (program end up). -There are two keys available to stop memory operation: cycle stop key and reset key. - Program stop (M00) Stop the memory operation after a program block including M00 has been executed. Same as the situation in which a single program block stops, when a program stops, and all existing modal information will be saved. Press the cycle start key, and then you may start the automatic operation again. - Optional stop (M01) The same as M00, after a program block specified by M01, the memory operation can be stopped. However, it is only valid when the [ACTIVATE M01] key on the operation panel is switched on. - Program end (M02,M30) While reading of M02 or M30 (commands set at the end of the main program), it is available to terminate the memory operation and enter reset status. For some machine tools, M30 will return to the beginning of the program. - Cycle stop Press the cycle stop key on the operation panel under memory operationпјЊ and the memory operation can be interrupted. - Reset Press the key on MDI panel or the [RESET] key on the operator panel and then automatic operation can be stopped to make the system enter reset status. If the reset key is pressed when the tool is moving, the tool will decelerate to stop. - Optional block skip While the key [BLOCK SKIP] for optional block skip is switched on, it is available to omit the program block with (/). - 50 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 4. Automatic Running 4.3 Remote Control Running Under DNC operation mode, by starting automatic operation, while reading of programs through a reader/card punch interface or remote-control buffers, machining (DNC operation) can be carried out. If the contents of the floppy disc display options, it will be available to select the files (programs) saved in the external input/output device (e.g. Handy File, Floppy Cassette, FA Card)and specify the execution sequence and times (preset) to carry out automatic operation. While DNC operation, it is necessary to set the parameters for relative readers/card punch interface and remote control buffers in advance. Please take below mentioned steps as an example: Steps: 1 Search the file (program) to be executed. 2 Press the key DNC to set it to DNC mode, and then press the cycle start key to execute the selected file. пјњ7 softkey-type program check menuпјћ пјњ7 softkey-type program check menuпјћ China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 51 - VMC Series 4. Automatic Running пјњ12 softkey-type program check menuпјћ During DNC operation, the currently executed program will be displayed on the program check menu and program menu. The program block number displayed depends on the program being executed. Besides, the comments marked by output control mark“(” and input control mark “)” in the program block. Explanation - During DNC operation, it is available to call the programs and macro programs stored in the memory. - 52 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 4. Automatic Running Limitation - Limit of characters At most, 256 characters can be displayed in the program, and therefore, the displayed can be cut at the middle of the program. - M198 (calling command for programs stored in external input/output device) During DNC operation, it is unable to execute M198. if M198 is executed, P/S warner (No.210) will alarm. - User macro program During DNC operation, it is available to specify a user macro program, but it is unable to edit the programs for cycle command and transfer command. If a cycle command or transfer command is executed, P/S warner (No.123) will alarm. While displaying programs, during DNC operation, if special words for user macro programs like IF, WHILE, COS, NE are displayed, it is necessary to insert a blank between the neighbor characters. For example пјњwhile DNC operationпјћ #102=SIN[#100] ; в†’ #102=S I N[#100] ; IF[#100NE0]GOTO5 ; в†’ I F[#100NE0]G O T O5 ; - M99 During DNC operation, while the control has returned to the original programs from subprogram or macro program calling, it will be unable to specify the return command (M99P****) of which the sequence number has been specified. Users’ Programs Alarm Alarm No. Alarm Information 086 DR SIGNAL OFF 123 CAN NOT COMMAND M198/M199 210 CAN NOT COMMAND M198/M199 Content While reader/card punch interface is applied to input/output data, the operation preparation for reader/card punch (DR) is off. The reason may be no power supply for input/output device or the connection of print plate is bad or the cable connection is off. During DNC operation, macro control command has been applied. Please modify the program. During DNC operation, M198 has been applied. Please modify the program. 4.4 Setting and Operation about Automatic Running 4.4.1 Single-block Program Single-block program is a function in which a block can be executed by pressing the CYCLE START key for one time. Set [SINGLE BLOCK] (single-block) to ON. And in this way, the program will stop after one program block has been executed. Press the CYCLE START key again to execute the next program block, and then stop. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 53 - VMC Series 4. Automatic Running If it is requested to release the single-block program, it is available to press [SINGLE BLOCK] (single-block) to set it to OFF. 4.4.2 Re-start Automatic Running after Feed Holding or Stop 1) Return to the mode of feed holding. 2) Press the CYCLE START key. Indicator for FEED HOLD will be off. 4.4.3 Execution of Manual Running during Automatic Running 1) During automatic running, if FEED HOLD button is pressed or SINGLE button is set to ON, the machine will be interrupted or stopped. 2) Execute manual running. 4) 5) Switch the mode selection key to the original mode .Press the CYCLE START button. The tool machine will automatically run to the point that start JOG and then execute the next program block. 4.4.5 Cutting Feed Override Switch Feed override can be set from 0 to 120% by F function. In addition, feed override are 0%пјЊ2%пјЊ4%пјЊ6%пјЊ8%пјЊ10%пјЊ15%пјЊ20%пјЊ30%пјЊ40%пјЊ50%пјЊ 60%пјЊ70%пјЊ80%пјЊ90%пјЊ95%пјЊ100%пјЊ105%пјЊ110%пјЊ120%гЂ‚ 4.4.6 M01 Stop While a program block including M01 is specified, after execution of instruction of the program block, the spindle and all axes will stop, cooling will change to OFF, and the indicator for Feed hold will be on. In order to make M01 valid, it is necessary to set the key M01 STOP to ON. In order to restart the operation, please press the CYCLE START button. The execution of M00 is independent of M01 STOP key. Same as M01 STOP status, the indicator for FEED HOLD will be on. 4.4.7 Optional Program-block Skip The function is used to skip the program block with “/”. It is available to set the function ON/OFF by means “BLOCK SKIP” of vertical-direction softkeys under automatic running menu. Additional explanation If the signals (word, program block) are skipped by this function, they will not be saved in the buffer register. Therefore, when a block is skipped, the next program block will be saved in the buffer register. Sign (/) must be placed at the beginning of the program block. And if it is not placed at the beginning, the block from (/) to the former of EOB will be omitted. - 54 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 4. Automatic Running 4.4.8 Rapid Movement Override It is allowed to set rapid movement override to 100%, 50%, 25% or F0. Rapid movement override is default set to F0 when the NC power on first. When rapid movement speed is 54m/min, if rapid override of 25% is adoptedпјЊthe speed will be changed into about 13m/min. “F0” represents a fixed speed 300mm/min. The rapid movement instructions for applying rapid movement speed are as follows: 1. Rapid movement by G00. 2. Rapid movement during fixed cycle. 3. Rapid movement under G27, G28 and G29. 4. Manual rapid movement. 5. Rapid movement of manual return to reference point. 6. Rapid movement during changing tools. 4.4.9 Machine Lock Press the [MACHINE LOCK] key and then the indicating light become bright showing that the tool machine coming into Machine Lock mode. When in JOG or AUTO mode, CNC stop put out moving command to servo motor. But refresh the absolute coordinate and relative coordinate. So the operator could observe the changing of the coordinate to check whether the program is right or wrong. 4.4.10 M.S.T.Lock This function is used to check to program right or wrong. Press the [M.S.T. LOCK] key and then the indicating light become bright showing that the machine tool do not execute the M, S and T codes. 4.4.11 Handle Interrupt The operation of the Handle Interrupt: Press the [Cycle stop] button on the operator panel when machine is in auto running mode to make the machine go into cycle stop mode. And then press the [HANDLE INTERRUPT] key. Rotating the hand-wheel will make the machine move. Press the [Cycle Start] button. Machine will add the position programmed and the position handle-wheel moved to. The function of Handle Interrupt is as the figure below. More details refer to <OPERATOR MANUAL> supplied by FANUC please. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 55 - VMC Series 4. Automatic Running Tool position after handle interrupt Tool position programmed Cutting depth programmed Value of handle interrupt NOTEпјљAfter the implement of the program about handwheel suspension. Manual must be implement to reference Point. Otherwise, the collision knife incident and so on will be made when you implement other programs next time. 4.4.12 Program Restart This function specifies Sequence No. of a block tobe restarted when a tool is broken down or when it is desired to restart machining operation after a day off, and restarts the machining operation from thar block. It can also be used as a high-speed program check function. The key of this function is [PGM RST]. More details please refer to <OPERATOR MANUAL> supplied by FANUC. - 56 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 5. Tool Change 5 Tool Change 5.1 Attentions for Tool Change 5.1.1 Attentions for tool change of turret magazine: 1) Never directly install the tool onto the spindle, because it is very dangerous, and the tools must be installed on the tool magazine. 2) While installing the tools onto the tool magazine, press the tool until the end to make the key of pincers engaged with keyways of the tools. After installation, make sure that there is no shaking of the tools. 3) Tool mandrel of specified model must be used, and never use other models of products. 4) Do not install the tools directly under the spindle. 5.1.2 Attentions for tool change of plate magazine: 1) Never directly install the tools into the magazine, otherwise, the spindle may collide with the tools in the magazine during tool change of the machine tool, which is very dangerous. 2) Tools must be installed into the spindle under manual mode, while installed into the magazine in automatic mode. 3) Never directly take the tools out of the magazine, otherwise, the spindle may collide with the tools in the magazine during tool change of the machine tool, which is very dangerous. 4) Tool change must be executed in automatic mode, and tools in the magazine are changed onto the spindle. In manual mode, tools can be dismounted. 5.1.3 Attentions for tool change of chain magazine: 1) Never directly install the tools into the magazine, otherwise, the spindle may collide with the tools in the magazine during tool change of the machine tool, which is very dangerous. 2) Tools must be installed into the spindle under manual mode, while installed into the magazine in automatic mode. 3) Never directly take the tools out of the magazine, otherwise, the spindle may collide with the tools in the magazine during tool change of the machine tool, which is very dangerous. 4) Tool change must be executed in automatic mode, and tools in the magazine are changed onto the spindle. In manual mode, tools can be dismounted. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 57 - VMC Series 5. Tool Change 5.2 Tool Change Execution with M Codes and T Codes While executing tool change with programs, the following instructions can be specified by M06. M06 T__ The tool number to be used should be specified by the two digits after T. The command is applicable to turret magazine. T_; The tool number to be used should be specified by the two digits after T. The command is applicable to plate magazine. T_; M6; The tool number to be used should be specified by the two digits after T, and T codes and M codes should be applied in 2 rows. Machining codes can be inserted between T codes and M codes, and tool predetermination can be achieved. The command is applicable to chain magazine. This instruction enables the machine to select tools with shortcut. Notes: 1пј‰ When a tool number out of the specified number has been specified, alarm (T code for changing tools illegal) will occur. 2пј‰ When X-axis or Y-axis movement instruction and changing tool instruction are specified in the same block For example (G00X500M06T02) For turret magazine, execute the tool-changing instruction at first, making Z-axis move to the position for changing tools, and then the tool magazine will rotate, and at the same time, Y(X) axis will start moving. After the tool magazine stops rotating, complete the changing tool action continuously after X(Y) axis movement has been completed. For plate magazine: Execute tool change command and then execute X(Y) axis moving command. For chain magazine: X(Y) axis and T code are executed at the same time. 3пј‰ If the specified tool number is the same as the tool number mounted on the spindle, it is only available to carry out the operation for orienting spindle, and Z-axis will return to the origin, no operation for changing tools. 5.3 Tool Change of Turret Magazine 5.3.1 Operation steps for automatic and manual tool change 1) Automatic tool change Execute TXXM6 in automatic modes (MDI and EDIT); (values range from 1 up to the maximum capacity of magazine) - 58 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 5. Tool Change 2) Manual tool change It is dangerous to change tools in manual modes, and operators are not recommended to perform manual tool change, even though the operators should be very familiar with the techniques of tool change during the operation of manual tool change. The introduction of manual tool change is only for tool change operations when the operation cannot be executed in automatic mode and it is necessary to take tools out of the machine with manual operations. For the safty of the operators, the following detailed operation procedures should be strictly followed: a) Move Z-axis manually to a relatively safe location, i.e., where the rotary tool disc cannot touch the blind rivets, and this location is usually the second reference point of Z-axis of the machine tool. But it is not absolutely so, it depends on the specific machine tool configuration and specific tool magazine. b) Press the magazine Forward or Reverse button on the PLC panel of the machine tool in manual modes (RAPID and JOG) and rotate the tool to be taken off the magazine to the left window of machine tool protection shield. c) Press the emergency button, and open the left window of machine tool protection shield to take the tools down the magazine. d) Close the door and disable the emergency alarm. e) Move Z-axis below the magazine in manual mode, and perform manual tool change within the normal effective travel of Z-axis. 5.3.2 Tool change actions of machine tool and magazine Tool change actions of magazine are as follows: When operators execute tool change in automatic mode, machining commands like tool compensation, coolant, rapid and high-precision machining are cancelled, spindle is oriented, and Z-axis is raised to the point of tool change. At this time, tools on the spindle are safely moved back onto the magazine, and the spindle continues to move in the positive direction of Z-axis until the second reference point. According to the nearest tool selction, the tool disc rotates and stops at the aimed tool. The spindle send off air to blow the water and dust off the tool to prevent the spindle from any damage when the tool is loaded. Z-axis moves downward to take the tool out of magazine; NC automatically resumes most modal commands of the programs edited by customer, and the tool change action is completed. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 59 - VMC Series 5. Tool Change 5.4 Tool Change of Plate Tool Magazine 5.4.1 Operation steps of automatic and manual tool change 1) Automatic tool change Execute T XX in automatic modes (MDI and EDIT); (values range from 1 up to the maximum capacity of magazine) 2) Manual tool change It is dangerous to change tools in manual modes, and operators are not recommended to perform manual tool change, even though the operators should be very familiar with the techniques of tool change during the operation of manual tool change. The introduction of manual tool change is only for tool change operations when the operation cannot be executed in automatic mode and it is necessary to take tools out of the machine with manual operations. For the safty of the operators, the following detailed operation procedures should be strictly followed: a) Move Z-axis manually to a relatively safe location, i.e., where the rotary tool disc cannot touch the blind rivets, and this location is usually the first reference point of Z-axis of the machine tool. The purpose is to avoid interference even for the misoperation on magazine and spindle and to prevent the damages on both spindle and magazine. b) Connect the soft switch MAG.JOG ; c) Press the magazine Forward or Reverse button on the PLC panel of the machine tool in manual mode (JOG) and rotate the tool to be taken off the magazine to the opening of the magazine (the left window of machine tool protection shield). d) Press the magazine Forward button on the PLC to forward the magazine to the specified location. e) Press the emergency button, and open the door of machine tool to take the tools down the magazine. f) Close the door and disable the emergency alarm. g) Press the magazine Backward button on the PLC to move the magazine backward, and ensure that the disc is moved backward to the desired location. h) Move Z-axis below the magazine in manual mode, that is, within the normal effective travel of Z-axis. Manual tool change is completed. i) Break the soft switch MAG.JOG. - 60 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 5. Tool Change 5.4.2 Tool change actions of machine tool and magazine Tool change actions of magazine are as follows: When operators execute tool change in automatic mode, machining commands like tool compensation, coolant, rapid and high precision machining are cancelled, spindle is oriented, and Z-axis is raised to the point of tool change (the second reference point). The magazine move forward and the electromagnetic valve closes. When the system detects the signal that the magazine moves forward to the desired location, the spindle releases tools and the tools are safely moved back onto the magazine. The spindle send off air to blow the water and dust off the tool to prevent the spindle from any damage when the tool is loaded. When the system detects the signal that the tools have been released, the Z-axis moves in the positive direction until the first reference point. According to the nearest tool selction, the tool disc rotates and stops at the aimed tool. Z-axis moves downward to the second reference point and spindle chucks the tools. When the system detects the signal that the tools have been chucked, the magazine moves backward and the electromagnetic valve closes. Tools will be available to be take out of the magazine to be chucked on the spindle. When the system detects the signals that the magazine has moved backward to the desired location and the tools have been chucked, NC automatically resumes most modal commands of the programs edited by customer, and the tool return and tool change actions are completed. 5.5 Tool Change of Chain 5.5.1 Operation steps of automatic and manual tool change 1) Automatic tool change Execute T XX in automatic modes (MDI and EDIT) (values range from 1 up to the maximum capacity of magazine); For M06, the format is as follows: T_; M6; The tool number to be used should be specified by the two digits after T, and T codes and M codes should be applied in 2 rows. Machining codes can be inserted between T codes and M codes, and tool predetermination can be achieved. The command is applicable to chain magazine. This instruction enables the machine to select tools with shortcut. 2) Manual tool change It is dangerous to change tools in manual modes, and operators are not recommended to perform manual tool change, even though the operators China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 61 - VMC Series 5. Tool Change should be very familiar with the techniques of tool change during the operation of manual tool change. The introduction of manual tool change is only for tool change operations when the operation cannot be executed in automatic mode and it is necessary to take tools out of the machine with manual operations. For the safty of the operators, the following detailed operation procedures should be strictly followed: a) Move Z-axis manually to a relatively safe location. Usually, Z-axis should be in a position higher than the level of chain and should not collide with the positive limit of the machine tool. The purpose is to avoid interference between magazine and spindle even for the misoperation of rotating the chain and to prevent the damages on both spindle and chain. b) Connect the soft switch MAG.JOG; c) Press the magazine Forward or Reverse button on the PLC panel of the machine tool in manual mode (JOG) and rotate the tool to be taken off the magazine to the opening of the magazine (the left window of machine tool protection shield). d) Press the emergency button, and open the left window of machine tool protection shield to take the tools down the magazine. e) Close the door and disable the emergency alarm. f) Ensure that the disc is moved backward to the desired location. g) Move Z-axis below the magazine in manual mode, that is, within the normal effective travel of Z-axis. The manual tool change is completed. h) Break the soft switch MAG.JOG . 5.5.2 Tool change actions of machine tool and magazine Tool change actions of magazine are as follows: When operators execute tool change in automatic mode, machining commands like tool compensation, coolant, rapid and high-precision machining are cancelled, and spindle is oriented. When the chain’s 0 angle location signal, brake signal, undercut signal, tool case level signal, spindle tool chuck signal counter signal are detected to be normal, the system will execute tool change actions. Otherwise, alarms will remind the operator that the tool change conditions are not met and tool change actions cannot be performed. First, according to the principle that the nearest tool will be selected, the magazine rotates to the aimed tool, tool case is in vertical, and electromagnetic valve closes. When the system detects that the tool case has been lowered to the desired position, Z-axis will be raised to the tool change point (the second reference point) and the chain rotates to the undercut tool position. When the system detects the signals that the brake and undercut tool are on the desired locations, the spindle will execute the tool release - 62 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 5. Tool Change action and tools are safely clamped on the chain. The spindle send off air to blow the water and dust off the tool to prevent the spindle from any damage when the tool is loaded. When the system detects the signal that the tools are released to the desired position, chain will rotate 180 degrees, tools on spindle and tool case are change with each other, and the spindle clamps the tools. When the system detects the signal that the tools are clamped, chain will rotate to 0 degree, the tool case is upward and electromagnetic valve closes. The tool case is upward and level, tools on the spindle have been put back into the tool magazine, and the tools taken out of the magazine are clamped on the spindle. When the system detects the signal that the tool case is upward to the desired position and the tools have been clamped, the system automatically resumes most modal commands of the programs edited by customer, and the tool return and tool getting actions are completed. For tool change details, please check the following figures: Spindle releases the tool Spindle clamps the tool Fig 1: Spindle orientation angle N4077 Z-axis tool change preparation position Z-axis tool change position N1241 Tool change position of spindle China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works Tool change position of magazine - 63 - VMC Series 5. Tool Change Fig 2: Magazine rotate the aimed tool to the tool change position in the nearest direction Z-axis enters into tool change preparation position Magazine enters into tool change position Spindle releases the tool Spindle clamps the tool Spindle orientation angle N4077 Z-axis tool change preparation position Z-axis tool change position N1241 Original position of magazine Tool change position of magazine Fig 3: Tool Getting Process: Magazine rotate the aimed tool to the tool change position in the nearest direction Spindle releases the tool Spindle clamps the tool Spindle orientation angle N4077 Z-axis tool change preparation position Z-axis tool change position N1241 Original position of magazine - 64 - Tool change position of magazine China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Fig 4: 5. Tool Change Tool Getting Process: Magazine rotate the aimed tool to the tool change position in the nearest direction Z-axis enters into tool change preparation position Magazine enters into tool change position Spindle is oriented and releases tools Z-axis enters into the tool change position Spindle releases the tool Spindle clamps the tool Spindle orientation angle N4077 Z-axis tool change preparation position Z-axis tool change position N1241 Original position of magazine Tool change position of magazine Fig 5: Tool Getting Process: Magazine rotate the aimed tool to the tool change position in the nearest direction Z-axis enters into tool change preparation position Magazine enters into tool change position Spindle is oriented and releases tools Z-axis enters into the tool change position Spindle clamps the tools. Spindle releases the tool Spindle clamps the tool Spindle orientation angle N4077 Z-axis tool change preparation position Z-axis tool change position N1241 Original position of magazine Fig 6: Tool change position of magazine Tool Getting Process: Magazine rotate the aimed tool to the tool change position in the nearest direction Z-axis enters into tool change preparation position Magazine enters into tool change position Spindle is oriented and releases tools Z-axis enters into the tool change position Spindle clamps the tools. Magazine returns to the original position Spindle releases the tool Spindle clamps the tool Spindle orientation angle N4077 Z-axis tool change preparation position Z-axis tool change position N1241 Original position of magazine China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works Tool change position of magazine - 65 - VMC Series 5. Tool Change Tool Getting Process: Fig 7: Magazine rotate the aimed tool to the tool change position in the nearest direction Z-axis enters into tool change preparation position Magazine enters into tool change position Spindle is oriented and releases tools Z-axis enters into the tool change position Spindle clamps the tools. Magazine returns to the original position Z-axis returns to the tool change preparation position Spindle releases the tool Spindle clamps the tool Spindle orientation angle N4077 Z-axis tool change preparation position Z-axis tool change position N1241 Original position of magazine Tool change position of magazine Fig 8: Tool Return Process: Z-axis enters into tool change preparation position Spindle releases the tool Spindle clamps the tool Spindle orientation angle N4077 Z-axis tool change preparation position Z-axis tool change position N1241 Original position of magazine Fig 9: Tool change position of magazine Tool Return Process: Z-axis enters into tool change preparation position Spindle releases the tool Spindle clamps the tool Spindle orientation angle N4077 Z-axis tool change preparation position Z-axis tool change position N1241 Original position of magazine - 66 - Tool change position of magazine China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Fig 10: 5. Tool Change Tool Return Process: Z-axis enters into tool change preparation position Z-axis enters into tool change position and spindle is oriented Spindle releases the tool Spindle clamps the tool Spindle orientation angle N4077 Z-axis tool change preparation position Z-axis tool change position N1241 Original position of magazine Tool change position of magazine Fig 11: Tool Return Process: Z-axis enters into tool change preparation position Z-axis enters into tool change position and spindle is oriented Magazine enters into tool change position Spindle releases the tool Spindle clamps the tool Spindle orientation angle N4077 Z-axis tool change preparation position Z-axis tool change position N1241 Original position of magazine Tool change position of magazine Fig 12: Tool Return Process: Z-axis enters into tool change preparation position Z-axis enters into tool change position and spindle is oriented Magazine enters into tool change position Spindle releases tools Spindle releases the tool Spindle clamps the tool Spindle orientation angle N4077 Z-axis tool change preparation position Z-axis tool change position N1241 Original position of magazine China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works Tool change position of magazine - 67 - VMC Series 5. Tool Change Tool Return Process: Fig 13: Z-axis enters into tool change preparation position Z-axis enters into tool change position and spindle is oriented Magazine enters into tool change position Spindle releases tools Z-axis returns to the tool change preparation position Spindle releases the tool Spindle clamps the tool Spindle orientation angle N4077 Z-axis tool change preparation position Z-axis tool change position N1241 Original position of magazine Fig 14: Tool change position of magazine Tool Return Process: Z-axis enters into tool change preparation position Z-axis enters into tool change position and spindle is oriented Magazine enters into tool change position Spindle releases tools Z-axis returns to the tool change preparation position Magazine returns to the original position Spindle clamps the tools Spindle releases the tool Spindle clamps the tool Spindle orientation angle N4077 Z-axis tool change preparation position Z-axis tool change position N1241 Original position of magazine Tool change position of magazine 5.6 Treatment of Tool Change Errors During changing tools, if the reset button is pressed, the tool change will be stopped and alarm occurs. At this moment, it is able to execute automatic recovering program to release all the relevant alarms. 1) Back-to-zero of tool magazine When tool change is not correct and the tool clamped by spindle is not the specified tool, the back-to-zero of tool magazine can solve the problem. Back-to-zero means rotating the No. 1 tool seat in tool magazine to the tool change position. The operation is to run the following program block: a) Connect the soft switch MAG.JOG; b) Execute M68 in MDI mode; c) After M68 executed, break the soft switch MAG.JOG. - 68 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 5. Tool Change 2) Manual rotation of tool magazine when magazine is not rotated to the desired position or the chain is not at the origin When magazine is not rotated to the desired position or the chain is not at the origin, automatic tool change cannot be executed, and manual adjustment of the magazine is needed to enable the accurate tool positioning when the magazine stops. Methods for manual rotation of magazine: a) Connect the soft switch MAG.JOG; b) Press the magazine Forward or Reverse button on the PLC panel of the machine tool in manual mode (JOG) and stop the magazine at the accurate positions. c) After the magazine stops at the accurate position, break the soft switch MAG.JOG. Methods for manual rotation of chain: a) Connect the soft switch MAG.JOG; b) Press the chain Rotate button on the PLC panel in manual mode (JOG), and rotate the chain to the position of 0 degree. The indicator of ATC READY on the panel lights up, indicating that the chain reaches 0 degree. c) After the magazine stops at the accurate position, break the soft switch MAG.JOG. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 69 - VMC Series 6 6. Spindle Function Spindle Function 6.1 Spindle Rotating Viewing from the spindle motor and looking at the front end of the spindle, rotating direction of the spindle is defined. During spindle rotation, the indicator for SPINDLE (spindle rotating) will be ON. Every other revolution, the speed of the spindle can be specified by the address S and the subsequent 1-5 digits. And the unit of the value shall be min-1. The spindle rotation can be controlled by the following two methods. 6.1.1 Method By Means of M Code Instruction Under automatic running and MDI mode, it is available to control the spindle by following M codes: M03: run the spindle clockwise M04: run the spindle counterclockwise M05: stop spindle running after all instructions of the block have been completely executed. (For example) M03 S1000 S4000 M04 M05 : make the spindle run clockwise at a speed of 1000min-1. : set the spindle speed to 4000min-1. : run the spindle counterclockwise. : stop spindle running. 6.1.2 Rotating Spindle Method By Means of Spindle Key on Operation Panel 1. 2. 3. Specify the spindle speed in advance by MDI panel. Select manual mode. Press the key [SPINDLE CW] for spindle forward and [SPINDLE CCW] reverse to run the spindle. 4. Press the key [SPINDLE STOP] for stopping spindle to stop the spindle. Additional explanation Under rigid threading mode, indicator of the key will be Flashing. If the spindle speed is not specified, even though the key for spindle running is pressed, the spindle will not rotate (when safety door is closed). 6.1.3 Spindle Rotating While Safety Door Open 1. 2. - 70 - Select manual mode. Press the key [SPINDLE CCW] or [SPINDLE CW] to make the China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 6. Spindle Function spindle rotate. Press the key [SPINDLE STOP] for stopping spindle to stop the spindle. Notes: the spindle will run at the set fixed speed. (Omit S instruction). Spindle override will be omitted too. 3. 6.2 Spindle Override Under all operation modes, it is available to apply override to the spindle speed. Press the spindle override switch, the spindle override can be selected within the scope of 50-120%, and then the spindle speed will change accordingly. (For example) S3000 applying override of 80% 3000X80/100=2400 Spindle speed if 2400min-1. While the spindle speed applying override has exceeded the maximum speed, the spindle speed will be limited to the maximum speed. (For example) Under standard specification, when the maximum speed is set at 10000min-1, if the speed is set to S9000 with the override of 120%, the spindle speed will be 10000min-1, not 9000X120=10800min-1. Additional explanation During threading cycle (G74 and G84)пјЊsetting for spindle override is invalid. 6.3 Table for Spindle Load 1 Display of operation monitor Load meters of the servo axes and the serial spindle and speed meters can be displayed. 2 Display methods (1) Set the parameter OPM (No.3111#1) used to display OPERATING MONITOR screen to 1. (2) Press the function key (3) Press the key пјЊand select the position display screen. пјЊand display the softkey гЂ”MONIгЂ•(monitor). (4) Press the softkey пј»SP.PRMпјЅ(spindle parameter)пјЊand display the spindle setting and tuning screen. (5) Following screen will be displayed and it is available to select spindle monitor screen by softkeys. 1) пј»SP.SETпјЅ : SPINDLE SETTING screen 2) пј»SP.TUNпјЅ : SPINDLE TUNING screen 3) пј»SP.MONпјЅ : SPINDLE MONITOR screen China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 71 - VMC Series 6. Spindle Function Notices: 1. At most, it is available to magnify the graph of load meter by 200%. 2 Graph for speed meter will be displayed according to the ratio of the current speed when the max. speed of the spindle is set to 100%. Speed meter will display the motor speed; however, if the parameter OPS (No.3111#6) is set to 1, it will display the spindle speed. 3 During selecting the displayed servo axis, it is available to set spindle number in parameter No.3151пЅћ3153. When parameter No.3151пЅћ3153 are all 0, load meter of the basic shaft will be displayed. 6.4 Orienting of the Spindle (M19) Orienting of the spindle is to stop the spindle at the specified position. The operation can be realized by M19 instruction. While ex-works, the spindle stop position is set to changing tool direction, and please don’t change the set angle. Additional explanation The instruction will be valid until spindle running instruction (M03, M04), spindle stop instruction (M05) and spindle end up (M00, M01, etc.) instruction are executed. During fixed cycle, don’t specify this instruction. During fine boring (G76) and reverse boring (G87), the spindle orienting will be carried out automatically. The code of implementing spindle orientation on arbitrary point is Bxx (Bxx is orientation point);M19must be performed after finished the operation ,otherwise failure replacement of knife will be result in by inaccurate orientation of the point when the knife is replaced next time. It can damage the Machine Tool. The list of the directive B about spindle orientation point is in the appendix L. 6.5 Speed Change of Spindle 6.5.1 Spindle mechanical speed change Spindle mechanical speed change means adding gearbox on spindle box to increase the torque of spindle. Germany ZF gearbox is usually used. - 72 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 6. Spindle Function The operations for the spindle are the same as with the normal mechanical spindle operations, i.e. the spindle will execute forward (reverse) rotating action timely when SXXM03 (M04) is executed in automatic mode. In system processing, it is different from that of the machine without gearbox. The machine with gearbox can judge the low gear or high gear according to the supplied gear position of specified revolution and automatically perform the shifting action. If the shifting action cannot be completed, the alarm will occur to inform the operator and the operator can execute the program again. If the program still cannot be executed, professional maintenance personnel should be invited to determine the error and solve the problem according to the actual conditions. 6.5.2 Electric speed change of spindle The electric speed change of spindle is to change the direction by the contacting of two contactors when the spindle motor with dual windings is equipped. It can be started by Y/в–і and Y / Y modes with the same working principle, which can be used according to the concrete condition. It is not necessary to provide gearbox for the type of spindle. The operations in the condition are in compliance with the programming method, i.e. the spindle will execute the forward (reverse) rotating action timely when SXXM03 (M04) is executed in automatic mode. It is different from the normal mechanical spindle in system processing, parameter setting and hardware connection. During operation, the machine can judge the low gear or high gear according to the supplied gear position of specified revolution and automatically perform the shifting action. If the shifting action cannot be completed, the alarm will occur to inform the operator and the operator can execute the program again. If the program still cannot be executed, the professional maintenance personnel should be invited to judge the error and solve the problem as the actual condition. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 73 - VMC Series 7. Auxiliary Functions of Machine 7 Auxiliary Functions of Machine 7.1 Hydraulic Station Alarm No. 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 Hydraulic station can be used in various applications as optional functions, especially in the clamping and releasing of tool by spindle, the shifting of spindle gear box, the releasing and clamping of digital rotating table and hydraulic clamps as we as the pressure measurement of pipes. The followings are the introductions for the above. Though a separately designed hydraulic station is usually equipped on a machine depending on the different optional functions of the machine for the different applications, the controlling principles of the separately designed hydraulic stations are the same. The start-up of hydraulic station: a) When hydraulic station is used for clamping tool, mechanical gear box changing gear, NC table clamping it will be started automatically. b) When hydraulic station is used for clamp work-piece, it will be started by the press of [HYON] key on the operator panel. The hydraulic station can automatically start up when the power is on. When the pressure is measured to be in the working range, the hydraulic motor will stop rotating automatically and hold the current pressure; when the working pressure is exceeded, the hydraulic station will unload automatically to assure the reliable and stable running of hydraulic motor; when the pressure is under the working pressure, the hydraulic motor will start up automatically to assure the working pressure. The releasing and clamping of the shifting of spindle gearbox, tool and rotating table are the different actions which can be achieved by the controlling the relative electromagnetic valves on the hydraulic station. Because many measuring signals are on the hydraulic station to guarantee the reliable and stable work of the hydraulic, there are plenty of alarm information correspondingly. Of course, it depends on the concrete hydraulic station. If the customer found that the hydraulic station used by him is without the function, it is no doubt for meeting the customer’s requirement with the optimization price. The relative alarm information is as followed: Alarm information Solution HYDRAULIC MOTOR QF OFF Check if the motor starter of the hydraulic station is tripped off or if short circuit occurs. HYDRAULIC TEMPRETURE Temperature of hydraulic station is too high, check if the temperature of motor or oil is overheated. HYDRAULIC FILTER BLOCKED The filter is plugged; clean it on time HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL LOW The hydraulic fluid level is too low; please fill the hydraulic fluid. HYDRAULIC FAN QF OFF The air switch of fan in hydraulic station is tripped off; check if short circuit or overloading occurs. 7.2 Chip Conveyor 7.2.1 Spiral chip conveyor The spiral chip conveyor can be operated as followed: Confirm K13.4=1 at first; at this time the controlling of the spiral chip conveyor is enabled. 1пј‰ Manual operation Press the key [CHIP FWD], the chip conveyor starts forward rotating. Pressing the button again can stop chip conveying. Press the key [CHIP REV], the chip conveyor starts reverse rotating for a few seconds and then stops rotating automatically. 2пј‰ Automatic operation Executing M codes in automatic mode can get the same effects with - 74 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC serial 7. Auxiliary Functions of machine the operations of buttons: M72—— chip forward; M73—— chip reverse; M74——cancel chip conveying command; The relative alarm information and hints of chip conveyor are as followed: Alarm No. 1035 Alarm information HELIX CONYER QF OFF Solution Check if the motor starter of the spiral chip conveyor is tripped off; check if short circuit or overloading occurs. 7.2.2 Chain chip conveyor Alarm No. 1036 Confirm K13.5=1 at first; at this time the controlling of the chain chip conveyor is enabled. 1пј‰ Manual operation Press the chip forward button on the operation panel of machine, while the chip conveyor starts rotating. Pressing the button again can stop chip conveying. 2пј‰ Automatic operation Executing M codes in automatic mode can get the same effects with the operations of buttons: M72—— chip forward; M74——cancel chip conveying command; The relative alarm information and hints of chip conveyor are as followed: Alarm information Solution CHAIN CONYER QF OFF Check if the motor starter of the chain chip conveyor is tripped off; check if short circuit occurs. NOTEпјљIf chip wraps the chain conveyor, please set the switch on the chain conveyor reverse to start the chain conveyor reverse rotating. But it can be executed for a few seconds. Much too long time will mangle the conveyor. 7.3 Paper Strip Filter Paper strip filter is used to provide high-qualified and pure medium for oil cooling and water cooling of spindle. The function can be got depending on the concrete function selection and not all the machines have the function. 7.4 Lifting Pump Lifting pump is used to transmit the liquid in two cooling tanks to ensure the recycle of the cooling liquid of the entire machine, which is also the requirement of environmental protection. 7.5 Work-piece and Tool Measurements To realize the high-speed, high-accuracy and high-automation machining of machine, customer can select the automatic tool measuring and work-piece measuring devices, depending on the concrete condition of the work-piece, which are mainly specified by the customer and usually are made by Marposs and Renishaw. Due to the high price of the device, the function can only be an optional function. 7.5.1 Work-piece Measurement Work-piece measurement means: the measuring device performs the software measurement for the shape, dimension and other data of work-piece and then transmits the data to the digital controlled China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 75 - VMC Series 7. Auxiliary Functions of Machine system; the system will compare the measured data with the required actual dimensions, and then compensate the differences in programs to get the high efficiency, high automatic machining and the decreased error available. When K17.2=1, work-piece measurement is activated. M66; work-piece measurement starts up. 7.5.2 Tool Measurement Before program machining, the length and radius compensations must be performed for the tool which is used to machine work-piece. If the tool measuring device is not installed, the operator should preset the tool according to his working experiences; while if the device is installed, the data such as the length and radius of the tool will be transmitted to the digital controlled system by the measuring device and software, and then the system will compare the measured data with the actual tool dimensions to make sure the wear and damage of tool, which can guarantee the safety of machine in the maximum range. K17.3=1, work-piece measurement is activated. M67: Tool measurement starts up. 7.6 Cooling of Electric Cabinet The reliable running of electric components and drives in electric cabinet can guarantee the safe and reliable running of machine. The electric component is of the large heat dissipation, so cooling the components mainly by fan, heat exchanger and the refrigeration of air conditioner is necessary. 7.6.1 Cabinet Fan For the machine with small type, the driver and power module in them have the small powers and heat dissipating capacities which can be cooled just by fan to assure the normal working of the machine. 7.6.2 Air Conditioner Alarm No. 1045 Compared with other device, air conditioner has a better refrigerating effect; but it is used only when the working atmosphere is hot to assure the normal running of machine because of its high price. Alarm information Solution AIR-CONDITION QF OFF Check if the air switch of the air-condition is tripped off; check if short circuit or overloading occurs. 7.6.3 Heat Exchanger Alarm No. 1045 Electric cabinet can perform cooling by the heat exchanger inside. The method can realize the cooling effect with a lower cost than that of air conditioner. The relative information is as followed: Alarm information Solution HEAT EXCHANGE QF OFF Check if the air switch of the heat exchanger is tripped off; check if short circuit or overloading occurs. 7.7 Machine Cooling and Oil Mist Collecting To meet the environmental requirements, the dirt such as cooling water and oil mist must be collectively gathered. The cooling of machine mainly consists of outer the water cooling , the inner - 76 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC serial 7. Auxiliary Functions of machine cooling of spindle and oil cooling of spindle; for example, in machining steel work-piece, oil is the medium in the outer cooling, oil mist will unavoidably occur, therefore, it is necessary to collect the oil mist. Oil mist collector can be started by pressing the key [OIL GATHER] on the operator panel.. 7.7.1 Water Cooling Alarm No. 1037 2040 2041 Water cooling means the outer cooling with cooling water as the medium. Similarly, if the medium is oil, it is called oil cooling. Water cooling and oil cooling need the same operations in the following two modes: 1пј‰ Manual mode Press the cooling button on the operation panel and the outer cooling starts; pressing the cooling button again can stop the cooling. 2пј‰ Automatic mode: In automatic mode, execute “M08" to start cooling and M09to stop. The relative information is as followed: Alarm information Solution COOLANT MOTOR QF OFF Check if the cooled motor starter is tripped off; check if short circuit occurs. COOLANT LEVEL LOW Check if the leveling of liquid in cooling water tank is too low and fill cooling medium if necessary. COOLANT LEVEL HIGH Check if the leveling of liquid in cooling water tank is too high and handle it if necessary to avoid the pollution caused by the overflow. 7.7.2 Inner Cooling Alarm No. 1043 Confirm K13.1=1 at first; The controlling of the inner cooling function is activated. The inner cooling function is an optional function which can cool the work-piece by the water from the center of spindle through machining holes to protect the work-piece well; execute M07 to start inner cooling of spindle and M09 to cancel it. The relative information is as followed: Alarm information Solution INNER COOLANT QF OFF Check if the motor starter of inner cooling is tripped off; check if short circuit occurs. 7.7.3 Air Cooling Alarm No. 2047 Air cooling is a standard function. The operating modes are as followed: 1) Manual operation: in JOG mode, press the [BLOW] key on the operation panel to connect with the air cooling. When the pressure of air source is low, the air cooling cannot be opened. 2) Automatic mode: In automatic mode, execute M12 to open air cooling and M13 to open inner air cooling. When K14.1=1 the inner air cooling is operative; when M09 is executed, the air cooling will be canceled. The relative information is as followed: Alarm information Solution AIR PRESSURE LOW Check if the pressure of air source is low and start the external air pressure device if necessary. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 77 - VMC Series 7. Auxiliary Functions of Machine 7.8 Machine Illumination Machine illumination mainly consists of electric cabinet illumination and work-piece illumination. For the serial machines, the electric cabinet illumination is the optional function and the work-piece illumination is the standard configuration. The two illuminating modes are introduced in the following: 7.8.1 Electric Cabinet illumination As the optional configuration, electric cabinet illumination is convenient for the customer to maintain the electric cabinet at night. Open the door of the cabinet, press the switch of the illuminating light to switch it on and press it again to switch it off. 7.8.2 Illumination for Work-pieces Because the light in the protecting room is not enough, so it is necessary to install the illuminating devices for the operator to operate tools. The illumination of machine has a very simple operating mode with just pressing the “LIGHT” button on the operation button to switch the light. When the machine is power on, the light is automatically on. 7.9 Introduction of Machine Fixtures The choice of the machine fixture usually accords to the concrete work-piece to be machined. The air operated fixture and hydraulic fixture with the same working principle are usually used in the daily work. 7.10 Transformers FANUC 3пЅћ220V control voltage is used in the series of machines. When the main power supply is not of the 3пЅћ220V voltage, the servo transformer should be installed to transform the voltage to the required 3пЅћ220V for the machine. For the different configurations, the capacities of the different servo transformers are different, so it necessary to refer to the list of the purchased parts according to the concrete configuration. 7.11 Lubrication There is lubrication pump on the machine supplying lubrication oil for linear guideways. And there are two methods to start the lubrication pump. 1гЂЃ Automatic Lubricate In automatic lubricate mode, the lubrication pump start one time for some time and then stop some time automatically. The Stop Time = [C10] *5 minutes For example: If the PMC parameter Counter 10 is set 3, the stop time will be 15 minutes.The Run Time: T11 (ms), concrete operation is in the appendix H.3 2гЂЃ Manual Lubricate Press the key [LUBRICATE] on the operator panel to start the lubrication pump. The run time of the pump is T9 (ms). There is another method to start lubrication pump. That is press the button on the pump. concrete operation is in the appendix H.3 - 78 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC serial 7. Auxiliary Functions of machine 7.12 Water Gun and Air Gun There is water gun or air gun on the machine. Or water gun and air gun are equipped on the machine basing on the compact require. The operation of water gun is the same to air gun. That is press key [CHIP FLUSH] on the operator panel first and then hold on the water gun or air gun and put the trigger down. The water gun and air gun can only be used when door is open. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 79 - VMC Series 8 8 Di splaying of Alarm, Opera tion & Di agnosis Displaying of Alarm, Operation & Diagnosis 8.1 CNC Interface 8.1.1 Alarm information interface While alarm occurs, the menu for ALARM MESSAGE will be displayed automatically. (When the 7th digit of NC parameter No.3111 is 0) Alarm screen can be displayed according to following steps: . 1 Press the function key 2 Press the softkeyпј»ALARMпјЅ. Additional explanation Under background edit, it is not necessary to switch to the alarm menu, but to display the alarms under program menu. While background editing is applied, do not press the key <RESET>пјЊand if this key is pressed, the automatic running of the machine will be stopped. Press any key to release the alarm. - 80 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 8. Displaying of Alarm, Operation & Diagnosis 8.1.2 Operation information interface While alarm occurs, the menu for OPERATOR MESSAGE will be displayed automatically. (When the 7th digit of NC parameter No. 3111 is 0) 1 Press the function key . 2 Press the softkeyпј»MSGпјЅ(operator information). China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 81 - VMC Series 9 9 .Over-tr avel Releases Over-travel Releases The case that the coordinate value of each axis exceeds specified scope is called over-travel. If over-travel occurs, there will be an alarm, and then to release the alarm, return the over-travel axis to the specified scope. Over-travel The menu will display any option of alarm NO.OT500-OT507. (For example) “OT0500(X) + OVER-TRAVEL (SOFT1)” Releasing method It is available to use following methods to release the over-travel: - 82 - 1. Select HANDLE mode. 2. Operate the hand wheel pulse generator in the direction opposite to the displayed direction on the menu, and then move the over-travel axis to be within the travel limit. 3. Press the reset key <RESET>, and then the alarm display will disappear, releasing the alarm. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 10 10. Release of Tool Capture Status Release of Tool Capture Status If the tool has been exactly inserted into the work piece while the machine stops, it can be recovered according to following methods: 1пј‰ Press the reset key on the operation panel, releasing the alarm. 2пј‰ Press the key [HANDLE] for handle mode. 3пј‰ Select Z axis by the axis selection switch on the hand wheel. 4пј‰ Turn the hand wheel pulse generator clockwise (turning direction is + side) to pull out the tool from the work piece. Additional explanation If the captured tool is T-groove tool, etc. which cannot be pulled out upwards, the tool can be taken away from the tool shaft. If the captured tool is a threading tool, function for returning threading is valid. The operation method is as following: 1) Connect the soft switch R.T.BACK 2) Select MDI mode 3) Press the [RESET] key on the operator or on the MID keyboard The machine will revolve the tool from work-piece automatically. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 83 - VMC Series 11. Inpput/Out Data 11 Input/Output Data It is available to use memory to input/output data. Set the input/output channel to 4 (parameter No. 20), and then it is able to browse the files saved in the memory card inserted into the memory interface near the display, and then different types of data (part program, parameter, offset data) will be input and output in files of a plain text format. The main functions are as follows: – Displaying contents of files Display the files saved in the memory card on the contents screen. – Searching file It is available to search the files stored in the memory card, and then display the files on the contents screen. – Reading file It is available to read the files in a plain text format from the memory card. – Writing file It is available to record the part programs into the memory card in a plain text format. – Deleting file It is available to select the file to be deleted from the memory card, and then delete it. Writing file Reading file Displaying contents Memory card Searching file Deleting file 11.1 Displaying the Contents of Files Steps - 84 - 1. 1 Press the EDIT switch on the operation panel of the machine. 2. 2 Press the function key PROG. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 11. Input/Output Data 3. 3 Press the right softkey (key for menu continuity) 4. 4 Press the softkeyпј»CARDпјЅto display following screen. Besides, page-turning key can be used to enable screen scroll. 5 Press the softkey пј»DIR+пјЅ (contents) to display the comments in the files. 6 Repeatedly press the softkey пј»DIR+пјЅto alternatively display comment and size, date. For any file, all comments described after No. 0 can be displayed. At most, 18 characters can be displayed on the screen. 7 Input/output data Refer to <Operation Manual> B-63534CM/02 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 85 - VMC Series 11. Inpput/Out Data 11.2 Searching File Steps: 1 Press the EDIT switch on the operation panel of the machine. 2 Press the function key PROG. 3 Press the right softkey (key for menu continuity) 4 Press the softkeyпј»CARDпјЅto display following screen. 5 Press the softkeyпј»(OPRT)пјЅ(operation). 6 Set any file number by softkeyпј»F SRHпјЅ(searching file), and then press the softkeyпј»EXECпјЅ(execution) to execute file searching. If the file has been searched, it will be displayed at the top of the contents screen. When the searched file number is No. 19 file - 86 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 11. Input/Output Data 11.3 Reading File Steps 1. Press the EDIT switch on the operation panel of the machine. 2. Press the function key PROG. 3. Press the right softkey (key for menu continuity). 4. Press the softkeyпј»CARDпјЅto display following screen. 5. Press the softkeyпј»(OPRT)пјЅ. 6. Specify a file number and then press the softkey пј»F READпјЅto display following screen: China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 87 - VMC Series 11. Inpput/Out Data 7. Type file number “20” by MDI panel, and then press the softkey [F SET] (setting file) to set the file number. Type the program No.“120”, and then press the softkey [O SET] (setting program) to set the program number, and then press the softkey [EXEC]. – In CNC, file number has been recorded as O0120. – Set while it is intended to use another No. O to record the No. O of the file to be read as the program number. If program number has not been set, just record the No. O in the file name. 8. In order to read file, press the softkey [N READ] (reading file number) in the above step 6. And then the screen will display as follows: 9. Register the file name “TESTPRO” as O1230, and then type the file name “TESTPRO” by MDI panel, and then set the file name by softkeyпј»F NAMEпјЅ. Type program number “1230”, and then press the softkey пј»O SETпјЅ to set the program number and then the softkeyпј»EXECпјЅfor execution. - 88 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 11. Input/Output Data 11.4 Writing File Steps 1. Press the EDIT switch on the operation panel of the machine. 2. Press the function key PROG. 3. Press the right softkey (key for menu continuity). 4. Press the softkeyпј»CARDпјЅto display following screen. 5. Press the softkeyпј»(OPRT)пјЅ. 6. Press the softkeyпј»PUNCHпјЅ. 7. Type the number O for punch output through MDI panel, and then press the softkeyпј»O SETпјЅto set program number Press the softkey пј»EXECпјЅafter settingпјЊand then the file will be written in the file No. O1230. 8. Same as setting No. O, type the file No. by MDI panel, and then press the softkeyпј»FSETпјЅto set file name. After setting, press the softkey пј»EXECпјЅ, write the program number O0123 into the file ABCD12. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 89 - VMC Series 11. Inpput/Out Data Explanation – register the same file name If the file with the same file name has already been saved in the memory card, the original file in the memory card will be overlaid. – Write all programs In order to writ all programs, set “program No.пјќпјЌ9999”. At this moment, if the file name has not been specified, the written file name shall be “PROGRAM.ALL”. – Limitation of file name There are following limitation for setting a file name. гЂ€setting a file nameгЂ‰Г—Г—Г—Г—Г—Г—Г—Г—. в–Ўв–Ўв–Ў ↑ ↑ Within 8 characters; extension name shall be within 3 characters. 11.5 Deleting File Steps: 1. Press the EDIT switch on the operation panel of the machine. 2. Press the function key PROG. 3. Press the softkey on the right side (key for menu continuity). 4. Press the softkeyпј»CARDпјЅto display following screen: 5. Press the softkeyпј»(OPRT)пјЅ. - 90 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 11. Input/Output Data 6. Set the file No. to be deleted by softkey пј»DELETEпјЅ at first, and then press the softkeyпј»EXECпјЅto delete the set file. Contents screen will re-display the screen in which the file has been deleted. When file No. “21” is deleted When file No. O1020 is deleted File No. 21 is assigned to the subsequent file number. 11.6 All Input/Output by the Memory Card Even though the separate screen for part programs, parameters, offset data, pitch error data, user macro program, work piece coordinate system data, etc. cannot be displayed, it is available to input/output data from ALL IO (all input/output) by means of the memory card. Data Name Part programs Parameters Memory card Offset data Pitch error data User macro program Work piece coordinate system data (additional coordinate system) ALL IO (all input/output) screen Steps: 1. Press the EDIT switch on the operation panel of the machine. 2. Press the softkey China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works . - 91 - VMC Series 11. Inpput/Out Data 3. Repeatedly press the softkey on the right side. 4. Press the softkeyпј»ALL IOпјЅto display following screen: Upper part: file contents saved in the memory card Lower part: recorded program contents 5. Scroll the upper part/lower part by the cursor keys (left * shows the part can be scrolled) : Set scroll of contents of the memory card : set scroll of contents of programs 6 Use the page-turning key and to scroll the file contents and program contents. Explanation – Each data clause When the screen is displayed at the beginning, it is available to use the data clauses to select programs, and the softkeys of other screens shall be displayed by pressing the softkey . If the non-program data clause is selected, the screen will only display the file contents. All selected data clauses shall be displayed in the bracket of the head line. - 92 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 11. Input/Output Data – Display of program contents Display of program contents is not in accordance with parameter NAM (No.3107#0) or parameter SOR (No.3107#4). – Operation of each function Display following softkey by pressing the softkey пј»(OPRT)пјЅ: Operation of each function is the same as the operation on the contents screen (memory card). Only the softkeyпј»O SETпјЅ and “PROGRAM NUMBER＝” (program No.пјќ) associated with the program number will be displayed, and the clauses which are not associated with non-program data will not be displayed: пј»F SRHпјЅ : Searching specified file number пј»F READпјЅ : Reading specified file number пј»PUNCHпјЅ : Writing file пј»N READпјЅ : Reading the file under specified file name пј»DELETEпјЅ : Deleting the specified file number Notes: It is not allowed to call functions from the memory card by means of the RMT operation mode and the subprogram command based on M198. 11.7 File Format and Error Information File format All files input/output to the memory card are plain text files, and for contents of the files, the specific formats are as follows: Files shall always begin with “%” or “LF”, and the subsequent shall be data content, and then files shall be ended up by “%”. During the operation of reading files, from starting testing “%” to the moment that “LF” has been tested, all the data will be skipped. Each program block shall end up with “LF”, not “:”. пјЌ LF: 0A of ASCII codes (Hex Codes). пјЌ When the read files include small letter, Japanese Kana Conversion Library, and some special characters (e.g. $,\ and !, etc.), it is allowed to be regardless of them. (For example) % O0001 (MEMORY CARD SAMPLE FILE) G17 G49 G97 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 93 - VMC Series 11. Inpput/Out Data G92X-11.3Y2.33 В· В· M30 % пјЌ data input/output by ASCII codes has no relationship with set parameters (ISO/EIA). пјЌ Parameter NCR (No.0100#3) can be used to specify that end code of program block (EOB) is to be used only for LF output or for LF, CR and CR output. Error information If during memory card input/output, an error occurs, error information will be displayed, in which xx shows the error code of the memory card. - 94 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 11. Input/Output Data Table for Error Codes of the Memory Card Code Meaning 99 A part before FTA field of the memory card has been destroyed. 102 Available space of the memory card no sufficient. 105 Memory card has not been installed. 106 Memory card has been installed. 110 There is not any content specified. 111 Amount of files under the root directory is too big, unable to expand the contents 114 Unspecified file name 115 The specified file is under being protected status. 117 The file has not been opened. 118 The file has been opened. 119 The file has been locked. 121 Available space of the memory card no sufficient. 122 Specified file name is not correct. 124 Extension name of the specified file is not correct. 129 The non-correspondence function has been specified. 130 Specified equipment invalid 131 Specified path invalid. 133 Many files have been opened at the same time. 135 No format tool available 140 The file is of attribute of READ/WRITE. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 95 - VMC Series 12. Tool Life Managemeng Function 12 Tool Life Management Function General By this function, it is able to manage the life (usage times and usage period) of the tools which have been separated into several groups, and when the tool life has expired, new tools can be selected automatically for processing. The data for managing tool life consists of tool group number, specified code for tool offset value and tool life, and all the data has been stored in the CNC system. Tool Group Number m Tool No. Specified Code for Tool Offset Value Tool Life Data for managing the life of first tool Data for managing the life of n tool Figure 12(a) Data for tool life management (the number of tools is n) Select the tool from the tool group number specified by the machining programs, and then tool life can be managed along with machining. Data for managing tool life Machining program Running of the machine and CNC system Group No. 1 Machine Tool selection Group No. m Selection command for group NO. m Command for changing tools (M06) Group No. p Set the selected tool under waiting status Automatically select the expiration tool from group m Mount the selected tool under waiting status onto the spindle Start calculation for the life of the tool mounted on the spindle (Changing tools) Figure 12 (b) Select a tool from the machining program If it is provided with double-path control, the management for tool life can be carried out separately for each path. The data setting for managing tool life is also completed on each path. - 96 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 12. Tool Life Management Function 12.1 Data for Managing Tool Life Data for managing tool life consists of tool group number, specified code for tool offset value and tool life. Explanation - Tool group number The maximum storable tool group quantity and the recordable tool quantity of each group shall be set be parameter GS1 and GS2 (No.6800#0, #1) (table 12.1(a)) Table 12.1(a) Maximum recordable tool group quantity and tool quantity Max. group quantity and tool quantity when 512-group option for tool life management group number not provided Max. group quantity and tool quantity when 512-group option for tool life management group number provided Group Qty. Group Qty. Tool Qty. Tool Qty. Notice: When changing parameter GS1 and GS2 (NoпјЋ6800пјѓ0пјЊпјѓ1)пјЊplease re-record the data for managing tool life in command G10L3 (deleting all data for each group while recording) . Without re-recording, it is unable to set new data pairs. - Tool number The tool number shall be specified by the 4 digits after T. - Specified code for tool offset value There is H code (for tool length compensation) and D code (for tool radius compensation) available to be the specified codes for tool offset value. The max number for the specified code of tool offset value recordable is 255 (when tool compensation number is 400). When tool compensation number is 32, 64, 99 or 200, the max number for the specified code of tool offset value shall be 32, 64, 99 or 200. When 512-group option for tool life management group number is provided, the max number is also 255 (when the tool compensation number is 400). When tool compensation number is 499 or 999, the max number for the specified code of tool offset value shall be 499/999. Notes: When specified code for tool offset value is not available, recording can be omitted. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 97 - VMC Series 12. Tool Life Managemeng Function 12.2 Recording, Modifying and Deleting the Data for Managing Tool Life By editing the program for tool-life management data, the data in the CNC system can be recorded, and the recorded tool-life management data can be modified or deleted. Explanation The program formats for following described data are different: - While recording, delete all groups After the recorded tool-life management data has been deleted, record the tool-life management data recorded in the program. - Add and modify tool-life management data The tool-life management data of the groups of the programs can be added or modified. - Delete tool-life management data The tool-life management data of the groups of the programs can be deleted. - Counting type for recording tool life The counting type (time or times) of each group can be recorded. - Life value By means of setting (command Q) parameter LTM (No.6800#2) or counting type, it is able to record time or times. Maximum values are as follows: Time 4300 (min.) Times 9999 (times) Format Delete all groups while recording Format Meaning of Commands : Delete all groups while recording : Group No. : Life value : Tool No. : Specified code for tool offset value (H code) : Specified code for tool offset value (D code) : Recording ends up - 98 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 12. Tool Life Management Function Add and modify tool-life management data Format Meaning of Commands : Starting adding and modifying all groups : Group No. : Life value: Tool No. : Specified code for tool offset value (H code) : Specified code for tool offset value (D code) : Adding and modifying of the groups end up Delete tool-life management data Format Meaning of Commands : Starting deleting groups : Group No. : Deleting groups ends up Set the counting type for tool-life group Format Meaning of Commands : Counting type for life (1: times; 2: time) China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 99 - VMC Series 12. Tool Life Managemeng Function Notices: 1 While command Q is omitted, set value of parameter LTM (NoпјЋ6800пјѓ2) will be used as the counting type of the tool life. 2 G10L3P1 and G10L3P2 are only available to be specified when tool-life extension management function is valid. (Parameter EXT (No.6801#6) =1) 12.3 Tool-life Management Command Applied in Machining Programs Explanation - Command The following commands can be used to manage tool life: Tв–Ѕв–Ѕв–Ѕв–Ѕ: Specify the tool group number. Tool-life management is to select an unexpired tool from the specified group, and then output the tool by T codes. By в–Ѕв–Ѕв–Ѕв–Ѕ, it is able to specify a number which can combine tool-life management cancel number (No.6810) and the group number to be specified. For example, when tool life management cancel number is 100, and it is intended to specify tool group 1, you shall specify T101. Notes: When в–Ѕв–Ѕв–Ѕв–Ѕ is smaller than tool-life cancel number, the T code shall be taken as common T code. M06: By this command, the end-life of the tool used previously can be managed, and then carry out the life counting for the new tool selected by T code command. Notice: When several M codes have been specified in the same program block (see -11.2), please specify M06 in M code at first. H99; select H code for tool-life management data of the currently applied tool H00; cancel the tool length offset D99; select D code for tool-life management data of the currently applied tool D00; cancel tool radius offset Notice: H99 or D99 must be specified after command M06. Besides, if the codes other than H99 or D99 have been specified, the H code or D code for tool-life management data will not be selected. - Type In order to carry out the tool-life management function, it is available to adopt following four tool-changing types. Table 10.2.3 Difference among four tool-changing types - 100 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 12. Tool Life Management Function Tool-changing type A Take the tool group No. specified in the same program block as tool-changing command (M06) Tool group used previously Timing for counting tool life Remarks Parameter B C D The tool groups to be used for the next time When M06 is specified for the next time, it is available to count the life for the tool in the specified tool group. When tool group No. instruction has been specified separately, in principle, type B shall be used. However, even a tool group No. instruction has been specified separately under C type, no alarm occurs. (i.e., the operations for type B and type C are different). No. 6800#7(M6T)=1 No. 6801#7(M6E)=0 When the group where the tool is placed is in the same program block as the group including M06, it is available to carry out tool-life counting. When M06 has been specified separately, P/S warner (No.153) will alarm. No. 6800#7 No. 6801#7(M6T)=1 (M6T)=0 No. 6801#7 (M6E)=0 Notes: When tool group No. has been specified and new tool has been selected, the new tool selection No. will be output. For example: - Type A for changing tools It is assumed that tool life management cancel No. is 100. T101; Select one non-expiration tool from group No. 1 (assuming the selected tool No. is 010). M06; Counting the life for the tool of group No. 1 (counting the life of tool No. 010). T102; Select one non-expiration tool from group No. 2 (assuming the selected tool No. is 100). M06T101; Counting the life for the tool of group No. 2 (counting the life of tool No. 100). Output the tool No. of the currently used tool by T codes (output tool No. 010). - Type B and C for changing tools It is assumed that tool life management cancel No. is 100. T101; Select one non-expiration tool from group No. 1 (assuming the selected tool No. is 010). M06T102; Counting the life for the tool of group No. 1 (counting the life of tool No. 010). counting the life for the tool of group No. 2 (counting the life of tool No. 100). M06T103; Counting the life for the tool of group No. 2 (counting the life of tool No. 100). China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 101 - VMC Series 12. Tool Life Managemeng Function Counting the life for the tool of group No. 3 (counting the life of tool No. 200). - Type D for changing tools It is assumed that tool life management cancel No. is 100. T101M06; Select one non-expiration tool from group No. 1 (assuming the selected tool No. is 010). Counting the life for the tool of group No. 1 (counting the life of tool No. 010). T102M06; Counting the life for the tool of group No. 2 (counting the life of tool No. 100). Select one non-expiration tool from group No. 3 (assuming the selected tool No. is 100). 12.4 Tool Life Usage times or usage time (unit: min) are used to specify the life of the specified tool. Explanation - Usage times For each tool specified in the program, usage times shall be increased by 1. And that is to say, after CNC has entered automatic operation status from reset status, only when the first tool group No. and tool changing command has been specified, usage times shall be increased by 1. Notices: Even one tool group number has been specified for several times within one program, the usage times will not increase, and therefore, new tool will not be selected. - Usage time When the command for changing tools (M06) has been specified, it is available to start tool-life management for the tool selected by the tool group number command. During tool-life management, usage time of the tool under cutting mode shall be counted with the interval of 4s. If within 4s, the tool group has been changed, the usage time within 4s shall not be taken as the usage time. For single block, the time for stop, tool feed interruption, rapid movement, interruption, lock and interlock of the machine shall not be taken into consideration for calculation. - 102 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 12. Tool Life Management Function 12.5 Parameters associated with Tool-life Management пј»data typeпјЅ Bit type GS1,GS2 Combination of number of tool-life groups which can be registered and number of tools which can be registered can be set according to the following table: M series No. of groups T series No. of tools No. of groups No. of tools The next line shows the value when the option that tool-life management groups is 512 (M series) or when tool-life management groups is 128 (T series) available. LTM tool life 0: specified by times 1: specified by time SIG during tool skipping, whether tool group No. is used to select signal input group No. 0: not input (counting that the group in the present selection has been specified) 1: input. GRS while tool changing the reset signal has been input: 0: only deleting the execution data of the specified group 1: deleting the execution data of all registered groups SNG when the tool other than the ones under the tool-life management has been selected, if tool skip signal has been input: 0: skip the tool in the group used at last or the specified group (according to parameter SIG). 1: omit tool skip signal. IGI whether tool stand-by number shall be omitted: 0: not omit 1: omit M6T T codes which is in the same program block as M06 shall be 0: taken as stand-by No. 1: taken as the command for the next tool group China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 103 - VMC Series 12. Tool Life Managemeng Function пј»data typeпјЅbit type TSM during tool-life management, several offsets have been specified during life counting. 0: counting according to the same tool number 1: counting for each tool. LFV during extension of tool-life management function, the exceed-control for life counting: 0: invalid 1: valid EMD display moment of mark пјЉ(tool life has expired) 0: be displayed when the next tool has been selected 1: be displayed when the tool life has expired. E1S when tool life has been specified by time 0: counting with an interval of 4s. 1: counting with an interval of 1s. (Maximum life shall be 1075(min).) Notes: the parameter is valid when parameter LTM (No.6800#2) has been set to 1. EXT whether function for extension of tool-life management shall be used (M series). 0: not use 1: use EXG registration of tool-life management data based on G10 (T Series). 0: deleting data of all tool groups before registration 1: keep the data of other groups, and only add/alter or delete the data of the specified group. Notes: when EXG has been set to 1, by the address P of the program block which is same as G10, data can be added, altered and deleted (P1: addпјЏ alter; P2: delete). However when address P has not been specified, the registration shall be after data for all groups has been deleted. M6E when T code has been specified in the program block which is the same as M06. 0: T code shall be disposed as the return No. or the group No. to be selected for the next time. And final disposal shall be decided by parameter M6T (No.6800#7). 1: start the tool-life counting immediately for the tool group. пј»data typeпјЅ bit type T99 when M99 is being executed, if there is a tool group whose life has expired: 0: not output tool changing signal 1: output tool changing signal TCO when function code 171 and 172 (reading of tool life management data) of PMC window have been specified, in the currently selected group, if the tool data which has not been used currently can be deleted: 0: no - 104 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 12. Tool Life Management Function 1: yes E17 in the currently selected group, when deleting command for tool-life management data has been sent by function code 171 and 172 (reading of tool life management data) of PMC window to the tools which are currently used: 0: not delete tool data, and exit normally 1: not delete tool data, and output end code 13. GRP management data for tool-life forecast signal TLCHB<F064#3> 0: parameter No.6844 and No.6845гЂ‚ 1: value set for each group for extension of tool-life management. Residual life shall be set for each group until a new tool has been selected. When “set life-tool usage counter (COUNT)” has achieved the set value of each group (residual life) the signal TLCHB<F064#3> will be output. Notes: The parameter can only be used when type B for tool-life management is valid. ARL tool-life forecast signal TLCHB <F064#3> in tool-life management 0: output to each tool. 1: output at the last tool of each group, and the parameter is only valid when No.6802#3 is set to 1. TGN group number random setting function for that is type B of tool-life management shall be used 0: not use 1: use TSK during tool-life management, if counting type is time type, when the skip for the last tool of the specified tool is being carried out: 0: counting value of the last tool is the same as life value 1: counting value of the last tool can not be altered. RMT conditions under which tool-life forecast signal TLCHB<F064#3>can be set to OFF 0: residual life is bigger than parameter value 1: residual life is not in accordance with eth parameter Notes: after the parameter has been set, it is necessary to cut off the power supply temporarily. пј»data typeпјЅ bit type LGR in tool-life management function, tool life can be divided into following: 0: all groups shall be selected by parameter LTM (No.6800#2). 1: random selection times or time of each group LGR when it is set to 1, it is available to add the address in the specified format of G10 (tool life management data setting) China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 105 - VMC Series 12. Tool Life Managemeng Function Q specification: As shown in the following example, please specify times or time for life of each group at address Q. The groups omitting address Q shall be specified by parameter LTM (No.6800#2). пј»for exampleпјЅ when parameter LTM(No.6800#2)has been set to 0: G10 L3; P1 L10 Q1;(Q1:specify the life the group No. 1 by times) P2 L20 Q2;(Q2: specify the life the group No. 2 by time) P3 L20; (Q omit: specify the life the group No. 3 by times) G11; M30; % LFE when the tool life has been specified by times, the life value shall be specified in the following scope: 0: 0пЅћ9999 (times) 1: 0пЅћ65535 (times) пј»data typeпјЅ bit type TC1 make the pre-set of tool-life counter in automatic operation be: 0: invalid 1: valid ETE during extension of tool-life management, the mark for showing that the last tool of the group has expired 0: remain “@”. 1: change into “*”. Omit No. for tool-life management Omit No. for tool-life management пј»data typeпјЅ bit type пј»data rangeпјЅ 0пЅћ9999 Set omit No. for tool-life management When the value specified by T code has exceed the set value, the value gained by subtracting the set value from T code value shall become the tool group No. of the tool-life management. Re-use M code for tool-life counting пј»data typeпјЅ byte type пј»data rangeпјЅ 0пЅћ255 (excluding 01, 02, 30, 98 and 99) When 0 is omitted: When tool life has been specified by times, tool-life counting shall re-use M code. While a M code is specified, if there is only one tool group has expired, still, tool changing signal will be output. Re-use the T code command (tool-life management group command) after M code by specified tool-life counting, and then select the non-expiration tool in the tool group, adding 1 to tool-life counter. When the tool life is specified by time, T code command (tool-life management group command) can be - 106 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 12. Tool Life Management Function reused after M code by specified tool-life counting, and same as the status when the tool life is specified by times, select the non-expiration tool in the tool group. Residual life of the tool (usage times) пј»data typeпјЅ character type пј»data unitпјЅ time (times) пј»data rangeпјЅ 0пЅћ9999 When tool life is specified by times, it is available to set tool residual life (usage times) when output tool life has achieved forecast signal. Notes: 1 When the residual value of selected tool life (usage times) has been up to the set value of parameter (No.6844), output tool life arrival forecast signal TLCHB to PMC. 2 When the set value in parameter (No.6844) is bigger than tool life, the tool life arrival forecast signal will not be output. Residual life of the tool (usage time) пј»data typeпјЅ 2 character type пј»data unitпјЅ min пј»data rangeпјЅ 0пЅћ4300 When tool life is specified by time, tool residual life (usage time) can be set when output tool life has achieved forecast signal. Notes: 1 When the residual value of selected tool life (usage time) has been up to the set value of parameter (No.6845), output tool life arrival forecast signal TLCHB to PMC. By tool life management function, usage time or usage times can be set according to each tool. For the tool groups which set life by usage times, please use parameter No.6844; for the tool groups which set life by usage times, please use parameter No.6845. 2 When the set value in parameter (No.6845) is bigger than tool life, the tool life arrival forecast signal will not be output. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 107 - VMC Series 13 15. High-speed Skip Function Status Indicators Red, yellow and green are separately used to specify the running status and stop status of the machine. Ex-works setting is as follows: 1) When the yellow light is on, the machine is under normal status. 2) When the green light is on, the program is being executed. 3) When the red light is on, the machine is under alarm status. - 108 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 14. Drilling Cycle for Small Deep Holes 14 Drilling Cycle for Small Deep Holes During drilling process, when overload torque signal (when skip signal is used) has been detected, the axle provided with overload torque testing function will withdraw the tool. After the spindle speed and cutting feed speed have been changed, the drilling operation will be restarted. During the drilling process for small deep holes, the steps shall be repeated. By specifying the M code set in parameter (No. 5163), it is able to enter drilling cycle for small deep holes. Under this mode, G83 (drilling cycle for small deep holes) can be specified. When G80 is specified or reset, drilling cycle for small deep holes will be cancelled. Format : Data of hole position : Distance from point R to hole bottom and hole bottom position : Distance from initial horizontal position to point R. : Interruption time for returning from hole bottom and point R : Tool feed speed during cutting : Forward and backward speed (format is the same as that of F) (When omit, it shall be the value for parameter (No. 5172 and 5173) : Repeat times (limiting to the status when repeat is required) : Interruption time at the bottom of the hole (when omit, count it as P0) Initial Horizontal Position Point R Point R Overload torque Overload torque Interruption Point Z Interruption Point Z в–і : clearance between initial fine withdrawing distance and hole bottom during subsequent drilling when tool has been withdrawn to point R (parameter No.5174) Q: cutting depth for each time : path for tool under rapid speed : during cycle specified by the parameter, path of the tool under rapid speed (forward and backward speed) : path of the tool under cutting feed speed China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 109 - VMC Series 15. High-speed Skip Function Explanation - Operations included in the cycle пјЉ positioning along X-axis and Y-axis пјЉ Positioning at point R along Z-axis пјЉ Cutting along Z-axis(the first cutting depth Q, increment) Backward operation (hole bottom в†’fine withdrawing distanceв–і, increment) Backward operation (hole bottomв†’ point R) Forward operation (point R в†’hole bottomпј‹clearance в–і) Cutting (after second cutting, cutting depth Q+в–і, increment) пјЉdwell пјЉreturn to point R along Z axis ( or initial horizontal position)=cycle end During forward and backward operation, control can be performed by cutting feed acceleration/deceleration constant, and in backward operation, the designed-position arrival check is carried out at point R. - Specifying M code By specifying the M code included in parameter (No. 5163), the system can enter drilling cycle of small deep holes. However, the specified M code will not wait for FIN. Therefore, special attention must be paid if this M code and another M code have been specified in the same program block. (For example) Mв–Ўв–Ў M03 ; в†’ waiting for FIN. M03 Mв–Ўв–Ў; в†’ not waiting for FIN. - Specifying G code Under drilling cycle of small deep holes, execution of cycle for drilling small deep holes can be started by specifying G83. G83 is a modal G code, and once specified, it will not change before specifying another fixed cycle or G code for canceling fixed cycle. And therefore, it is not necessary to specify drilling data for each program block during continuous drilling of the same holes. - Cycle of the signal being executed In this cycle, when the tool is positioned at the hole bottom along the axis will shall not be used for drilling, a signal will be output. The signal indicates that cycle for drilling small deep holes is being executed. During the positioning along the drilling axis to point R, the signal outputs continuously, and terminates after the tool returns to point R or initial horizontal position. - Overload torque test signal Skip signal is taken as the overload torque test signal. When tool feeds or drills, or when axis in drilling direction is between point R and Z, the skip signal is valid. (The signal may cause backward operation.) - Changing cutting conditions In a separate G83 cycle, for each drilling operation of deep holes (forward в†’cutting в†’ backward), the cutting conditions can be changed by this. Besides, the cutting conditions can also kept unchanged by setting parameters OLS, NOL (No. 5160#1, #2). 1) It is available to change the second cutting tool-feed speed (programmed by F code) and that for each subsequent drilling operation. In parameter No.5166 and No.5167, the corresponding changing rate applied when skip signal has been tested or not tested during previous drilling operation has been specified. cutting tool-feed speedпјќFГ—О± - 110 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 14. Drilling Cycle for Small Deep Holes пјњfirst timeпјћ О±пјќ1.0 пјњafter secondпјћ О±пјќО±Г—ОІГ·100 ОІ is the change rate for each drilling operation. When skip signal has been tested during previous drilling operation: ОІ=b1 % (parameter No.5166). When skip signal hasn’t been tested during previous drilling operation: ОІ=b2% (parameter No.5167). If the change rate О± of cutting tool-feed speed is smaller than the ratio set in parameter (No. 5168), the cutting tool-feed speed will not change. The upper limit of changed cutting feed speed is the maximum cutting tool-feed speed. 2) Changing spindle speed For each operation step after the second operation, the spindle speed can be changed (programmed by S code). In parameter No.5164 and No.5165, the corresponding changing rate applied, when skip signal has been tested or not tested during previous drilling operation, has been specified. Spindle speed пјќSГ—Оі пјњfirst timeпјћ Оіпјќ1.0 пјњafter secondпјћ ОіпјќОіГ—ОґГ·100 Оґ is the change rate for reach drilling operation When skip signal has been tested during previous drilling operation: Оґпјќd1% (parameter (No.5164)) When skip signal has not been tested during previous drilling operation: Оґпјќ d2% ( parameter (No.5165)) When cutting tool-feed speed is min. the spindle speed will not change. The spindle speed can be increased to the value corresponding to the max data value of S analog. - Forward and backward operation The mode for forward and backward operation is different from the mode of rapid movement positioning. Same as tool feed during cutting, forward and backward operation shall be executed under interpolation operation mode. Therefore, acceleration/deceleration applies to acceleration/deceleration for exponential function. Notes: during counting tool life by tool-life management function, the forward and backward operation should not be considered. - Specifying address I When forward and backward speed is specified by address I, the format is the same as that of address F. G83 I1000 ; (command without a decimal) G83 I1000 . ; (command with a decimal) The speed for above mentioned two statuses shall be 1000mm/min. Before specifying G80 or resetting, the address specified under G83 modal status will be valid continuously. - Functions can be specified Under fixed cycle mode, it is available to specify following commands. Hole position commands for X-axis, Y-axis and auxiliary axes. Operation and transferring based on the assign macro. Calling subprogram (hole position group, etc.) Switching absolute/increment Coordinate rotation Command for confirming coordinate (the command does not affect cutting depth Q and fine withdrawing distance d1.) Dry run Feed hold China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 111 - VMC Series 15. High-speed Skip Function - Single block When the operation for single block has been activated, drilling operation will stop after backward operation for each time. - Tool-feed speed overload For each operation like cutting, backward, forward during the cycle, tool-feed speed is valid. - Interface for assign macro It is available to input the cumulative frequency of backward operation during cutting and the cumulative frequency of backward operation of corresponding overload signal into general-purpose variable (#100пЅћ#149) of assign macro of parameter (No.5170, 5171). However, it is not allowed to set the value other then 100пЅћ149 into parameters (No.5170, 5171). Parameter (No. 5170): used to set general-purpose variable number and the cumulative frequency of backward operation during cutting shall be output to this variable. Parameter (No.5171): it is used to set general-purpose variable number and the cumulative frequency of backward operation affecting overload signal received during cutting will be output to this variable. Restriction - calling a subprogram Please specify the subprogram calling command M98P_ in a fixed cycle by a single program block. For example N01 M03 S___; N02 Mв–Ўв–Ў ; N03 G83 X_ Y_ Z_ R_ Q_ F_ I_ K_ P_; N04 X_ Y_; .. .. .. N10 G80; <Command contents of each program block> N01: command for spindle forward and spindle speed N02: assume that G83 is the M code command for “drilling cycle of small deep holes”. The M code can be set in parameter (No. 5163). N03: Command for “drilling cycle of small deep holes” which can be used to store drilling data (excluding K and P) and execute drilling. N04: change hole position, and execute “drilling cycle of small deep holes” by the drilling data which is the same as that of N03. N10: cancel “drilling cycle of small deep holes”. The M code during execution of N 02 will be cancelled too. - 112 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 15 15. High-speed Skip Function High-speed Skip Function High-speed skip signal (connected with CNC directly without PMC) can be used to take the place of universal skip signal (X4.7). When using high-speed skip signal, 8 signals can be input at most. For general skip signal input, there is test delay and the signal difference can be up to 0-2 msec (limited to CNC port), and the signal difference for high-speed skip signal can be reduced to be less than 0.1 msec, and therefore, it is available to realize high-accuracy test. пј»data typeпјЅ bit type GSK In skip function (G31), if skip signal SKIPP<G006#6>will be taken as skip signal: 0: No 1: Yes SK0 Skip signal SKIP<X004#7>пјЊmulti-level skip signal <X004#0пЅћ #7>(limited to T series) 0: take 1 as signal input (skip) 1: take 0 as signal input (skip). MIT In skip function(G31), if tool compensation measurement value will be directly input B signal пј‹ MIT1, пјЌ MIT1, пј‹ MIT2, пјЌ MIT2<X004#2пЅћ#5>, and will be used as skip signal 0: No 1: Yes HSS In high-speed skip function, if high-speed skip signal is used 0: No. 1: Yes SLS In multi-level skip function, if high-speed skip signal will be used for skip signal 0: No. 1: Yes SRE While high-speed skip signal is used 0: While speed up (0в†’1), will be taken as signal input 1: While slow down (1в†’0), will be taken as signal input. SKF For skip command G31, let dry run, exceed control, automatic acceleration/deceleration 0: invalid 1: valid пј»data typeпјЅ bit type SEA During high-speed skip function, when skip signal is switched on, China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 113 - VMC Series 15. High-speed Skip Function whether acceleration/deceleration, servo delay 0: be counted 1: be counted and compensate accordingly (Type A) SEB During high-speed skip function, when skip signal is switched on, whether acceleration/deceleration, servo delay 0: be counted 1: be counted and compensated accordingly (Type B) Notes: There are two types of compensation: type A and type B. Skip function may store the current position of the moment into CNC according to the skip signal. However, current position inside CNC includes the delay of servo system. And the offset value can be gained according to the position offset at servo port and acceleration/deceleration delay inside CNC. If the offset value has been taken into consideration, delay of the servo system must be included in the measured error. In the following two types of compensation, the offset value can be compensated by a parameter. (1) Type A: the value calculated by cutting time constant and servo time constant (loop gain) shall be taken as the offset value. (2) Type B: the acceleration/deceleration delay and position offset while the skip signal is ON shall be taken as the offset value. TSE In torque limit skip function(G31 P99пјЏ98), the skip position stored in the system variables: 0: consider the compensation position of servo system delay (position offset value) 1: not consider the position of servo system delay Notes: By torque limit skip function, and according to the torque limit arrival signal “1”, the current position of the moment of CNC can be stored. However, the current position stored in the CNC includes servo system delay, so comparing with the machine position, the offset of the current position is the servo system delay. The offset value can be gained by the position offset at servo port. When TSE is 0, the skip position shall be the value gained by current position subtracting offset value. When TSE is 1, it is not necessary to consider offset value of position drift, so the current position (including servo system delay) shall be taken as skip position. TSA In torque limit skip function (G31 P99 пјЏ 98), take the axis monitoring torque limit arrival as 0: all axes 1: only as the axis specified in the block same as G31 IGX When high-speed skip function is used, make SKIP<X004#7>, SKIPP<G006#6>,пј‹MIT1пЅћпјЌMIT2<X004#2пЅћ#5> to be skip signal - 114 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 15. High-speed Skip Function 0: valid 1: invalid Notes: 1 +MIT1 пЅћ -MIT2<X004#2 пЅћ #5> is only valid when parameter GSK(No.6200#0)SKIPP<G006#6> is 1 and parameter MIT(No.6200#3) is 1. Besides, it is only valid for T series. 2 It also can let skip signal SKIP, SKIP2пЅћSKIP8 in multi-level skip function be invalid. CSE In continuous high-speed skip command G31P90, high-speed skip signal 0: make either speed up or slow down valid (depending on parameter SRE (No.6200#6). 1: make speed up and slow down both valid SPE In skip function (G31), make skip signal (X004.7) 0: valid 1: invalid пј»data typeпјЅbit type 1S1пЅћ1S8 For skip command of G31, which high-speed skip signal shall be valid. Correspondence between bits and signals is as follows: 1S1 —— HDI0 1S2 —— HDI1 1S3 —— HDI2 1S4 —— HDI3 1S5 —— HDI4 1S6 —— HDI5 1S7 —— HDI6 1S8 —— HDI7 1S1пЅћ1S8, 2S1пЅћ2S8, 3S1пЅћ3S8, 4S1пЅћ4S8, DS1пЅћDS8 In multi-level skip function, for skip command (G31,G31P1пЅћP4) and interruption command (04,G04P1пЅћG04P4), which skip signal shall be set to be valid: Correspondence for each bit to input signals and command is as follows: Meaning of set value of each bit is as follows: 0: skip signal corresponding to a bit is invalid 1: skip signal corresponding to a bit is valid China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 115 - VMC Series 15. High-speed Skip Function Multilevel skip function High-speed skip function Command Input signal Command Input signal Notes HD10-HD17: high-speed skip signal пј»Data type пјЅ bit type 9S1пЅћ9S8 For continuous high-speed skip command of G31P90 or EGB skip command of G31.8, which high-speed skip signal shall be set to be valid. Correspondence between bits and signals is as follows: 9S1 —— HDI0 9S2 —— HDI1 9S3 —— HDI2 9S4 —— HDI3 9S5 —— HDI4 9S6 —— HDI5 9S7 —— HDI6 9S8 —— HDI7 Meanings of set value of each bit are as follows: 0: skip signal corresponding to the bits is invalid 1: skip signal corresponding to the bits is valid пј»data typeпјЅ bit type CS3 Continuous high-speed skip command 0: specified by G31 P90 1: specified by G31.9 When the command is specified by G31 P90, after high-speed skip signal is input, absolute coordinates will be stored in the user macro program - 116 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 15. High-speed Skip Function variable #5061пЅћ#5068, and when the next high-speed skip signal is input, the variable will be renewed. When the command is specified by G31.9, after high-speed skip signal is input, absolute coordinates will be stored in the user macro program variable specified by program block including G31.9. ROS For rotating axes, when skip position exceeds rolling range, value of skip signal position system variable #5061пЅћ#5068 0: not roll. 1: roll as absolute coordinate value пј»data typeпјЅ bit axis type CST In Cs contour controlled axis, make torque limit skip function 0: invalid 1: valid By torque limit command signal TLMH<G070,G074,G204,G266> and load test signal LDT1<F045,F049,F196,F266> of serial spindle, torque limit skip can be carried out by Cs contour controlled axis. Notes: When the parameter is used to set torque limit skip for Cs contour controlled axis, please pay attention to the following points: 1 Set the serial spindle parameter No.4009#4 of Cs contour controlled axis which using torque limit skip function to 1, and in this way, it is available to output load test signal when acceleration/deceleration. 2 Under Cs mode, in torque limit command, when (TLMH1=“1”) is set to load test status (LDT1=“1”), the oversize error check under stop status for this axis will not be implemented. 3 Under Cs mode, when it is load test status (LDT1=“1”), check for arrival to the requested position is carried out to this axis. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 117 - VMC Series 16. Fixed Cycles for High-speed Positioning Drilling 16 Fixed Cycles for High-speed Positioning Drilling 16.1 General The cycle is the drilling cycle (setting inertia movement distance on point R) used to shorten the machining time during continuous machining of several holes. In this cycle, operation time can be shortened by rapid movement overlap and the positioning of X-axis, Y-axis and Z-axis. 16.2 Fixed Cycle High-speed drilling cycle for deep holes (G73) The cycle can be used to carry out operation of high-speed drilling cycle for deep holes. By means of this cycle, it is able to feed the tool to the hole bottom by intermission cutting, removing the chips from the holes at the same time. Format - 118 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 16. Fixed Cycles for High-speed Positioning Drilling : Data of hole position : Distance from point R to hole bottom and hole bottom position : Distance from initial horizontal position to point R. : cutting depth for each time : Tool feed speed during cutting : Repeat times (limiting to the status when repeat is required) Initial horizontal position Point R Point R Point Z Horizontal position of R Point Z Explanation During high-speed drilling cycle of deep holes, intermission tool feed along Z-axis can be carried out. By this cycle, it is easy to clear the chips from the holes, and in this way, the withdrawing value of the tool can be set less. And therefore, the drilling can be implemented efficiently. The chip removing clearance d can be set in parameter (No.5114), and in this cycle, the tool will withdraw under rapid movement mode. Before specifying G73, the spindle can be run with an auxiliary function (M code). When G73 and one M code have been specified in the same program block, the first positioning operation shall execute the M code; and then the system will enter into next drilling operation. When K is used to specify repeat times, the M code can only be applied to the first hole, not the second and the subsequent holes. When tool length compensation (G43, G44, and G49) is specified in this fixed cycle, the offset shall be used when positioning to point R is carried out. Limitation - switching of axes Before switching the drilling axis, cancel the fixed cycle temporarily. - drilling a hole In the program block excluding X-axis, Y-axis, Z-axis or any other China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 119 - VMC Series 16. Fixed Cycles for High-speed Positioning Drilling additional axes, drilling operation will not be implemented. -Q Specify Q in program block for drilling operation. If they have been specified in the program blocks not for drilling operation, they will not be stored as modal data. - Cancel Do not specify G code (G00пЅћG03, G60(when parameter MDL(No.5431#0) has been set to 1)) of group 01 in the program block same as G73, and otherwise G73 will be cancelled. - Tool position offset Under this fixed cycle mode, tool position offset will be omitted, For example M3 S2000 ; spindle start G90 G99 G73 X300. Y-250. Z-150. R-100. Q15. F120. ; After positioning, drill hole No. 1 and then return to the horizontal position Y-550 of point R; After positioning, drill hole No. 2 and then return to the horizontal position Y-750 of point R; After positioning, drill hole No. 3 and then return to the horizontal position X1000 of point R; After positioning, drill hole No. 4 and then return to the horizontal position Y-550 of point R; After positioning, drill hole No. 5 and then return to the horizontal position G98 Y-750 of point R; After positioning, drill hole No. 6 and then return to the horizontal position G80 G28 G91 X0 Y0 Z0 of point R; Return M5 for reference position; Spindle stop Pointing boring (G81) for drilling cycle The cycle can be used for general drilling operation. Feed the tool to the hole bottom, and then the tool will withdraw from the bottom in rapid movement mode. Format - 120 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 16. Fixed Cycles for High-speed Positioning Drilling : Data of hole position : Distance from point R to hole bottom and hole bottom position : Distance from initial horizontal position to point R. : cutting depth for each time : Tool feed speed during cutting Initial horizontal position Point R Point R Point Z Horizontal position of R Point Z Explanation After positioning along X-axis and Y-axis, move to the horizontal position of point R rapidly. Carry out the drilling operation from horizontal position of point R to point Z. And then, the tool will withdraw under rapid movement mode. Before specifying G81, run the spindle by auxiliary function (M code). When G81 command and one M code are specified in the same program block, for the first positioning operation, please execute M code, and then the system will enter into the next drilling operation. When K is used to specify repeat times, the M code will be executed only for the first hole, not for the second and the subsequent. When tool length compensation (G43, G44, and G49) has been specified in this fixed cycle, the offset shall be applied during the positioning to point R. Limitation - switching axes Before switching drilling axis, please cancel this fixed cycle temporarily. - drilling a hole Don’t execute drilling operation in the program blocks excluding X-axis, Y-axis, Z-axis or any other additional axes. - cancel Do not specify G code (G00пЅћG03, G60(when parameter MDL (No.5431#0) has been set to 1)) of group 01 in the program block same as G81, and China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 121 - VMC Series 16. Fixed Cycles for High-speed Positioning Drilling otherwise G81 will be cancelled. - Tool position offset Under this fixed cycle mode, tool position offset will be omitted, For example M3 S2000 ; spindle start G90 G99 G81 X300. Y-250. Z-150. R-100. F120. ; After positioning, drill hole No. 1 and then return to the horizontal position Y-550 of point R; After positioning, drill hole No. 2 and then return to the horizontal position Y-750 of point R; After positioning, drill hole No. 3 and then return to the horizontal position X1000 of point R; After positioning, drill hole No. 4 and then return to the horizontal position Y-550 of point R; After positioning, drill hole No. 5 and then return to the horizontal position G98 Y-750 of point R; After positioning, drill hole No. 6 and then return to the horizontal position G80 G28 G91 X0 Y0 Z0 of point R; Return M5 for reference position; Spindle stop Step boring (G82) for drilling cycle The cycle can be used for general drilling operation. Feed the tool to the hole bottom, pausing there, and then the tool will withdraw from the bottom by rapid movement mode. The cycle may enhance the accuracy of hole depth. Format - 122 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 16. Fixed Cycles for High-speed Positioning Drilling : Data of hole position : Distance from point R to hole bottom and hole bottom position : Distance from initial horizontal position to point R. : cutting depth for each time : Tool feed speed during cutting : Repeat times (limiting to the status when repeat is required) Initial horizontal position Point R Point R Point Z Horizontal position of R Point Z Explanation After positioning along X-axis and Y-axis, move to the horizontal position of point R rapidly. Carry out the drilling operation from horizontal position of point R to point Z. And then, the tool will withdraw under rapid movement mode after pausing at the hole bottom. Before specifying G82, run the spindle by auxiliary function (M code). When G82 command and one M code are specified in the same program block, for the first positioning operation, please execute M code, and then the system will enter into the next drilling operation. When K is used to specify repeat time, the M code will be executed only for the first hole, not for the second and the subsequent. When tool length compensation (G43, G44, and G49) has been specified in this fixed cycle, the offset shall be applied during the positioning to point R. Drilling cycle for deep holes (G83) The cycle can be applied for operation of drilling deep holes. The cycle will apply intermission cutting feed mode to arrive the hole bottom, and during drilling, the chips will be removed from the hole at the same time. Format China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 123 - VMC Series 16. Fixed Cycles for High-speed Positioning Drilling : Data of hole position : Distance from point R to hole bottom and hole bottom position : Distance from initial horizontal position to point R. : cutting depth for each time : Tool feed speed during cutting : Repeat times (limiting to the status when repeat is required) Initial horizontal position Point R Point R Point Z Horizontal position of R Point Z Explanation Q represents the cutting depth of each time, and normally, it shall be specified as an increment value. In the second and subsequent tool feeds for cutting, please move to the point “d” (exactly before finishing the first drilling) rapidly. Make sure that Q is with positive sign, and if it is with negative sign, it will be omitted. Before specifying G83, run the spindle by auxiliary function (M code). When G83 command and one M code are specified in the same program block, for the first positioning operation, please execute M code, and then the system will enter into the next drilling operation. When K is used to specify repeat time, the M code will be executed only for the first hole, not for the second and the subsequent. When tool length compensation (G43, G44, and G49) has been specified in this fixed cycle, the offset shall be applied during the positioning to point R. - 124 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 16. Fixed Cycles for High-speed Positioning Drilling 16.3 Parameter пј»data typeпјЅ bit type BCR In boring cycle, the withdrawing mode shall be: 0: tool feed for cutting 1: rapid movement FCK In composite fixed cycle (G71/G72) 0: not check machining shape 1: check machining shape By means of setting this parameter, it is available to check the relationship between machining shape and the machining start point specified by fixed cycle (G71/G72) of composite lathe, and if it is found the relationship is incorrect, alarm P/S062 occurs. The incorrect relations between machining shape and machining start point include following situations: - Sign for fine cutting allowance is positive, but start point of the fixed cycle is smaller than the max value of machining shapeпј› - Sign for fine cutting allowance is negative, but start point of the fixed cycle is bigger than the min value of machining shapeпј› 16.4 Notices 1. Check for machining shape shall be done before fixed cycle (not during machining process). 2. The machining shape to be checked is only a program command, and the path during withdrawing/returning shall not become the object to be checked. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 125 - VMC Series 17. Origin Restoration Method & Parameters for Machine Adjustment 17 Origin Restoration Method & Parameters for Machine Adjustment After the connector of the pulse encoder of servo motor has been pulled out, for the reconnection, since it is unable to find the origin position, the alarm asking servo motor to return to the origin will occur. At this moment, it is necessary to restore the origin of the servo motor. 1пј‰ At first, it is necessary to move the axes needing returning reference point by handwheel according to the zero-turn marks on X-axis, Y-axis and Z-axis of the machine, and in this way, the diamond mark will enter the position between two circle marks. 2пј‰ Find 1815#4 in the parameter page, and set the corresponding axes to 0. 3пј‰ Power off the machine, and 5 seconds later, power on the machine, and at this moment, alarm still occurs. 4пј‰ Find 1815#4 in the parameter page, and set the corresponding axes to 1. 5пј‰ Cut off the power of the machine again, and 5 seconds later, power on the machine. The alarm can be deleted. Until now, the operation for origin restoration has been completed. Relevant parameter (1815) #4 When APZx is used as absolute position detector, the relation between machine position and absolute position: 0: has not been established. 1: has been established. When absolute position detector is applied, during the first adjustment or changing absolute position detector, it is necessary to set the parameter to 0. After power on again, set the origin for absolute position detector by manual reference point return, etc. Therefore, the correct position correspondence between the machine position and absolute position detection has been completed, and then the parameter will be automatically set to 1. - 126 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Appendix Appendix China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 127 - VMC Series A A List of G Codes List of G Codes Preparation function is described by the value next to address G. In addition, the value defines the meaning of the command included in the program blocks. There are two types of G codes Type Meaning It is only valid in the program block which has been specified G code which is valid before other G codes in the same group have been specified Single-step G code Modal G code Explanation 1пјЋ When power is on or resetting the machine, if the machine has entered the zero clearing status (see parameter CLR (No.3402#6)), modal G codes changes as follows: in the table 3 will be activated. (1) The G codes specified (2) When zero clearing occurs to the system due to power on or reset, G20 and G21 will not change. (3) By parameter G23 (No.3402#7), it is available determine G22 or G23 will be selected after power on. Under zero clearing status for reset, the selection for G22 or G23 will not be affected. (4) Setting of parameter G01 (No.3402#0) can determine either G00 or G01 is valid. (5) Setting of parameter G91 (No.3402#3) can determine either G90 or G91 is valid. (6) By parameter G18 (No.3402#1) and G19 (No.3402#2) , it is available to determine the G code status for G17, G18 and G19. 2пјЋ Besides G10 and G11, all the G codes in group 00 are single-step G codes. 3пјЋ When the specified G code is not included in the table of G codes, or has not corresponding options, warner P/S (No.010) alarms. 4пјЋ In the same program block, it is allowed to specify the G codes of different groups. If in the same program block and the G codes of the same group have been used, G code which is specified last is valid. 5пјЋ If G code of group 01 has been specified in the fixed cycle, same as the status that G80 has been specified, the fixed cycle will be cancelled. G codes in group 01 will not be influenced by the G codes used to specify a fixed cycle. 6пјЋ G codes display No. of each group. 7пјЋ By parameter MDL (No.5431#0), group of G60 can be switched (MDL=0: group 00, MDL=1: group 01). - 128 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series A. Tables for G Codes Table C.1 (a) Code Table for G Codes (1/4) Group Meaning G00 Positioning (rapid movement) G01 Linear interpolation (cutting feed) G02 01 G03 Arc interpolation/helix interpolation CW Arc interpolation/helix interpolation CCW G02.2, G03.2 Involutes interpolation CW/CCW G02.3, G03.3 Exponential function interpolation CW/CCW G02.4, G03.4 Three-dimension arc interpolation CW/CCW G04 Interruption G05 AI contour control (high-precision contour control compatible instruction) 00 AI contour control/Nanometer Smooth Smooth/Nanometer Smooth interpolation G05.1 G05.4 G06.2 HRV3,4 01 ON/OFF NURBS interpolation G07 Imaginary axis interpolation G07.1 (G107) Cylindrical interpolation G08 AI contour control (look-ahead control compatible instruction) G09 Exact stop 00 G10 Programmable data input G10.6 Withdrawing and returning tools G10.9 Programmable switching for diameter/radius program G11 Cancel of programmable data input G12.1 G13.1 G15 G16 21 17 G17 G18 02 G19 G20 (G70) G21 (G71) G22 G23 G25 G26 06 04 19 Cancel of polar coordinate instruction Polar coordinate instruction XpYp plane where, Xp: X-axis or its parallel axis ZpXp plane Yp: Y-axis or its parallel axis YpZp plane Zp: Z-axis or its parallel axis Inch input Meter input Function for checking memory travel ON Function for checking memory travel OFF Test for spindle speed change OFF Test for spindle speed change ON Check for reference point return G27 G28 Polar coordinate interpolation mode Cancel of polar coordinate interpolation mode 00 G29 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works Automatic return to reference point Move from the reference point - 129 - VMC Series A List of G Codes Table C.1 (b) Cod Group Meaning First, second, third and fourth reference points return G30 G30.1 Changeable reference point return 00 G31 Skip function G31.8 EGB axis skip G33 Thread cutting G34 Variable lead thread cutting 01 G35 Table for G Codes (2/4) Arc thread cutting CW G36 Arc thread cutting CCW G37 Automatic measurement of tool length G38 Tool radius compensation or tool tip radius compensation: keeping vector 00 G39 Tool radius compensation or tool tip radius compensation: corner arc interpolation G40 Tool radius compensation or tool tip radius compensation three-dimension tool compensation cancel G41 Tool radius compensation or tool tip radius compensation/three-dimension tool compensation: left G41.2 Tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining: left (type 1) G41.3 Tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining (front offset) G41.4 Tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining: left (type 1) G41.5 Tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining: left (type 1) 07 G41.6 G42 Tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining: left (type 2) Tool radius compensation or tool tip radius compensation/three-dimension tool compensation: right G42.2 Tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining: right (type 1) G42.4 Tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining: right (type 1) G42.5 Tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining: right (type 1) G42.6 Tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining: right (type 2) G40.1 Cancel mode for normal direction control G41.1 Left of normal direction control ON 19 G42.1 Right of normal direction control ON G43 Tool length compensation пј‹ G44 Tool length compensation пјЌ G43.1 Tool axial length compensation 08 G43.4 Tool center control (type 1) G43.5 Tool center control (type 2) Table C.1 (c) Code з Ѓ Table for G Codes (3/4) Group G45 G46 - 130 - cancel/ 00 Tool positing offset Meaning elongation Tool positing offset reduction China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series A. Tables for G Codes Code з Ѓ Group G47 G48 G49 (G49.1) 08 G50 11 G51 G50.1 G51.1 22 G50.2 G51.2 31 G52 Tool positing offset Meaning elongation by 2 times Tool positing offset reduction by 2 times Cancel of tool length compensation Cancel of ratio zoom Ratio zoom Cancel of programmable mirror image Programmable mirror image Cancel of polygon machining Polygon machining Setting of local coordinate system G53 00 G53.1 Selection of coordinate system of the machine Tool axial control G54 (G54.1) Selection for work-piece coordinate system 1 G55 Selection for work-piece coordinate system 2 G56 14 G57 Selection for work-piece coordinate system 3 Selection for work-piece coordinate system 4 G58 Selection for work-piece coordinate system 5 G59 Selection for work-piece coordinate system 6 G60 00 G61 Exact stop mode G62 15 G63 G64 G65 Automatic corner override Tapping Reading mode Cutting mode 00 G66 Macro program call Macro modal call A G66.1 12 G67 Macro modal call B Cancel of macro modal call A/B G68 Coordinate rotation or switching three-dimension coordinate system ON G69 16 G68.2 G72.2 mode of Coordinate rotation or switching mode of three-dimension coordinate system OFF Selection for characteristic coordinate system G72.1 00 G73 G74 Single direction positioning Graph copy (rotary copy) Graph copy (parallel copy) Drilling cycle for deep holes 09 G76 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works Reverse tapping reading cycle Fine drilling cycle - 131 - VMC Series A List of G Codes Table C.1 (d) Code G80 Meaning Group 09 Cancel fixed cycle G80.5 24 Cancel of two-group electronic gear box synchronization G80.8 34 Cancel for electronic gear box synchronization G81 09 Drilling cycle, pointing boring cycle G81.1 00 Cutting G81.5 24 Two-group start of electronic gear box synchronization G81.8 34 Start for electronic gear box synchronization G82 Drilling cycle and step boring cycle G83 Drilling cycle for deep holes G84 Tapping reading cycle G84.2 Rigid tapping reading cycle (FS15 format) G84.3 09 Reverse rigid tapping reading cycle (FS15 format) G85 Boring cycle G86 Boring cycle G87 Backhaul boring cycle G88 Boring cycle G89 Boring cycle G90 03 G91 G92 Absolute instruction Increment instruction G91.1 Test for max increment value instruction 00 Setting of work-piece coordinate system/spindle maximum speed suppress G92.1 Preset of work-piece coordinate system G93 Feed with inverse ratio to time G94 05 G95 G97 13 G98 G99 G107 10 00 G112 G113 Feed per minute Feed per revolution G96 - 132 - Table for G Codes (4/4) Constant control for circle speed Cancel of constant control for circle speed Return to initial plane of fixed cycle Return to plane of point R of fixed cycle Cylindrical interpolation Polar coordinate interpolation mode 21 Cancel of polar coordinate interpolation mode China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series B Category B. Operation List Operation List Set PROGRAM PROTECT Parameter Write =1 Key Menu Operation IPL “-”+“.” (IPL MENU menu start) on IP MENU Select “3” CLEAR FILE, if CLEAR FILE NUMBER will appear? Select“1”ALL FILE (※) if CLEAR FILE OK will appearпјџ Input “1”, if FILE CLEAR EXECUTING: END will appear and then ends up? While power ON —— Select “RESET”+“DELETE” if ALL FILE INITALIZE OK will appearпјџ Seelct“1”, if NC SYSTEM TYPE (0) will appearпјџ Input “1” Parameter elimination While power ON IPL “-”+“.” (executing the operation same as completely deleting storage, select “2”PARAMETER by (※) ) Offset elimination While power ON IPL “-”+“.” (executing the operation same as completely deleting storage, select “3” OFFSET FILE by (※) ) Program elimination While power ON IPL “-”+“.” (executing the operation same as completely deleting storage, select “4” PROGRAM /DIRECTORY FILE by (※) ) Reset of running time ———— ACTUAL POSITION [ (OPRT) ]в†’[TIME: 0]в†’[EXEC] ———— ACTUAL POSITION [ (OPRT) ]в†’[PART: 1]в†’[EXEC] MDI mode or emergency stop PARAMETER Parameter No. →“NO.SRH” Data →“INPUT” Parameter write =“0”→“RESET” Function Mode While power ON Complete elimination of storage Elimination Reset Registration by MDI Reset of number of machined work-pieces Input NC parameters в—‹ Input offset value в—‹ ———— OFFSET Offset No.в†’[NO.SRH] Offset valueв†’[INPUT] Input set value в—‹ MDI mode or emergency stop SETTING Set No.в†’[NO.SRH] Data →“INPUT” PMC MAINTENANCE PMC MAINTENANCE Input PMC parameter Timer counter Latching relay в—‹ MDI mode or emergency stop Input PMC parameter table в—‹ MDI mode or emergency stop Measuring tool length Input by outer Input NC parameter в—‹ Select [TIMER], [COUNTR] or [KEEP RELAL] Parameter No.в†’[NO.SRH] Data →“INPUT” Select [DATA] [ (OPRT) ]в†’[ZOOM] Parameter No.в†’[NO.SRH] Data →“INPUT” HND mode ACTUAL POSITIONв†’ OFFSET “POS” (displaying relative coordinate) Reset Z-axis coordinate value to “0” by [Z]+“0” в†’ [PRESET]or [Z]в†’[ORIGN] в†’ [EXEC] в†’move the tool to the measuring position “OFFSET” (displaying offset menu) в†’ offset No. в†’ [NO.SRH] в†’ [Z] в†’ [INP.C.] MDI mode or emergency stop PARAMETE R [ (OPRT) ]в†’[READ]в†’[EXEC] China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 133 - VMC Series Category Function B Operation L ist Set PROGRAM PROTECT Parameter Write =1 Key Mode Menu Operation Emergency stop PMCMAINT E-NANCE [I/O] (PMC) =use “←”“→”to select (device) = use “←”“→” to select (function) = select “READ” input (file No.) or (file name) в†’[EXEC] EDIT mode OFFSET device Input PMC parameter Input compensation в—‹ в—‹ EDIT mode PROGRAM or PROGRAM FOLDER [ (OPRT) ]в†’[+]в†’[READ] file nameв†’[F SET] (when file name is ALL-PROG.TXT, it doesn’t matter when [F SET] unavailable) program No. в†’[P SET] (when reading all programs in the file, it doesn’t matter when [P SET] unavailable) в†’[EXEC] EDIT mode PARAMETE R [ (OPRT) ]в†’[PUNCH]в†’[EXEC] Output PMC parameter EDIT mode PMC MAINTENANCE Output offset value EDIT mode OFFSET Input programs в—‹ Output NC parameters Output to outer device [ (OPRT) ]в†’[PUNCH]в†’[EXEC] Output programs EDIT mode PROGRAM or PROGRAM FOLDER Searching program No. MEM or EDIT mode PROGRAM [O]в†’program No.в†’[ (OPRT) ] в†’[PROGRM SEARCH] or [O]в†’program No.в†’[↓] Searching instruction sequence No. MEM mode PROGRAM [O]в†’program No. в†’[ (OPRT) ] в†’[Sequenec NO.SRH.] Searching address word EDIT mode PROGRAM Data to searchedв†’[ (OPRT) ]в†’[SEARCH] or data to be searchedв†’cursor “↓ or ↑” Searching address only EDIT mode PROGRAM Address to be searched в†’[ (OPRT) ]в†’[SEARCH]or address to be searched в†’ cursor “↓ or ↑” ———— OFFSET ———— DIAGNOSE Diagnosis No.в†’[NO.SRH] ———— PARAMETE R Parameter No.в†’[NO.SRH] ———— PROGRAM FOLDER PROGRAM or PROGRAM FOLDER [O]в†’9999в†’[DELET]в†’[EXEC] or on the menu of program contents [O]в†’9999в†’[ (OPRT) ]в†’[DELETE]в†’[E XEC] PROGRAM or PROGRAM FOLDER [O]в†’program No. в†’[DELETE]в†’[EXEC] or make the cursor point at the program to be deleted on the program content menu в†’[ (OPRT) ]в†’[DELET]в†’[EXEC] Searching offset No. Searching diagnosis No. Searching parameter No. Display of memory usage - 134 - [I/O] (PMC) = use “←”“→” to select (device ) = use “←”“→” to select (function) = select “WRITE” (data type) =select “PARAMETER” input (file name) в†’[EXEC] [ (OPRT) ]в†’[+]в†’[PUNCH] file nameв†’[F SET] (when not carry out [F SET], it shall be ALL-PROG.TXT) program No.в†’[P SET] (when not carry out [P SET], output all programs) в†’[EXEC] Searches Editing [ (OPRT) ]в†’[READ]в†’[EXEC] Deleting all programs в—‹ EDIT mode Deleting one block в—‹ EDIT mode be Offset No.в†’[NO.SRH] China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Category Inversion Changing tools Coolant Coolant for inner clearance Light inside the machine Function B. Operation List Set PROGRAM PROTECT Parameter Write =1 Key Mode Menu Operation Deleting blocks в—‹ EDIT mode PROGRAM [EOB (пј›) ] of the number of the program block to be deleted→“DELET” Deleting a word в—‹ EDIT mode PROGRAM After the cursor has been moved to the word to be deleted, press the key “DELET” Alter a word в—‹ EDIT mode PROGRAM After the cursor has been moved to the word to be altered, input new data →“ALTER” Insert a word в—‹ EDIT mode PROGRAM Move any block в—‹ EDIT mode PROGRAM Copy any block в—‹ EDIT mode PROGRAM Input NC data Changing tools Discharging coolant Discharging cleaning coolant in the machine Switch on the light inside the machine EDIT mode HND mode PROGRAM After the cursor has been moved to the word before the position to be inserted, input new data →“INSRT” Move the cursor to the beginning of the block to be copiedв†’[SELECT]в†’move the cursor and select the rangeв†’[CUT]в†’move the cursor to the destination position for copyв†’[PASTE] Move the cursor to the beginning of the block to be copied в†’[SELECT]в†’move the cursor and select the range в†’[COPY]в†’move the cursor to the destination position for copy в†’[PASTE] Set the vertical softkey [PLAY BACK] to ON or start the machineв†’[X]в†’[Y] (NC data) [Z]в†’[INSERT]в†’ [INSERT]→“EOB”→[INSERT] MDI mode —— Key [TOOL CHANG] After power on —— key [CLNT] After power on —— Set the vertical softkey [FLOOD COOLAN] of rapid menu to ON After power ON —— Set the vertical softkey [INT.LIGHT] of rapid menu to ON China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 135 - VMC Series C Alarm List C Alarm List (1) Alarms associated with program operation (PS alarm) (2) Alarms associated with background edit (BG alarm) (3) Alarms associated with communication (SR alarm) The alarm No. for all these alarms are common No. According to the alarm status, the display differs, and here we take PS “alarm No.” as an example: e.g.) PS0003BG “alarm No.” e.g.) BG0085SR “alarm No.” e.g.) display in SR0001 mode Alarm No Alarm Information Description During reading process the input equipment, TH error has been detected. By means of the diagnosis menu, it is able to confirm the reading code causing TH error as well as from which character of the block, the error occurs. 0001 TH ERROR 0002 TV ERROR 0003 TOO MANY DIGIT 0004 INVALID BREAK POINT OF WORDS 0005 NO DATA AFTER ADDRESS 0006 ILLEGAL USE OF MINUS SIGN Negative sign has been specified for words instructed by NC or system variables. 0007 ILLEGAL USE OF DECIMAL POINT Decimal has been used in the address where decimal is not allowed or 2 or more decimals have been specified. 0009 IMPROPER NC-ADDRESS The address which cannot be specified in NC statements has been specified or parameter (No.1020) has not been specified. 0010 IMPROPER G-CODE 0011 FEED ZERO ( COMMAND ) 0014 CAN NOT COMMAND G95 Synchronization feed has been specified when thread cutting/ synchronization feed function has not been specified, please modify the program. 0015 TOO MANY SIMULTANEOUS AXES The number of axes more than simultaneous axes has been instructed by movement instruction. Please add the extension option for simultaneous axes or separate the movement axes for the instruction into two blocks. 0020 OVER TOLERANCE RADIUS - 136 - OF TV error occurs in single block detection. By means of setting the parameter TVC (No.0000#0) to 0, it is able to make the system not detect TV. Allowance digit more than the one specified by NC have been specified, the allowance digit differs according to functions and addresses. Alarm may occur when address + value of NC statement does not belong to word format or in user macro program, no key word available or statements do not conform with syntax. Alarm may occur when address + value of NC statement does not belong to word format or in user macro program, no key word available or statements do not conform with syntax. The G code which cannot be used has been specified. F code for cutting feed speed has been set to 0. While rigid tapping reading instruction, in the case that compared with S instruction, F instruction is very small, since the tool cannot carry out cutting under the lead of program, the alarm will occur. Radius difference between starting point and end-point specified is bigger than set value of parameter (No.2410). Please check the arc center instruction I, J, K. Under the case that the value of parameter (No.2410) increases, the movement path will become helix shape. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Alarm No C. Alarm List Alarm Information Description 0021 ILLEGAL PLANE SELECT An error occurs in plane selection G17пЅћG19, recheck the program and check if parallel axis for the three basic axes has been specified at the same time. Under arc interpolation, involutes interpolation, etc. if the axis instruction other than the plane selection has been specified, the alarm will occur. When it is required to specify 3 axes or more axes, helix interpolation option separately corresponding to each axis shall be provided. 0022 R OR I,J,K COMMAND NOT FOUND In arc interpolation, R (arc radius) or I, J and K (distance from start point to arc center) have not been specified. 0025 CIRCLE CUT IN RAPID (F0) In arc interpolation mode (G02, G03) or involutes interpolation mode (G02.2, G03.2), F0 (rapid movement for F1 bit feed or reverse feed) has been specified. 0027 NO AXES COMMANDED IN G43/G44 0028 ILLEGAL PLANE SELECT 0029 ILLEGAL OFFSET VALUE In block of G43/G44, axis has not been specified for C-type tool length compensation. Without cancel of offset, try to start C-type tool length compensation. In the same block, several axis instructions for C-type tool length compensation have been specified. There is an error in plane selection G17пЅћG19, recheck the program and check if parallel axis for the three basic axes has been specified at the same time. Under arc interpolation, involutes interpolation, etc. if the axis instruction other than the plane selection has been specified, the alarm will occur. When it is required to specify 3 axes or more axes, helix interpolation option separately corresponding to each axis shall be provided. Offset No. is incorrect. Offset No. which cannot be specified has been instructed. Under tool compensation storage B, when geometric offset No. exceeds max compensating groups, the alarm will occur. In No. L of G10, there is no affiliated data input and corresponding option available. The data for instruction for address P, R is not available. There is address instruction which is not associated with data setting. The address specified according to No. L is different. Sign, decimal and range of the instructed address value are not correct. 0030 ILLEGAL OFFSET NUMBER 0031 ILLEGAL P COMMAND IN G10 0032 ILLEGAL OFFSET VALUE IN G10 0033 NO INTERSECTION AT CUTTER COMPENSATION 0034 NO CIRC ALLOWED STUP/EXT BLK 0035 CAN NOT COMMANDED G31 0037 CAN NOT CHANGE PLANE IN G41/G42 During tool radius compensation or tool-tip compensation, switch to the compensation G17/G18/G19.Please modify the program. 0038 INTERFERENCE CIRCULAR BLOCK In tool radius compensation C, since the start point and end point of the arc coincide at the arc center, over-cutting may occur. Please modify the program. 0039 CHF/CNR NOT ALLOWED IN G41,G42 IN IN China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works In input (G10) of program for offset value or during the reading process of system variables, the offset value specified is too big. It is unable to gain the intersection point for tool-tip radius compensation or tool radius compensation, please modify the program. In tool radius compensation or tool-tip radius compensation, try to execute start or cancel instruction under G02/G03 mode. Please modify the program. В· Under the status that G31 cannot be specified, when it is unable to cancel G codes of group 07 (tool radius compensation or tool-tip radius compensation, etc), the alarm will occur. В· In torque limit skip instruction (G31P98/P99), torque limit has not been specified. Please specify the torque limit in PMC window or specify torque limit override instruction in address Q. radius plane In instruction G41/G42 (tool radius compensation/tool-tip radius compensation), while switch start/cancel or G41/G42, chamfering/blending is specified or over-cutting may occur during chamfering/filleting, please modify the program. - 137 - VMC Series Alarm No C Alarm List Alarm Information Description Over-cutting may occur during tool radius compensation or tool-tip radius compensation. Please modify the program. Tool position compensation (G45пЅћG48) has been specified in tool rapid compensation or three-dimension tool compensation mode, please modify the program. In the additional DRILL- MATE ATC system, M06 has not been specified in the same program block of T code or T code has exceeded the range. In fixed cycle mode, G27пЅћG30 has been specified, please modify the program. In high speed drilling cycle of deep holes (G73), and drilling cycle of deep holes (G83), feed amount for each time has not been specified according to address Q or Q0 has been specified, please modify the program. 0041 INTERFERENCE IN CUTTER COMPENSATION 0042 G45/G48 NOT ALLOWED IN CRC 0043 ILLEGAL COMMAND 0044 G27-G30 NOT ALLOWED IN FIXED CYC 0045 ADDRESS Q NOT FOUND (G73/G83) 0046 ILLEGAL REFERENCE RETURN COMMAND The second, third and fourth reference point return instructions are not correct (specification of address is incorrect). 3 or 4 has been specified in the address P when the options for the third and fourth reference point return have not been set. 0047 ILLEGAL AXIS SELECT When three-dimension tool compensation or three-dimension coordinate transposition is started, two or more axes with same direction have been specified (reference axis and parallel axis). 0048 BASIC 3 AXIS NOT FOUND When three-dimension tool compensation or three-dimension coordinate transposition is started, three reference axes used when Xp, Yp and Zp have not been set in parameter (No.1022). 0049 ILLEGAL COMMAND(G68,G69) When three-dimension coordinate transposition (G68, G69)has been specified, tool length compensation has not been cancelled or instruction for three-dimension coordinate transposition (G68, G69) has not nested with the instruction for tool length compensation G43, G44, G49) or three-dimension coordinate transposition as well as tool length compensation have been specified in the tool length compensation. 0050 CHF/CNR NOT ALLOWED IN THRD BLK In the block for thread cutting, chamfering or blending has been specified. Please modify the program. 0051 MISSING CNR/CHF The movement or movement amount in next block following chamfering/blending block is not proper. Recheck the program instruction. 0052 CODE IS NOT G01 AFTER CHF/CNR G01 (or vertical straight line) has not been specified to be after chamfering/blending block. Please modify the program. 0053 TOO MANY COMMANDS In chamfering/blending instruction, 2 or more I, J,, K, R have been specified. 0054 NO TAPER ALLOWED AFTER CHF/CNR Taper instruction has been specified in the chamfering/blending program block. Please modify the program. 0055 MISSING MOVE VALUE IN CHF/CNR In the chamfering/blending block, movement amount is smaller than chamfering/blending value. Please modify the program. 0056 NO END POINT & ANGLE IN CHF/CNR In direct input of drawing dimensions, in the block instruction after the block specifying angle (Aa), neither end point position instruction nor angle instruction has been specified. Please modify the program. 0057 NO SOLUTION OF BLOCK END In direct input of drawing dimensions, end point of the program block has not been calculated correctly. Please modify the program. 0058 END POINT NOT FOUND In program for direct input of drawing dimensions, end of program block has not been found. Please modify the program. - 138 - T-CODE MOVE AFTER ADDRESS China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Alarm No C. Alarm List Alarm Information Description 0060 SEQUENCE NUMBER NOT FOUND In program NO. and sequence No. searching, there is not specified No. for пј»outer data input/outputпјЅ. After input/output request for tool No. or tool offset amount, no input for tool No. has been executed after power on. There is not tool data corresponding to the tool No. it is unable to find the corresponding program for the specified work-piece No. by пј»outer work-piece No. searchпјЅ пј»program restartпјЅ: In specification for sequence No. for program start, the specified sequence No. has not been found. 0061 P OR Q COMMAND IS NOT IN THE MULTIPLE REPETIVE CYCLES BLOCK In instruction block for composite turning fixed cycle (G70, G71, G72, and G73), address P or Q has not been specified. THE CUTTING AMOUNT IS ILLEGAL IN THE ROUGH CUTTING CYCLE THE BLOCK OF A SPECIFIED SEQUENCE NUMBER IS NOT FOUND In the rough cutting cycle for composite turning fixed cycle (G71 and G72), the cutting amount is in negative sign or is 0. In P and Q of instruction block for composite turning fixed cycle (G70, G71, G72, and G73), it is unable to find the program block with the specified sequence No. 0064 THE FINISHING SHAPE IS NOT A MONOTONOUS CHANGE(FIRST AXES) In the shape program for rough cutting cycle for composite turning fixed cycle (G71 and G72), the instruction for the first axis of the plane does not monotonously increase or reduce. 0065 G00/G01 IS NOT IN THE FIRST BLOCK OF SHAPE PROGRAM The beginning block of shape block specified by P of composite turning fixed cycle (G70, G71, G72 and G73) has not specified G00 or G01. 0066 UNAVAILABLE COMMAND IS IN THE MULTIPLE REPETIVE CYCLES BLOCK In the instruction block for composite turning fixed cycle (G70, G71, G72, and G73), the illegal instruction has been specified. 0067 THE MULTIPLE REPETIVE CYCLES IS NOT IN THE PART PROGRAM STORAGE The instruction for composite turning fixed cycle (G70, G71, G72, and G73) has not been recorded in the program storage. 0069 LAST BLOCK OF SHAPE PROGRAM IS AN ILLEGAL COMMAND Instruction for final block of shape program of composite turning fixed cycle (G70, G71, G72, and G73) is in the midway of chamfering/blending instruction. 0070 NO PROGRAM SPACE IN MEMORY 0071 DATA NOT FOUND 0072 DATA NOT FOUND 0073 PROGRAM NUMBER ALREADY IN USE Memory space of the storage is not enough. Delete the unnecessary programs, and then carry out the program recording again. Address data to be searched cannot be found in outer program No. searching, it is unable to find the specified program No. In specification for program No. for the program restart, the specified program No. cannot be found. Recheck the data to be searched. The number of recorded programs is bigger than 63 (basic), or 125, 200, 400 or 1000 (optional). Delete the unnecessary programs, and then carry out the program recording again. Try to record a program No. which is the same as a recorded one. Modify the program or delete the unnecessary program, and then carry out the program recording again. 0074 PROGRAM NUMBER ALREADY IN USE The specified program No. has exceeded the range of 1пЅћ9999, please modify the program. 0075 PROTECT Try to record the program by a protected No. in the check of programs; the secret codes of encryption programs are 0062 0063 different. 0076 PROGRAM NOT FOUND 0077 TOO MANY NESTING 0078 SEQUENCE NUMBER NOT FOUND SUB,MACRO China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works Specified programs have been set in subprogram call/macro program call/graph copy. M/G/T/S code has been interrupted by M98, G65, G66, G66 and 1. Instruction call program other than P instruction of interruption-type user macro program has been called by the second auxiliary function code. In these call program, it program is unavailable, the alarm will also occur. The maximum nesting values for subprogram call and user macro program call have been exceeded. In outer storage or subprogram call, subprogram call has been specified. In the searching for sequence No., the specified sequence No. cannot be found. The sequence No. with the skip destination specified by GOTO--, M99P—cannot be found. - 139 - VMC Series Alarm No C Alarm List Alarm Information Description 0079 PROGRAM NOT MATCH 0080 G37 MEASURING POSITION REACHED SIGNAL IS NOT PROPERLY INPUT 0081 G37 OFFSET UNASSIGNED 0082 G37 SPECIFIED CODE 0083 G37 IMPROPER COMMAND 0085 OVERRUN ERROR 0086 DR OFF 0087 BUFFER OVERFLOW 0090 REFERENCE INCOMPLETE - 140 - NO. WITH H AXIS RETURN It is unable to check the program to be read in with the program in the storage. When parameter NPE (No.3201#6) has been set to 1, it is not allowed to check several programs continuously. Set the parameter No.2200#3 to 0, and then check the program. В· Status of system of the machining centers In automatic measuring function of tool length (G37), in the specified area of parameter (No.6254) (value Оµ), arrival signal for measurement position become 1 or never change to 1 until the end. В· Status of system of the lathes In automatic tool compensation function (G36 and G37), in the specified area of parameter (No.6254) (value Оµ), arrival signal (XAE1 and XAE2) for measurement position will not become 1 В·Status of system of the machining centers In automatic measuring function (G37) of tool length, automatic tool length measuring has been specified without a specified H code. Please modify the program. В·Status of system of the lathes In automatic tool compensation function (G36 and G37), automatic tool compensation has been specified without a specified T code. Please modify the program. В·Status of system of the machining centers In automatic measuring function of tool length, H code and automatic measuring function (G37) of tool length have been specified in the same block. Please modify the program. , В·Status of system of the lathes In automatic tool compensation function, automatic tool compensation instruction (G36 and G37) and T code have been specified in the same block. Please modify the program. , В·Status of system of the machining centers In automatic measuring function (G37) of tool length, axis instruction has been wrongly specified or movement instruction is increment instruction. В·Status of system of the lathes In automatic tool compensation function, automatic tool compensation (G36 and G37) , axis instruction has been wrongly specified or movement instruction is increment instruction. Please modify the program. Before receiving and reading characters from the input/output equipment connected with reader/card punch interface 1, the next character has been received. While data reading by reader/card punch interface 1, Over travel error, parity error or frame error occurs. The setting for digit of input data or baud rate or I/o equipment specification is not correct. Stand-by signal (DR) of I/O equipment has been cut off while input/output data by reader/card punch interface 1, which may caused by power off of I/O equipment or no connection cable available or that printing circuit plate is in bad connection. While reading of data by reader/card punch interface 1 to storage, although reading stop instruction has not been set, the input will not be interrupted after 10 characters have been read, which may caused by bad connection of I/O equipment or printing circuit plate. 1пјЋIt is unable to return reference point normally, and generally, it is caused by that the starting point for returning reference point is too close to the reference point or the speed is too low. Make the distance between starting point for returning reference point and reference point sufficient or set sufficient speed, and then carry out the operation for returning reference point. 2пјЋUnder the status that the origin cannot be set, try to execute origin setting of absolute position detector based on reference China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Alarm No C. Alarm List Alarm Information Description point return. Run the motor manually for one revolution and then power off the CNC and servo amplifier temporarily, and then carry out the origin setting of absolute position detector. 0091 MANUAL REFERENCE POSITION RETURN IS NOT PERFORMED IN FEED HOLD Under interruption status of automatic running, it is unable to return reference point manually, please return the reference point manually under the status that automatic running is stopped or reset status. 0092 ZERO RETURN (G27) ERROR The axis specified in G27 has not returned to the reference point. Recheck the program edited for returning reference point. 0094 P TYPE NOT (COORD CHG) ALLOWED 0095 P TYPE NOT (EXT OFS CHG) ALLOWED 0096 P TYPE NOT ALLOWED (WRK OFS CHG) 0097 P TYPE NOT (AUTO EXEC) 0098 G28 FOUND IN SEQUENCE RETURN 0099 MDI EXEC NOT ALLOWED During program restart, after searching operation, specify the AFT. SEARCH movement instruction by MDI. CHECK ALLOWED While program restart, it is unavailable to set P type. After automatic running has been interrupted, set the running coordinate system). The operation must be done according to the user’s instruction. While program restart, it is unavailable to set P type. After automatic running has been interrupted, the outer work-piece offset can be changed. The operation must be done according to the user’s instruction. While program restart, it is unavailable to set P type. After automatic running has been interrupted, work-piece offset can be changed. The operation must be done according to the user’s instruction While program restart, it is unavailable to set P type. After power on, e-stop or warner 094пЅћ097 will be reset, but no automatic has been executed. Please execute automatic running. Operation for returning reference point hasn’t been implemented after program restart instruction has been specified when G28 has been found during power on, e-stop or searching. Please execute the operation for returning reference point. While modifying storage by editing programs, the power supply is cut off. If the alarm occurs, please press the key <PROG> and <RESET> to release the alarm. (Here, only the program being edited can be deleted). Please record the programs which have been deleted again. The value P after G08 is 0 or 1, or no value P has not been specified. 0101 PLEASE CLEAR MEMORY 0109 FORMAT ERROR IN G08 0110 OVERFLOW :INTEGER 0111 OVERFLOW :FLOATING 0112 ZERO DIVIDE 0113 IMPROPER COMMAND 0114 ILLEGAL FORMAT 0115 VARIABLE RANGE 0116 WRITE VARIABLE 0118 TOO MANY NESTING 0119 ARGUMENT VALUE OUT OF RANGE Independent variable of function of user macro program has exceeded allowed range. 0122 TOO MANY NESTING MACRO Nesting for user macro program call has exceeded the allowed range. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 141 - Value of the whole number during operation has exceeded the allowed range. Decimal value (floating-decimal formatted data) during operation has exceeded the allowed range. EXPRESSION NO. OUT OF PROTECTED BRACKET Zero has been used as divisor in the division operation of user macro program statement. The function which cannot be used for user macro program has been specified, please modify the program. Expression description of user macro program statements is not correct. Parameter program format is incorrect. Local variable, common variable or No. used in system variable which cannot be used for user macro programs has been specified. In s EGB axis skip function (G31.8), being less user macro variable No. has been specified or user macro programs for storage skip position are insufficient. On the left of the expression, a variable can only be used for right side of expression of user macro program statement has been adopted. Nesting of [ ] of user macro program statement has exceeded the allowed range. Nesting of [ ] including [ ] of function is 5 layers. VMC Series Alarm No C Alarm List Alarm Information Description 0123 ILLEGAL MODE GOTO/WHILE/DO FOR 0124 MISSING END STATEMENT 0125 MACRO STATEMENT FORMAT ERROR In main program of DNC mode, there is GOTO statement or WHILE-DO statement. END instruction corresponding with DO instruction of user macro program cannot be found. Format for user macro program statement is incorrect. No. of DO statement and END statement of user macro program is incorrect or has exceeded the allowed range (1пЅћ 3) . NC statement and macro statement have been specified in the same program block. In the searching of sequence No. the specified sequence No. has not been found. The sequence No. with the skip destination specified by GOTO--, M99P—cannot be found. G has been adopted as the independent variable of the user macro program call. G can only be used as the independent variable for each block (G66.1). 0126 ILLEGAL LOOP NUMBER 0127 DUPLICATE STATEMENT 0128 ILLEGAL MACRO SEQUENCE NUMBER 0129 USE вЂ�G’ AS ARGUMENT 0130 NC AND PMC AXIS ARE CONFLICTED NC instruction and PMC axis control instruction conflict. Please modify the program or step program. 0136 SPOS AXIS - OTHER AXIS SAME TIME Spindle positioning axis and other axes have been specified in the same block. 0137 M-CODE & MOVE CMD IN SAME BLK. Spindle positioning axis and other axes have been specified in the same block. 0138 SUPERIMPOSED OVERFLOW When overlap control extension function has been adopted, in PMC axis control, pulse distribution increment at PMC and CNC is too big. 0139 CANNOT CHANGE CONTROL AXIS 0140 PROGRAM NUMBER ALREADY IN USE Try to select or delete the program selected in the foreground. Please do the background editing correctly. 0141 CAN NOT COMMAND G51 IN 3-D OFFSET G51 (ratio zoom ON) has been specified in three-dimension tool compensation, and please modify the program. 0142 ILLEGAL SCALE RATE Scale rate is 0 or bigger than or equal to 10000 times. Please modify the set value for scale rate. (G51P_ …or G51I_J_K_ …or parameter (No.5411, No.5421)) 0143 COMMAND OVERFLOW NC,MACRO DATA PMC PMC axis selection has been executed for PMC axis control. 0144 Storage length of CNC inner data overflows. Calculation results for ratio zoom, coordinate rotation, cylindrical interpolation, etc. DATA overflow data storage length, and then the alarm will occur. Besides, during reading of manual interference amount, the alarm may also occur. Coordinate rotation plane and arc or tool radius compensation C ILLEGAL PLANE SELECTED plane must be the same. Please modify the program. 0145 ILLEGAL USE OF G12.1/G13.1 0146 ILLEGAL USE OF G-CODE 0148 SETTING ERROR - 142 - Axis No. of plane selection parameter (No.5460) (linear axis) and (No.5461) (rotary axis) for polar coordinate interpolation mode have exceeded the control range of 1пЅћ. Under polar coordinate interpolation mode or cancel of polar coordinate interpolation mode, there is an unallowable G code in modal G code combination. The allowed G codes are as follows: G40, G50.1, G69.1 If the system has already been under the polar coordinate interpolation mode, unallowable G codes have been specified. The unallowable G codes are as follows: G27, G28, G30, G30.1, G31~G31.4, G37~G37.3, G52, G92, G53, G17~G19, G81~G89, G68 It is not allowed to specify the G codes other than G01, G02, G03, G02.2 and G03.2 in group 01. Automatic corner override deceleration speed and judgment angle have exceeded settable range. Please modify the set value of parameter (No.1710пЅћ1714). China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Alarm No 0154 C. Alarm List Alarm Information Description H99 or D99 has been specified under the status that tool NOT USING TOOL IN LIFE management data has not been assigned to the spindle GROUP position. Please modify the program. 0160 MISMATCH M-CODE 0161 ILLEGAL M-CODE 0163 ILLEGAL G68/G69 0169 ILLEGAL TOOL GEOMETRY DATA 0175 ILLEGAL G07.1 AXIS 0176 ILLEGAL G-CODE USE(G07.1 MODE) 0179 Number of control axes set in the parameter (No.7510) has PARAM. (NO.7510) SETTING exceeded the maximum control axes. Please modify the set value ERROR of the parameter. 0190 ILLEGAL (G96) 0194 SPINDLE COMMAND SYNCHRO-MODE Under spindle synchronization control mode or simple IN synchronization control mode, Cs contour control mode, spindle positioning instruction or rigid tapping reading mode has been specified. 0197 C-AXIS COMMANDED SPINDLE MODE IN When signal for switching Cs contour control has been cut off, the program has set a movement instruction along Cs axis. 0199 0200 0201 WAITING Mismatch waiting M Code When different M code has been specified between path 1 and 2 when the waiting M code is without P instruction; When the P instruction is the same, but waiting M code is not consistent. Although waiting M code is consistent, but P instruction is not consistent (the alarm will occur when binary system value has been specified by P instruction). When waiting M code is consistent, but No. of the combination No. for P instruction differs. (When P instruction has been specified by combination of path No., the alarm may occur). Waiting M code with P instruction (3 or more path waiting) and that without P instruction (double path waiting) have been specified at the same time When waiting M code without P instruction has been specified in 3 or more paths. P for waiting M code is illegal. Value of address P is with negative sign. P value which conflict with the system construction has been specified. Waiting M code without P instruction (double path waiting) has been specified in 3 or more paths. In balance cutting, G68/G69 has not been specified separately. The specified value (address P) for balance cutting is illegal. In interference check, tool shape data is incorrect. Set the data correctly or select correct tool shape. The axis which cannot apply cylindrical interpolation has been specified. Please specify 2 or more axes in G07.1 block. Axis for non-cylindrical interpolation mode has been specified while cancel of cylindrical interpolation. While cylindrical interpolation axis specify arc instruction for rotary axis (set parameter ROT (No.1006#0) =1 and No.1260), please don’t set 0 in parameter No.1022, but set any value from the specified parallel axis 5, 6, and 7 in the parameter No.1022. G code which cannot be used under cylindrical interpolation mode has been specified. When G code of group 01 has been specified under G00 mode or G00, the alarm will occur. Please set G00 after release of cylindrical interpolation mode. P OF WAITING COMMAND AXIS IN SELECTED Value for P or parameter (No.3770) specified in G96 is incorrect. Macro statement undefined has been used. Please modify the user macro program. While rigid tapping reading, value of S has exceeded the range specified or has not been set. While rigid tapping reading, the ILLEGAL S CODE COMMAND specifiable max value for S can be set by parameter (No.5241-No.5243). Please change the set value of the parameter or modify the program. The instruction F for cutting feed speed has been specified to FEEDRATE NOT FOUND IN 0. While rigid tapping reading, and compared with instruction S, when instruction F is very small, since the tool cannot carry RIGID TAP out cutting while programming lead, the alarm will occur. MACRO WORD UNDEFINED China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 143 - VMC Series C Alarm List 0202 POSITION LSI OVERFLOW While rigid tapping reading, spindle assign value is too big (system error). 0203 PROGRAM MISS AT RIGID TAPPING While rigid tapping reading, the position of rigid M code (M29) is incorrect, or instruction S is wrong. Please modify the program. 0204 ILLEGAL AXIS OPERATION While rigid tapping reading, axis running has been specified between rigid M code (M29) and G84 (G74). Please modify the program. 0205 RIGID MODE DI SIGNAL OFF While execution of G84 (G74), although rigid M code (M29), has been specified under rigid tapping reading, DI signal is not set to ON. Please refer to PMC ladder chart, finding out the reason why DI signal has not been connected. 0206 CAN NOT CHANGE PLANE (RIGID TAP) RIGID DATA MISMATCH Plane change has been specified under rigid mode. Please modify the program. The distance specified in the rigid tapping is too long or too short. 0210 CAN NOT COMMAND M198/M99 1пјЋ M198 and M99 have been executed under predetermined running. or 2пјЋ M198 has been executed in DNC running. Please modify the program. 3. In the machining process of shrinkage pool of composite fixed cycle, interruption macro program has been specified and M99 has been executed. 0212 ILLEGAL PLANE SELECT Direct input instruction for drawing dimensions has been specified on the plane other than Z-X plane. Please modify the program. 0213 ILLEGAL COMMAND IN SYNCHRO-MODE 0214 ILLEGAL COMMAND IN SYNCHRO-MODE While synchronization control, setting of coordinate system or displacement-type tool compensation has been executed. Please modify the program. 0217 DUPLICATE G51.2(COMMANDS) In polygon mode of G51.2, G51.2 has been specified again. Please modify the program. 0218 NOT FOUND P/Q COMMAND 0219 COMMAND G51.2/G50.2 INDEPENDENTLY G51.2 or G50.2 or other instructions have been specified in the same program block. Please modify the program in other program block. 0220 ILLEGAL COMMAND IN SYNCHR-MODE In synchronization running, the movement instructions for synchronization axes are controlled and sent out by NC programs or axis control for PMC synchronization axes. Please modify the program of check the ladder program of PMC. 0221 ILLEGAL COMMAND IN SYNCHR-MODE Try to carry out the synchronization running of polygon machining and Cs axis control or balance cutting at the same time. Please modify the program. 0207 - 144 - In the synchronization control of feed axes, the following abnormities have occurred during synchronization running, the program send out movement instruction for slave axes. carry out manual running for slave axes. after power on, the program sends out instruction for automatic returning of reference point when no manual returning of reference point. In the block of G51.2, P or Q has not been specified or the specified value for P or Q has exceeded the range. Please modify the program. During the polygon machining among spindles, the causes for this alarm will be displayed on the diagnosis screen No.471 in details. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Appendix C. Alarm List 0222 DNC OP. NOT ALLOWED IN BG-EDIT In background editing, try to execute the input and output operation at the same time. Please execute the correct operation. 0224 ZERO RETURN NOT FINISHED 0231 ILLEGAL FORMAT IN G10 L52 TOO MANY HELICAL AXIS COMMAND Before automatic running, operation for returning reference point has not been executed (limited to that when the parameter ZRNx (No.1005#0) is 0). Please execute the operation for returning reference point. In programmable parameter input, instruction format is incorrect. 0232 In helix interpolation mode, 3 or more axes have been specified to helix axes. Under helix interpolation B, 5 or more axes have been specified as helix axes. 0233 DEVICE BUSY 0239 BP/S ALARM While punching is done by I/O equipment control function, background editing has been carried out. 0240 BP/S ALARM Background editing has been carried out during MDI running period. 0241 ILLEGAL FORMAT IN G02.2/G03.2 0242 ILLEGAL COMMAND IN G02.2/G03.2 0243 OVER TOLERANCE OF END POINT End point is not on the involutes curve going through start point, and the error has exceeded the allowed error limit (parameter (No.2510). 0244 P/S ALARM In torque control, allowed movement accumulative distance set by the parameter has been exceeded. 0245 T-CODE NOT ALLOWED IN THIS BLOCK G code (G50, G10 and G04) which cannot be specified has been specified in the same block where T is placed. 0247 THE MISTAKE IS FOUND IN THE OUTPUT CODE OF DATA. TOOL CHANGE ILLEGAL Z AXIS COMMAND Z-axis movement instructing has been specified in the same block where instruction M06 has been specified already. TOOL CHANGE ILLEGAL T COMMAND G05 CAN NOT BE COMMANDED T code which cannot be specified has been specified in M06 Tв–Ўв–Ў. In look-ahead control mode, binary system input operation has been specified. 0250 0251 0253 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works While try to use some devices through interface RS-232-C, etc. the devices are being used by other users. Endpoint coordinate instruction of involutes curve of the presently selected plane, or center coordinate instruction I, J and K of corresponding basic circle or radius instruction R of corresponding basic circle are not available. Involutes curve instruction error. Center coordinate instruction I, J and K of corresponding basic circle or radius instruction R of basic circle of the presently selected plane have been set to 0, or start point or end point is located in the basic circle. During input of encryption programs, punching code has become EIA. Please output it after ISO has been specified. - 145 - VMC Series C Alarm List 0300 ILLEGAL COMMAND IN SCALING 0301 RESETTING OF REFERENCE RETURN IS INHIBITED 0302 SETTING THE REFERENCE POSITION WITHOUT LIMIT STOP IS NOT PERFORMED 0303 REFERENCE POSITION RETURN IS NOT PERFORMED 0304 G28 IS COMMANDED WITHOUT ZERO RETURN Ooperation for retuning reference point (G28) has been specified before establishing reference point. 0305 INTERMEDIATE POSITION IS NOT ASSIGNED After power on, G29 (returning from the reference point) has been specified without any execution of G28 (automatic returning of reference point), G30 (the second, third and fourth reference point return and G30.1 (changeable reference point returning). 0306 MISMATCH AXIS WITH CNR/CHF In the chamfering block, corresponding relation between the movement axes and instruction I, J and K mismatch. 0307 0308 CAN NOT START REFERENCE RETURN WITH MECHANICAL STOPPER SETTING G72.1 NESTING ERROR Specify G72.1 again in G72.1 rotary copy. 0309 G72.2 NESTING ERROR G72.2 has been specified again in G72.2 parallel copy. - 146 - G code which cannot be specified in ratio zoom has been specified. Please modify the program. Under T series, when following functions have been specified in the ratio zoom, the alarm occurs. В·fine cutting cycle (G70, G72) В·rough cutting cycle of outer diameter (G71, G73) В·rough cutting cycle of end faces (G72, G74) В·closed loop cutting cycle(G73, G75) В·end face cutoff cycle(G74, G76) В·Cutoff cycle for outer diameter and inner diameter (G75, G77) В·composite thread cutting cycle (G76, G78) В·front drilling cycle (G83, G83) В·front tapping cycle(G84, G84) В·front boring cycle(G85, G85) В·side drilling cycle(G87, G87) В·side tapping cycle(G88, G88) В·side boring cycle(G89, G89) В·turning cycle for outer diameter and inner diameter (G77, G20) В·thread cutting cycle(G78, G21) В·end face turning cycle (G79, G24) (G code shall be in the sequence according to system B and C) In the operation for returning reference without a limit stop, it is forbidden to reset the parameter of reference point. When parameter No.1012#0 (IDGx) has been set to “1”, try to carry out the operation for returning reference point manually. It is unable to set reference point for returning reference point without a limit stop. The possible causes are as follows: В·During JOG feed, the axis has not been made to move toward the direction for returning reference point. В·The axis is moving along the direction opposite to the manual returning of reference point. Under the status that reference point setting at any position under Cs control is valid (parameter CRF(No.3700#0)=1) , switch the serial spindle to Cs contour control mode, and then no operation for returning reference point ha been executed before instruction G00 has been specified. Please firstly execute the operation for retuning reference point based on instruction G28, and then specify the instruction G00. Try to do stopper reference point setting for the axis using non-limit stop reference point setting function. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Appendix C. Alarm List 0310 FILE NOT FOUND The specified file cannot be found in the subprogram/macro program call. 0311 CALLED BY FILE NAME FORMAT ERROR Format of subprogram/macro program call based on the file name is illegal. 0312 ILLEGAL COMMAND IN DIRECT DRAWING DIMENSIONS PROGRAMMING Direct input instruction of drawing dimensions is illegal G code which cannot be specified in direction input of drawing dimensions has been specified. In the continuous direct input instruction of drawing dimensions, the unmovable blocks are two or more, or in direct input of drawing dimension, “, ”has been specified by an illegal method for “, ” (parameter CCR (No.3405#4) =1) . 0313 ILLEGAL LEAD COMMAND In changeable-lead thread cutting, the increment/decrement value of lead specified by address K has exceeded max instruction value or the instruction instructing negative value for lead has been sent out. 0314 ILLEGAL SETTING OF POLYGONAL AXIS Axis setting of for polygon machining is illegal. In polygon machining, rotary axis for tool has not been specified. (parameter(No.7610)) In polygon machining among spindles, valid spindle has not been set (parameter(No.7640пЅћ7643)) В·spindle other than serial spindle has been specified. В·spindle has not been connected. 0315 ILLEGAL NOSE ANGLE COMMAND IS IN THE THREAD CUTTING CYCLE ILLEGAL CUTTING AMOUNT IS IN THE THREAD CUTTING CYCLE ILLEGAL THREAD COMMAND IS IN THE THREAD CUTTING CYCLE ILLEGAL RELIEF AMOUNT IS IN THE DRILLING CYCLE THE END POINT COMMAND IS ILLEGAL IN THE DRILLING CYCLE ILLEGAL MOVEMENT AMOUNT/CUTTING AMOUNT IS IN THE DRILLING CYCLE ILLEGAL REPEATED TIME IS IN THE PATTERN REPEATING CYCLE FINISHING SHAPE WHICH OVER OF STARTING POINT THE FIRST BLOCK OF SHAPE PROGRAM IS A COMMAND OF TYPE II 0316 0317 0318 0319 0320 0321 0322 0323 0324 THE INTERRUPTION TYPE MACRO WAS DONE IN THE MULTIPLE REPETIVE CYCLES China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works Tool tip angle value has been specified in thread cutting cycle (G76) of the composite turning fixed cycle. Specified min. cutting amount is bigger than height of thread pitch in thread cutting cycle (G76) of the composite turning fixed cycle. Cutting amount or height of thread pitch in thread cutting cycle (G76) of the composite turning fixed cycle has been specified to 0 or a negative value. During cutoff cycle of composite turning fixed cycle (G74, G75), ∆d is a negative value although withdrawing direction has not been determined. During cutoff cycle of composite turning fixed cycle (G74, G75), U or W is not 0 although ∆i or ∆k movement is 0. During cutoff cycle of composite turning fixed cycle (G74, G75), ∆I or ∆k (movement amount/cutting amount) is negative. In the closed loop cycle of composite turning fixed cycle (G73), the repeat times is 0 or negative. In the rough cutting cycle of composite turning fixed cycle (G71, G72), the shape program has specified a shape exceeding cycle start point. In the rough cutting cycle of composite turning fixed cycle (G71, G72), in the beginning block of shape program specified by P, type II has been specified, For G71, it shall be instruction Z(W); for G72, it shall be the instruction X(U). Interruption-type macro program has been in composite turning fixed cycle (G70, G71, G72 and G73) - 147 - VMC Series C Alarm List 0325 UNAVAILABLE COMMAND IS IN SHAPE PROGRAM 0326 LAST BLOCK OF SHAPE PROGRAM IS A DIRECT DRAWING DIMENSIONS 0327 MODAL THAT MULTIPLE REPETIVE CYCLES CANNOT BE DONE 0328 ILLEGAL WORK POSITION IS IN THE TOOL NOSE RADIUS COMPENSATION THE FINISHING SHAPE IS NOT A MONOTONOUS CHANGE(SECOND AXES) ILLEGAL AXIS COMMAND IS IN THE TURNING CANNED CYCLE ILLEGAL AXIS NUMBER IN AX[] 0329 0330 0331 The instruction which cannot be used in shape programs of composite turning fixed cycle (G70, G71, G72, and G73) has been specified. The instruction of the last block of shape programs of composite turning fixed cycle (G70, G71, G72, and G73) is in the midway of direct input instruction of drawing dimensions. Composite turning fixed cycle (G70, G71, G72, and G73) has been specified in the modal status where the cycle cannot be executed. Work-piece position instruction in the tool tip radius compensation is not suitable for the work-piece end of composite turning fixed cycle (G71, G72). In the shape programs of rough cutting cycle of composite turning fixed cycle (G71, G72), the instruction for the second axis of the plane doesn’t monotonously increase or decrease. In the axis instruction out of the plane has been specified in a single fixed cycle (G90, G92 and G94). In the axis No. of AX [ ], an illegal value has been specified. 0332 ILLEGAL AXIS ADDRESS IN AXNUM[] 0333 TOO MANY SPINDLE COMMANDS 0334 OFFSET IS OUT OF EFFECTIVE RANGE Offset data exceeding the valid set range has been specified (prevention function for error operation). 0335 PLURAL M CODE In the waiting function of peripheral equipment based on M code, other M codes have been specified in the block where waiting M code is placed. 0336 TOOL COMPENSATION COMMANDED MORE TWO AXES 0337 EXCESS MAXIMUM INCREMENTAL VALUE 0338 CHECK SUM ERROR 0340 ILLEGAL After manual interference under manual absolute ON status, RESTART(NANOMETER try to carry out nanometer smooth machining to restart. SMOOTHING) TOO MANY COMMAND Specified number of program block has exceeded the allowed BLOCK continuous specifiable block number under nanometer smooth (NANOMETER SMOOTHING) machining mode. CUSTOM MACRO In nanometer smooth machining mode, user macro program interruption is valid. Besides, when user macro program INTERRUPT ENABLE IN interruption is valid, nanometer smooth machining mode ha NANOMETER been specified. SMOOTHING G43, G44 and G49 have been specified in nanometer smooth ILLEGAL COMMAND IN machining. NANOMETER SMOOTHING CANNOT CONTINUE Instruction for un-continuous nanometer smooth machining NANOMETER SMOOTHING has been specified or the above operation has been done. 0341 0342 0343 0344 0345 - 148 - TOOL CHANGE ILLEGAL Z AXIS POS In AXNUM [ ], an illegal axis address has been specified. While using an extension spindle name, several spindle instructions are specified in the same block. There is only one spindle instruction is allowed in one block. Without cancel of offset, another axis tries to carry out C-type tool length compensation or axis has not been specified for C-type tool length compensation in G43/G44 block. The instruction value has exceeded the max increment value (prevention function for error operation). Error has been found during detection and check (prevention function for error operation). Z-axis during tool changing is illegal. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 0346 0347 0348 0349 0350 0351 0352 0353 0354 0355 0356 0357 0359 0360 Appendix TOOL CHANGE ILLEGAL TOOL NUM TOOL CHANGE ILLEGAL COMMAND IN SAME BLK. TOOL CHANGE Z AXIS POS NOT TOOL CHANGE SPINDLE NOT STOP PARAMETER OF THE INDEX OF THE SYNCHRONOUS CONTROL AXIS SET ERROR. BECAUSE THE AXIS IS MOVING,THE SYNC CONTROL IS CAN’T BE USED. SYNCHRONO US CONTROL AXIS COMPOSITIO N ERROR. THE INSTRUCTION WAS DONE FOR THE AXIS WHICH WAS NOT ABLE TO MOVE. THE G28 WAS INSTRUCTED IN WITH THE REF POS NOT FIXED IN SYNC MODE PARAMETER OF THE INDEX OF THE COMPOSITE CONTROL AXIS SET ERROR. BECAUSE THE AXIS IS MOVING, THE COMP CONTROL IS CAN’T BE USED. COMPOSITE CONTROL AXIS COMPOSITION ERROR. THE G28 WAS INSTRUCTED IN WITH THE REF POS NOT FIXED IN COMP MODE PARAMETER OF THE INDEX OF THE SUPERPOS CONTROL AXIS SET ERROR. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works C. Alarm List Tool position has not been established during tool changing. Illegal command has been sent during tool changing. During tool changing, position for Z-axis has not been established. Tool changing has started before complete stop of the spindle. Setting for axis No, (parameter (No.8180)) for synchronous control is illegal. Try to start or release synchronous control by synchronous control axis selection signal while the subject axis under synchronous control is moving. 1) try to execute synchronous control for the axis already under synchronization /composite/superposition 2) try to further control of relationship of parent, son/daughter and grandchild to realize synchronous control for great-grandchild 3) When try to start synchronous control before the relationship of parent, son/daughter and grandchild has been established, the alarm will occur. В·synchronization status 1) For the axis whose parameter NUMx (No.8163#7)=1, movement instruction has been specified for the axis. 2) When movement instruction has been specified for the slave axis. В·composite status 1) For the axis whose parameter NUMx (No.8163#7)=1, movement instruction has been specified. 2) For the axis whose parameter NUMx (No.8162#7)=1, movement instruction has been specified, and then the alarm occur. In synchronous control, before reference point for slave axis has been set, G28 has been specified for the master axis under stop status, the alarm will occur. Setting of axis No. (Parameter (No.8183)) of composite axis is illegal. Try to start or release composite control by composite control axis selection signal while the subject axis under composite control is moving. Try to execute composite control for the axis already under synchronization /composite/superposition In composite control, before reference point for composite subject has been set, G28 has been specified for composite axis, the alarm will occur. Setting for superposition control axis No. (Parameter (No.8186)) is illegal. - 149 - VMC Series C Alarm List 0361 BECAUSE THE AXIS IS MOVING, THE SUPERPOS CONTROL IS CAN’T BE USED. 0362 SUPERPOSITIO N CONTROL AXIS COMPOSITION ERROR. 0363 THE G28 WAS INSTRUCTED INTO THE SUPERPOS CONTROL SLAVE AXIS. THE G53 WAS INSTRUCTED IN TO THE SUPERPOS CONTROL SLAVE TOO MANY MAXIMUM SV/SP AXIS NUMBER PER PATH 0364 0365 Try to start or release subject axis under superposition control by composite control axis selection signal while the subject axis under composite control is moving. 1) Try to execute superposition control for the axis already under synchronization /composite/superposition 2) Try to further control of relationship of parent, son/daughter and grandchild to realize synchronous control for great-grandchild When G28 has been specified for the slave axis under superposition control, the alarm will occur. Under superposition control, G53 has been specified for the slave axis when master axis is under moving status. Maximum number for control axis or control spindle within one path has been exceeded (under path of loading device, the axis number for each path has been set to 5 or more, the alarm will occur). 0366 IMPROPER G-CODE IN TURRET METHOD G43, G43.1, G43.4, G43.5, G43.7 have been specified when turret-type changing tool mode has been selected (parameter TCT (No.5040#3)=0) . 0367 3-D CONV. WAS COMMANDED IN SYNC MODE AS THE PARAMETER PKUx(NO 8162#2) IS 0 OFFSET REMAIN AT OFFSET COMMAND In synchronous control, when parameter PKUx(No.8162#2) is 0, three-dimension coordinate change has been conversion has been specified. 0369 G31 FORMAT ERROR В· In torque limit skip instruction (G31P98/P99), axis instruction has not been specified or axis instruction for 2 or more has been specified. В· In torque limit skip instruction, instruction of address Q has exceeded the range. The instruction range for address shall be 1пЅћ99. 0370 G31P/G04Q ERROR Instruction value for address P for G31 has exceeded the rang, and under multilevel skip function, the range for address P shall be 1пЅћ4. Instruction value for address Q for G04 has exceeded the rang, and under multilevel skip function, the range for address Q shall be 1пЅћ4. Or the option for multilevel skip function has not been adopted, but P1-4 has been specified by G31 and Q1-4 has been specified by G04. 0371 ILLEGAL FORMAT IN G10 OR Try to change cryptographic function of cryptographic key L50 and program by programmable parameter input (parameters 0368 Under ATC changing tool mode (parameter No.5040#3(TCT)=1) , G43.7 has been specified under G43, G43.1, G43.4 and G43.5 mode, or G43, G43.1, G43.4 and G43.5 have been specified under G43.7 mode. for secret code (No.3220), cryptographic key (No.3221) and protection range (No.3222, No.3223). please modify the program. - 150 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Appendix C. Alarm List 0372 REFERENCE RETURN INCOMPLETE 0373 ILLEGAL HIGH-SPEED SKIP SIGNAL SELECTED 0374 ILLEGAL REGISTRATION OF TOOL MANAGER(G10) 0375 CAN NOT ANGULAR CONTROL (SYNC:MIX:OVL) 0376 SERIAL DCL: ILLEGAL PARAMETER 0387 ILLEGAL RTM DI/DO VAR There is no DI/DO variable with specified signal address (letters and figures). 0389 ILLEGAL RTM SIGNAL BIT It is unavailable to specify the digits out of 0пЅћ7 by DI/DO signal. 0391 RTM BRANCH OVER 0392 TOO MANY STATEMENT CONTROL 0393 NO STATEMENT CONTROL The conversion number supported by real-time user macro programs has been exceeded. Several key words (ZONCE, ZEDGE, ZWHILE, ZDO, ZEND, G65, M99) controlling RTM in real-time user macro programs have been used. In real-time user macro programs, no substituted data available. 0394 ILLEGAL STATEMENT CONTROL 0395 ILLEGAL NC WORD CONTROL 0396 ILLEGAL RTM STATEMENT CONTROL Any key word (ZONCE, ZEDGE, ZWHILE, ZDO and ZEND) controlling RTM has been used in non real-time macro program instruction. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 151 - Try to execute automatic returning of reference point under the status of manual returning reference point for angular axis mode or that no reference point return has been executed after power on, or reference point return for orthogonal axes has been executed when operation of returning reference point of angular axes has not finished. Execute the reference point return for orthogonal axes when operation of returning reference point of angular axes has finished. In various skip instructions (G31, G31P1пЅћG31P4) and interruption instructions (G04, G04Q1пЅћG04Q4) , same high-speed skip signal has been selected in different paths. Under following operations and actions, data record of G10L75/L76 has been executed: В·record the data from PMC window. В·record the data from FOCAS2. В·record the data by G10L75/L76 in other paths. After completion of above operation and actions, specify G10L75/L76 again. The axis construction is unavailable for execution of angular axis control. All axes associated with angular axis control has not entered synchronous control or synchronous control has not been applied between angular axes and orthogonal axes 2) All axes associated with angular axis control has not entered composite control or synchronous control has not been applied between angular axes and orthogonal axes 3) When all axes associated with angular axis control has been set to superposition control. When parameter OPTx(No.1815#1) for the separate pulse encode is valid, parameter (No.2002#3) is invalid. в‘Ў Parameter for absolute position detector APCx(No.1815#5) is valid. Corresponding relation of key words (ZONCE, ZEDGE, ZWHILE, ZDO, ZEND, G65, M99) controlling RTM is incorrect. Correct return control code G65 and M99 from subprogram or words describing subprogram call are unavailable. VMC Series C Alarm List 0397 RTM BUFFER OVER No free space available from the buffer for real-time macro program instruction. The pre-read block number used to activate real-time macro program instruction during buffering is too big. 0398 ID OVER IN BUFFER In pre-read blocks, there are too many real-time macro program instruction of same ID. 0399 ID EXECUTION IN SAME TIME Try to execute real-time macro program instruction of same ID as the same NC statement after activation. 0400 ONESHOT CMDOVER 0401 0402 EXEC CMD NUM OVER IN SAME TIME ILLEGAL TOKEN FOR RTM While single step, there are too many real-time macro program instructions. The number for real-time macro programs which can be executed at the same time has been exceeded. 0403 0404 ACCESS TO RTM PROTECT RTM ERROR 0406 0407 0408 0409 0410 0411 0412 0413 0414 0415 0416 0417 0418 0419 0420 0421 0422 0423 0424 0425 0429 Signs, variables or functions unsupported by real-time user macro programs have been detected. Try to read the protected variables. Error associated with real-time macro program instruction has occurred. CODE AREA SHORTAGE Storage capacity in real-time macro program field is not enough. DOULE SLASH IN RTM MODE Try to set translate and edit mode again under translate and edit mode. G90 IS NOT PERMITTED It is not allowed to specify absolute instruction. ILLEGAL AXIS NO Axis No. is not correct. MIDDLE POINT IS NOT ZERO The specification at the middle of G28 is not 0. SIMULTANEOUSLY AXES The maximum simultaneous control axes have been exceeded. OVER ILLEGAL G CODE G code which cannot be specified has been specified. ILLEGAL ADDRESS Address which cannot be specified has been specified. ILLEGAL PMC AXIS NO. PMC axis No. is not correct. GROUP IS IN USE The group where the specified axis is placed is being used. UNABLE TO USE THE AXIS AXIS IS UNABLE TO MOVE ILLEGAL FEED SETTING ILLEGAL DISTANCE SETTING CONSTANT NUMBER P ILLEGAL ARGUMENT L IN G65 ILLEGAL ARGUMENT IN G65 NO PMC AXIS CONTROL MULTIPLE AXES IN ONE ONE AXIS USE MULTIPLE GROUPS ILLEGAL COMMAND IN G10.6 It is not allowed to use the specified axis. The specified axis cannot be moved. Setting for feed speed is wrong. Data for movement amount has exceeded the range. A subprogram has not been specified by a constant. Illegal independent variable L has been used n G65. Illegal independent variable L has been used n G65. Option controlled by PMC axis is unavailable. One group has been shared by several axes. Several groups have been used by one axis. While starting withdrawing during thread cutting program block, withdrawing instruction has been specified along the direction of long axis for thread cutting. 1000 NOT ALL AEXS HAVE GONE BACK REFERENCE POINT Not all axes have gone back to the reference point, execute the returning reference point action 1004 ATC MOTOR QF16 OFF The motor starter of chain is tripped off, check if short circuit occurs. - 152 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Appendix 1005 X AXIS I IS LOCKED 1006 Y AXIS IS LOCKED 1007 Z AXIS IS LOCKED 1010 A AXIS IS LOCKED 1011 SPINDLE MOTOR FAN QF26 OFF SPINDLE ORIENTATION INCOMPLETE M FUNCTION NOT COMPLETE 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1020 1021 SPINDLE NOT IN GEAR POSITION SPINDLE HAS NOT CHANGED TO LOW GEAR SPINDLE HAS NOT CHANGED TO HIGH GEAR MAG NOT BACKWARD C. Alarm List Axis X is locked and the movement of axis is forbidden. Axis Y is locked and the movement of axis is forbidden. Axis Z is locked and the movement of axis is forbidden. Axis A is locked and the movement of axis is forbidden. Check if the air switch of the motor fan in spindle is tripped off and check if short circuit occurs Spindle orientation is not completed; check the settings of the spindle orientation parameters M code is not completed, execute it again and check the conditions of the incompletion Spindle is not in the gear position Spindle has not changed to the low gear, please change the gear again. Spindle has not changed to the low gear, please change the gear again. Tool magazine not return to the initial state, check the relative reaching signal of tool magazine SPINDLE TOOL NOT CLAMP Spindle tool not clamped, check the reflecting switch of clamping and positioning signals and confirm the connection of air pipes SPINDLE TOOL NOT UNCLAMP Spindle tool not unclamped, check the reflecting switch of unclamping and positioning signals and confirm the connection of air pipes 1022 MAG NOT IN POSITION 1023 MAG DOES NOT ROTATE 1024 MAG DOES NOT STOP RUNNING 1025 A AXIS HAVE NOT CLAMPED 1026 A AXIS HAVE NOT UNCLAMPED 1027 SET "MAG.JOG" SWITCH ON 1030 HYDRAULIC MOTOR QF7 OFF 1031 HYDRAULIC TEMPRETURE HIGH 1032 HYDRAULIC FILTER BLOCKED 1033 HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL LOW China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works Tool magazine is not in position, check the reflecting signal Tool magazine does not rotate; check if the signal of the counter, the positioning signal of tool cover and the control circuit of tool magazine rotating are correct Tool magazine does not stop running; check if the connection and the installing position of the counter signal switch are correct, or the switch of counter is damaged Axis A not clamped; check if the electromagnetic valve is closed, check the clamping positioning reflecting signal of axis A , and check if the pipes are correctly connected Axis A not clamped; check if the electromagnetic valve is closed, check the unclamping positioning reflecting signal of axis A and check if the pipes are correctly connected The softswicth MAG.JOG is set to on; Set the softswitch off to eliminate the alarm Hydraulic motor starter is off; check if short circuit occurs Hydraulic motor temperature is high; stop running hydraulic motor to reduce temperature Filter of hydraulic motor is blocked, clean it timely The level of oil in hydraulic station is low; fill the oil timely - 153 - VMC Series C Alarm List 1034 HYDRAULIC FAN QF8 OFF 1035 HELIX CONYER QF9 OFF 1036 CHAIN CONYER QF11 OFF 1037 COOLANT MOTOR QF12 OFF Air switch of hydraulic motor fan is off; check if short circuit occurs Motor starter of spiral chip conveyor is off; check if short circuit occurs Motor starter of chain chip conveyor is off; check if short circuit occurs Motor starter of outer cooling is off; check if short circuit occurs 1040 1041 INTERR COOLANT BLOCK 1042 1043 SPINDLE COOLANT MOTOR QF14 OFF INNER COOLANT Q13F OFF 1044 MAG MOTOR Q15F OFF 1045 HEAT EXCHANGE QF21 OFF 1046 OIL GATHER QF24 OFF Intercoolant water so dirty that the test signal alarm Spindle cooling motor starter is off; check if short circuit occurs Spindle inner cooling motor starter is off; check if short circuit occurs Tool disc motor starter is off; check if short circuit occurs Heat exchanger air switch is off; check if short circuit occurs Motor starter of oil mist collector is off; check if short circuit occurs 1049 1050 SPINDLE COOLANT MOTOR FAULT Spindle cooling motor is damaged 1051 1052 FRONT DOOR(L) OPEN 1053 FRONT DOOR(R) OPEN 1054 LEFT DOOR OPEN 1055 LUBRICATION OIL QF23 OFF Front door(left) of protective room is open Front door(right) of protective room is open left door of protective room is open Motor starter of lubricating oil is off; check if short circuit occurs 1056 1057 IN ADJUST STATUS:MAG CAN Tool magazine in adjust status; tool cannot be changed in NOT EXCHANGE TOOL AUTO automatic mode; cancel the adjusting status to confirm the safety 1058 1060 NOT ALL DOOR CLOSED 1061 IN M06,MAG NOT READY 1062 MAGAZINE NOT READY 1063 POCKET NOT HORIZANTAL 1064 IN M06,Z AXIS NOT BACK TO 2RD REF IN M06,Z AXIS NOT IN POSITION SWITCH1 1065 - 154 - Not all doors are closed; check and close the door of protective room if necessary Tool disc is not ready when in M06 Chain is not ready, check the relative reflecting signal status Tool pocket is not in horizontal position; check the horizontal reflecting signal and the connection of air pipes In M06, Z axis not back to the second reference point In M06, Z axis is not in position switch 1 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Appendix 1066 ATC NOT IN ZERO POSITION 1067 IN M06,SPINDLE ORIENTATION UNCOMPLETE C. Alarm List Chain is not in 0 position, check the signal reflection of 0 position and execute the chain rotating action to 0 position In M06, spindle orientation is not completed check the relative parameter and confirm the correct connection of pipes 1068 1069 1070 POCKET HAS NOT TO Pocket is not in horizontal position or tool disc is not go HORIZANTAL OR MAG HAS backward; check the positing reflecting signal and the correct NOT BACKWARD connection of air pipes 1071 POCKET HAS NOT TO Pocket is not in vertical position or tool disc is not go VERTICAL OR MAG HAS NOT forward; check the positing reflecting signal and the correct FORWARD connection of air pipes 1072 UNCLAMP TOOL HAS NOT Spindle tool unclamping is not completed; check the tool COMPLETED unclamping reflecting signal and the correct connection of air pipes; check if the tool unclamping electromagnetic valve is closed CLAMP TOOL HAS NOT Spindle tool clamping is not completed; check the tool COMPLETED clamping reflecting signal and the correct connection of air pipes; check if the tool unclamping electromagnetic valve is closed AIM TOOL NO. IS WRONG Aim tool number is wrong, check the edited programs and change them MAG NOT BACKWARD Tool disc does not return to the backward position; check the closing of tool disc backward electromagnetic valve, the correct connection of air pipe and the backward positioning reflecting signal AFTER RETRACTION,SET THE After retraction, set the 4th softkey off. 4TH SOFT SWITCH OFF Z AIXS NOT IN POSITION SWITCH2, SO ATC FORBIDDEN Z axis is not in the second reference point, so chain rotating is not allowed; move the Z axis to the second reference point. ROTATING 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 Z AIXS NOT IN POSITION SWITCH2,SO MAG FORBIDDEN FORWARD SPINDLE ALARM,CHECK SPINDLE MODULE PROGRAM CODE M06 IS WRONG SET THE 8TH SOFT SWITCH OFF Z axis is not in the second reference point, so tool disc forward is not allowed; move the Z axis to the second reference point. Spindle alarms; check spindle module. Program code M06 is wrong, check and correct it. Set the 8th softkey off; set the parameter to be on to eliminate the alarm 1086 1087 K PARAMETERS ABOUT Parameter K in PMC parameters concerning of tool magazine MAGZINE SET IS WRONG controlling is wrong; find the professional personnel to solve the alarm China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 155 - VMC Series C Alarm List 1090 MECHANICAL BRAKE NOT RELEASED HAS 1091 MECHANICAL BRAKE IS Mechanical brake is damaged, replace the new brake WRON,REPLACE THE ROTOR Mechanical brake is not released completely; check the connections of hardware and check if the hardware is damaged 1092 1093 VOLTAGE OF PROBE BATTERY IS LOW Voltage of probe battery is low, replace the new battery 1094 PROBE IS ERR Probe is err,please check it basis on manual 1095 PARAMETER WRITE ENABLE Parameter write enable 1096 PMC EDIT ENABLE Pmc edit enable 1100 SPINDLE GEAR SIGNAL MISS Spinde gear singnal miss,please check circuit 1101 T_CLAMPED_SIGNAL MISS 1097 1098 1099 T_clamped_singnal miss, please check circuit 1102 1103 1104 1105 THE TOTAL NUMBER OF POCKETS SET THE TOTAL NUMBER OF POCKETS SET ERR,please set#948 ERR LUB INTERVAL IS TOO LONG LUB INTERVAL IS TOO LONG,please set “TMR12=5” 1106 ATC BREAK SIGNAL MISS 1107 ATC 60 SIGNAL MISS ATC BREAK SIGNAL MISS,PLEA ATC 60 SIGNAL MISS 1108 1109 1110 ATC 0 SIGNAL MISS 1111 MAG REF SIGNAL MISS 1112 MAG REF & COUNTER SIGNALS IN MAG REF & COUNTER SIGNALS IN REVERSE REVERSE LUB PRESS HARD DISCONNECTED LUB PRESS HARD DISCONNECTED 1113 1114 TURN OFF THE POWER 1115 CHANGE T STOPED BECAUSE NO AIR ATC 0 SIGNAL MISS MAG REF SIGNAL MISS TURN OFF THE POWER CHANGE T STOPED BECAUSE NO AIR 1116 - 156 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 1117 Appendix C. Alarm List COOLANT LEVEL LOW,ADD COOLANT COOLANT LEVEL LOW,ADD COOLANT WATER WATER 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1125 1126 2001 2002 2003 SEPARATE OIL FROM WATER QF35 OFF PRESELECT TOOL NOT FINISHED THE CHIP FLUSH PUMP SWITCH QF35 OFF THE OIL SEPERATED FROM WATER SWITCH QF 34 OFF MACHINE IN ADJUST,IGNORE GO BACK REFERENCE POINT PRESS [CYCLE START]KEY AFTER EXCHANGE TOOL MAGAZINE ADJUST Separate oil from water motor is overload. After preselecting tool over then changing tool. The chip flush pump switch QF35 off The oil separated from water pump switch QF34 off In machine adjusting, do go back to the reference point Press cycle start key after tool change Machine is in adjustment 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 157 - VMC Series C Alarm List 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 COOLNT LEVEL LOW,CYCLE STOP AFTER 20 MINUTES Coolant level is low, fill the cooling medium in 20 minutes, else the machine will cycle stop 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 AIR PRESSURE LOW Air pressure is low; check the external air pressure device 2048 2049 2050 2051 - 158 - LUB.OIL IS LOW Lubricating oil level is low China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Appendix C. Alarm List 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 LUBRICATION PRESS LOW The pressure of lubricating oil is low; check if any looseness in connections of lubricating pipes connected 2057 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2080 2081 SOFT SWITCH MAG.JOG IS ON Soft switch MAG.JOG is 1; set it to off to eliminate the alarm 2082 2083 2074 2085 2086 2087 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 159 - VMC Series C Alarm List 2090 2091 2092 PLEASE ADD LUB.OIL 2120 REPLACE CNC BATTERY QUICKLY AND CNC battery voltage is low, replace is quickly before turn BEFORE REPLACE DO NOT POWER OFF off the CNC power. MAG INITIALIZED OVER Mag initialized over. 2121 Please add lub. oil 2095 2096 2097 LUB PRESS LOW,CHECK LUB ROUTIN 2116 THE COOLANT WATER TOO LOW,ADD COOLANT WATER AT ONCE PLEASE PEPLACE CNC BATTERY QUICKLY CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN POCKET NOT HORIZANTAL CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN SP NOT CLAMP TOOL CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN NOT CLAMP TOOL CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN SP FAN QF OFF CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN MAG NOT BACKWARD CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN SP COOL QF OFF CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN ATC NOT IN 0 POS CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN SP COOL IS FAULT CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN THERE IS ALARM CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN ATC NOT IN ZERO POSITION CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN MAG NOT BACKWARD CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN POCKET NOT IN POSITION ROTATE SPINGLE THEN CYCLE START 2120 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2244 CAN'T FEED HOLD MACHINE WHEN RIGID TAPPING SET MACHINE IN AUTO TO CYCLE START CAN'T FEED HOLD MACHINE WHEN CHANGING TOOL CAN'T CHANGE MODE WHEN MAG WORKING CAN'T CHANGE MODE WHEN MACHINE AUTO RUN SET MACHINE IN JOG MODE FIRST 2245 SET MACHINE IN FEED HOLD MODE 2240 2241 2242 2243 - 160 - LUB PRESS LOW,CHECK LUB ROUTIN THE COOLANT WATER TOO LOW,ADD COOLANT WATER AT ONCE Please replace a new CNC battery CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN POCKET NOT HORIZANTAL CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN SP NOT CLAMP TOOL CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN NOT CLAMP TOOL CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN SP FAN QF OFF CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN MAG NOT BACKWARD CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN SP COOL QF OFF CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN ATC NOT IN 0 POS CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN SP COOL IS FAULT CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN THERE IS ALARM CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN ATC NOT IN ZERO POSITION CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN MAG NOT BACKWARD CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN POCKET NOT IN POSITION ROTATE SPINGLE THEN CYCLE START CAN'T FEED HOLD MACHINE WHEN RIGID TAPPING SET MACHINE IN AUTO TO CYCLE START CAN'T FEED HOLD MACHINE WHEN CHANGING TOOL CAN'T CHANGE MODE WHEN MAG WORKING CAN'T CHANGE MODE WHEN MACHINE AUTO RUN SET MACHINE IN JOG MODE FIRST SET MACHINE IN FEED HOLD MODE China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Appendix 2246 FEED OVERRIDE IS ZERO 2247 STOP SPINDLE FIRST THEN UNCLAMP TOOL CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN BATTERY LOW ILLEGAL REAL VALUE OF OBUF : TOO MANY WORD IN ONE BLOCK 2250 4010 5006 5007 TOO LARGE DISTANCE 5009 PARAMETER ZERO (DRY RUN) END OF RECORD 5010 5011 5014 5015 PARAMETER ZERO (CUT MAX) TRACE DATA NOT FOUND NO ROTATION AXIS 5016 ILLEGAL COMBINATION OF M CODES 5018 POLYGON SPINDLE SPEED ERROR 5020 PARAMETER OF RESTART ERROR 5043 TOO MANY G68 NESTING 5044 G68 FORMAT ERROR China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works C. Alarm List FEED OVERRIDE IS ZERO STOP SPINDLE FIRST THEN UNCLAMP TOOL CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN BATTERY LOW Real value of output buffer is not correct. Too many words have been specified in one program block, and the maximum shall be 26 words. However, along with the changes of NC options, the instruction words can be divided into two blocks. Movement amount has exceeded the maximum instruction value since it has been applied to compensation, intersection point calculation, interpolation calculation, etc. Confirm the coordinate, compensation value, etc. of the program instruction. Parameter (No.1410) for dry-run speed or parameter (No.1430) for max cutting feed speed has been set to 0. In program block midway, EOR (record end) code has been specified. While reading the last percentage of NC programs, the alarm will occur too. The set value of maximum cutting feed speed (parameter No.1430) has been set to 0. It is unable to transfer the data since no tracing data available. During tool axial handwheel feed or tool normal direction handwheel feed, it is unable to find the specified rotary axis. M code combination belonging to the same group has been specified in the same block, or M code combination has been specified when there is only a separate M code. Under G51.2, it is not allowed to remain the rotation speed ratio of instruction value because spindle speed or speed of polygon synchronous axis has exceeded the upper limit or is too low. For the polygon machining among spindles, the detailed alarm causes will be displayed on the diagnosis screen No. 471. Under dry run, the set value of parameter (No.7310) used to specify moving to the restart machining position is illegal. The set range shall be from 1 to the number of control axes. The instruction used for three-dimension coordinate change has been specified for 3 times or more. When it is necessary to restart coordinate change, you must execute the cancel operation at first. In the instruction program of three-dimension coordinate change, there are following errors: (1) No. instruction block of three-dimension coordinate change has specified instruction I, J and K (when option for coordinate system rotation not available). (2) In instruction block of three-dimension coordinate change, instruction I, J and K all have been set to 0. (3) In instruction block of three-dimension coordinate change, instruction for rotation angle R has not been specified. - 161 - VMC Series C Alarm List 5046 ILLEGAL PARAMETER (S-COMP) 5050 ILL-COMMAND IN G81.1 MODE Movement instruction has been specified for cutting axis during cutting. 5058 G35/G36 FORMAT ERROR The instruction for switching long axis has been specified during arc thread cutting or length of long axis has been set to 0. 5060 ILLEGAL PARAMETER IN G02.3/G03.3 5061 ILLEGAL FORMAT IN G02.3/G03.3 5062 ILLEGAL COMMAND IN G02.3/G03.3 5064 DIFFERRENT AXIS UNIT The parameter setting for the axis carrying out exponential function interpolation is wrong. Parameter (No.5641): linear axis No. carrying out exponential function interpolation. Parameter (No.5642): rotary axis No. carrying out exponential function interpolation. The set value shall be the number of control axes, but not the same axis No. Instruction format for exponential function interpolation (G02.3/G03.3) is wrong. Instruction range of address I and J shall be -89.0 ~ -1.0, +1.0 ~ +89.0, but address I and J have not been specified or the specification has exceeded the range, or address R has not been specified or has been set to 0. Instruction format for exponential function interpolation (G02.3/G03.3) is wrong. The specified values (for example, value within In or 0 or negative values) are not suitable for exponential function interpolation. Arc interpolation has been specified on the plane consists of axes of different set units. 5065 DIFFERRENT AXIS UNIT (PMC AXIS) In the axis control based on PMC, for same DI/DO group, axes of different set units have been set. Please modify the parameter (No.8010). 5066 RESTART ILLEGAL SEQUENCE NUMBER In restart of program for return/restart function, while searching the next sequence No. , sequence No. of No. 7000пЅћ 7999 has been read in. 5068 FORMAT ERROR IN G31P90 Movement axis has not been specified, or 2 or more movement axes have been specified. 5073 NO DECIMAL POINT Decimal has not been input in the instruction where decimal must be specified. 5074 ADDRESS DUPLICATION ERROR In the same block, 2 or more same addresses have been specified, or 2 or more G codes belonging to the same group have been specified. 5085 SMOOTH IPL ERROR 1 Instruction format of smooth interpolation instruction block is not correct. 5115 5116 ILLEGAL ORDER (NURBS) ILLEGAL KNOT VALUE Specification for layers is not correct. Knot point has not increased monotonously. - 162 - The setting of parameters associated with flatness compensation is incorrect. The possible reasons are as follows: The axis No. not available in the parameters of movement axes or compensation axes has been set. Pitch error compensation between the furthest negative end and furthest positive end of has exceeded 128 points. The compensation points for flatness have not been numbered in order. Compensation points for flatness are out of the range of pitch error compensation points between the furthest negative end and furthest positive end. The specified compensation value for each point is too big or too small. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 5117 5118 Appendix ILLEGAL 1ST CONTROL POINT (NURBS) ILLEGAL RESTART (NURBS) 5122 ILLEGAL COMMAND IN SPIRAL 5123 OVER TOLERANCE OF END POINT IN SPIRAL 5124 CAN NOT COMMAND SPIRAL 5130 NC AND SUPERIMPOSE AXIS CONFLICT 5131 NC COMMAND IS NOT COMPATIBLE 5132 CANNOT CHANGE SUPERIMPOSED AXIS DIRECTION CAN NOT BE JUDGED 5195 5196 ILLEGAL AXIS OPERATION 5220 REFERENCE POINT ADJUSTMENT MODE China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works C. Alarm List The first control point is wrong, or no continuity with the previous block. Try to restart NURBS interpolation after manual interference when manual absolute is on. Spiral interpolation instruction or taper interpolation instruction is wrong. Especially, the error can be caused by one of the following: 1) L=0 has been specified. 2) Q=0 has been specified 3) R/, R/, C has been specified 4) 0 has been specified as height increment value 0 5) 0 has been specified as height difference 0 6) 3 or more axes have been specified as height axis 7) When there are two height axes, height increment has been specified. 8) While radius difference пјќ0, Q has been specified. 9) While radius differenceпјћ0, Qпјњ0 has been specified. 10) While radius difference пјњ0, Qпјћ0 has been specified. 11) Height increment has been specified in the case that no height axis has been specified. Difference between specified end point position and calculated end point position has exceeded the allowed range (parameter No.3471). Spiral interpolation or taper interpolation has been specified un the any of the following modes: 1) ratio zoom 2) polar coordinate interpolation 3) end pint=center point in C type tool radius compensation In the superposition of PMC axis control, NC instruction and PMC instruction conflict. Please modify the program or ladder-type program. PMC axis control and three-dimension coordinate change or polar coordinate interpolations have been specified at the same time. Pleased modify the program or la ladder-type program. For superposition axis under PMC axis control, superposition has been selected. In function B for direct input of tool compensation measurement value, when under touch sensor of single-contact input, it is uncertain for the stored pulse direction В·to stop under the offset reading mode. В·to be under servo off. В·to be of different directions for pulse change Or tool is moving along two axes (X-axis and Z-axis) at the same time. The un-specifiable function has been used while execution of functions associated with the five axes. The parameter DAT x (No.1819#2) for automatically setting reference point position has been set to 1. Under the manual execution, position the machine at the reference point, and then execute the operation for returning reference point. - 163 - VMC Series 5257 5303 5305 5312 C Alarm List G41/G42 NOT ALLOWED IN MDI MODE Tool radius compensation or tool-tip radius compensation has been specified by MDI mode (based on setting of parameter MCR (No.5008#4)). TOUCH PANEL ERROR The connection of the touch panel is not correct, or it is unable to do initialization for the touch panel. Shoot the above troubles, and then power on again. ILLEGAL SPINDLE NUMBER In the spindle selection functions of address P based on multilevel control, 1) Address P has not been specified. 2) Parameter (No.3781) has not been set in the spindle to be selected. 3) G code which cannot be used with instruction G S_P_; has been specified. 4) Multi spindle is invalid since EMS (No.3702#1) has been set to 1. ILLEGAL COMMAND IN G10 Instruction formats from G10L75/L76/L77 to G11 are wrong L75/76/77 or the instruction value has exceeded the data range. Please modify the program. 5316 TOOL TYPE NUMBER NOT FOUND 5317 ALL TOOL LIFE IS OVER The lives of the tools conforming to the specification are all off. Please change the tools. 5320 DIA./RAD. MODE CAN’T BE SWITCHED . Diameter/radius programming switching has been done under the following statuses: 1) the programs which is under buffering 2) the axis is moving 5329 M98 AND NC COMMAND IN SAME BLOCK 5360 TOOL INTERFERENCE CHECK ERROR 5361 ILLEGAL MAGAZINE DATA 5406 G41.3/G40 FORMAT ERROR 5407 ILLEGAL COMMAND IN G41.3 (1) In G41.3, G code out of group G00 and G01 has been specified. (2) In G41.3 mode, offset instruction (G code belonging to group 07) has been specified. (3) The next block following G41.3 (start) is a block without movement. G41.3 ILLEGAL START_UP (1) In group 01 mode other than G00 and G01, G41.3 (start) has been specified. (2) The angle between tool directing vector and movement direction vector is 0Вє or 180 Вє. 5408 - 164 - Tool type No. conforming to specification is available. Please modify the program or carry out the tool recording. In the fixed cycle mode, subprogram call for non separate block has been specified. Please modify the program. The alarm may caused by that there is interference between data change of G10 data input and file reading and other tools, or it is tried to change the tool shape data recorded in the material disc. Interference occurs among the tools stored in the material disc. Please re-record the tool in the material disc or change the management data and tool shape data of the tools. While the alarm occurring, no tool interference check will be carried out while recording the tool to the material disc management station. Besides, searching for empty holders cannot be carried normally. It is necessary to cut off the power supply temporarily to release the alarm. (1) Movement instruction has been specified in block of G41.3 and G40. (2) G code or M code whose buffering has been controlled has been specified in block of G41.3. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Appendix 5420 ILLEGAL PARAMETER IN G43.4/G43.5 5421 ILLEGAL COMMAND IN G43.4/G43.5 5422 EXCESS VELOCITY IN G43.4/G43.5 ILLEGAL OFFSET VALUE 5425 C. Alarm List The relevant parameter of tool center control is incorrect. An illegal instruction has been specified in the tool center control. В· rotary axes have been specified under the tool center control (type 2) В· in the machine tools with rotation type worktable or composite machine tools, instruction IJK has been specified in block (G43.5) for tool center control (type 2). В· In G02 mode, the instruction for not moving tool center has been specified (movement instruction for only rotating the axis). В·G43.4/G43.5 has been specified in tool center control mode. В· When work-piece coordinate system has been set to programming coordinate system (parameter WKP (No.19696#5) =1), G02/G03 has been specified when the rotary axis is out of vertical to the plane. Try to make the axis speed exceed the max cutting feed speed by tool center control. Offset No. is incorrect. 5430 ILLEGAL COMMAND IN 3-D CIR Under the modal status when three-dimension arc interpolation cannot be specified, three-dimension arc interpolation (G02.4/G03.4) has been specified. Or the code which cannot be specified under three-dimension arc interpolation has been specified. 5432 G02.4/G03.4 FORMAT ERROR Three-dimension arc interpolation instruction (G02.4/G03.4) is incorrect. 5433 MANUAL INTERVENTION IN G02.4/G03.4 (ABS ON) Under three-dimension arc interpolation (G02.4/G03.4), when manual absolute switch is ON, manual interference has been done. 5435 PARAMETER OUT OF RANGE (TLAC) ILLEGAL PARAMETER SETTING OF ROTARY AXIS(TLAC) ILLEGAL PARAMETER SETTING OF MASTER ROTARY AXIS(TLAC) CAN NOT COMMAND MOTION IN G39 5436 5437 5445 Parameter setting is incorrect (within the set range). Parameter setting is incorrect (setting of rotary axes). Parameter setting is incorrect (setting of master rotary axes). The corner arc interpolation (G39) for tool radius compensating or tool-tip radius compensation is not a separate instruction, but an instruction specified together with a movement instruction. Please modify the program. 5446 NO AVOIDANCE AT G41/G42 5447 DANGEROUS AVOIDANCE AT Under the interference avoidance check function for tool radius G41/G42 compensating or tool-tip radius compensation, it is judged that danger may occur if avoidance action is taken. 5448 INTERFERENCE TO AVD. AT G41/G42 5456 TOO MANY G68.2 NESTING China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works Because under interference avoidance check function for tool radius compensating or tool-tip radius compensation, interference avoidance vector not available, it is unable to avoid the interference Under the interference avoidance check function for tool radius compensating or tool-tip radius compensation, continuous interference for established interference check vector has been carried out. G68.2 form machining angular planes has been specified for twice or more times. While execution of new coordinate change, cancel the operation at first, and then specify the coordinate change. - 165 - VMC Series 5457 5458 5459 5460 - 166 - C Alarm List G68.2 FORMAT ERROR ILLEGAL USE OF G53.1 MACHINE PARAMETER INCORRECT G68.2 format is wrong. G53.1 has been specified before specifying G68.2. В· Machine parameter (No.19665~19667, No.19680~19744) is incorrect. В· Set axis in parameter (No.19681, No.19686) is not a rotary axis. В· The basic 3 axes have not been set for parameter (No.1022). В· in tool center control (type 2) or tool radius compensation (type 2) for 5-axis machining or machining instruction for angular planes, calculate the end point by NC, but in the range specified by parameter (No.19741пЅћ 19744), there is not an end point. В· End point of rotary axis calculated from tool center control (type 2) or tool radius compensation (type 2) for 5-axis machining is not available; please recheck the construction of the machine and the instructions. В· For the machine whose rotary axis is an imaginary axis, tool center control (type 2) or tool radius compensation (type 2) for 5-axis machining has been specified. В· while it is set to do programming under work-piece coordinate system, tool center control (type 2) or tool radius compensation (type 2) for 5-axis machining has been specified. ILLEGAL USE OF TRC FOR В· Under tool radius compensation (excluding the tool side 5-AXIS MACHINE offset of machine tool with rotary tools) for 5-axis machining, movement instruction other than G00/G01 has been specified. В· When the parameter PTD (No.19746#1) for the machine with a rotary worktable has been set to 1, an axis other than the 3 basic axes has been used to do the plane selection while tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining is started. В· When parameter SPG (No.19607#1) has been set to 1, the machine type set in parameter conflict with the instruction G code (G41.2/ G42.2/ G41.4/ G42.4/ G41.5/ G42.5) specified by tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining В· G41.3 has been specified on the machine with non-rotary tool. В·When parameter WKP(No.19696#5) and TBP (No.19746#4) both have been set to 0, tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining and tool center control for 5-axis machining have been used at the same time. В· Under tool radius compensation (type 2) for 5-axis machining, a rotary has been specified. В· in the machine tools with rotation type worktable or composite machine tools, instruction IJK has been specified in block (G41.6/G42.6) for tool center control (type 2). В· G code which cannot be specified in tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining has been specified. В· Modal specified for tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining is wrong. В·While it is set to do programming under work-piece coordinate system, run the worktable after tool center control for 5-axis machining has been started, and tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining has been specified. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 5461 5463 Appendix C. Alarm List В· In tool center control for 5-axis machining and tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining, the instructions for type 1 and type 2 are different. В· When tool center control for 5-axis machining and tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining are used at the same time, cancel the instruction which has been set at first. ILLEGAL USE OF Movement instruction other than G00/G01 has been specified G41.2/G42.2/G41.5/G42.5 in tool radius compensation (G41.2/G42.2 or G41.5/G42.5) for composite machine tools. ILLEGAL PARAMETER 5 Relevant of tool radius compensation for 5 axis machining is IN TRC FOR 5-AXIS not correct. MACHINE В· Acceleration/deceleration before interpolation is invalid. Please correctly set the parameter (No.1660). В· Acceleration/deceleration before rapid movement interpolation is invalid. Please correctly set the parameter LRP (No.1401#1), FRP (No.19501#5) and (No.1671, No.1672). China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 167 - VMC Series C Alarm List (4) Alarm under read-in status of parameters (SW alarm) Alarm No. SW0100 - 168 - Alarm Information Description PARAMETER ENABLE SWITCH Set the parameter to the enable status. ON (Set parameter PWE (No.8900#0)=1) , while you want to set parameters, please set the parameter to ON, and otherwise, the parameter shall be set to OFF. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Appendix C. Alarm List (5) Servo alarms (SV alarm) Alarm No. SV0001 SV0002 SV0003 Alarm Information Description In the synchronous control of feed axis, the compensation value during synchronous adjustment has exceeded the set value of parameter (No.8325). The alarm only occurs to the slave axis. SYNC EXCESS ERROR ALARM 2 In the synchronous control of feed axis, the synchronous error has exceeded the set value of parameter (No.8332). After power on, before the end of synchronous adjustment, the judgment has been done by multiply the value of (No.8332) by the value of parameter (No.8330). The alarm only occurs to the slave axis. SYNCHRONOUS/COMPOSITE/ A certain servo alarm has occurred to the axis under SUPERIMPOSED CONTROL synchronous control/composite control /superposition control mode, and therefore it is unable to carry out the MODE CAN’T BE CONTINUED specified control mode. When some servo alarm has been sent by any axis of the modes, all axes associated with the alarm axis shall be set to servo off status. Send out the alarm, to confirm the cause for servo off. SYNC ALIGNMENT ERROR SV0004 EXCESS ERROR (G31) SV0005 SYNC EXCESS ERROR (MCN) SV0301 Position offset value in the action of torque limit skip instruction has exceeded the limit set by parameter (No.6287). During the synchronous running under synchronous control of feed axes, machine coordinate difference of slave axis and master axis has exceeded the set value of parameter (No.8314). The alarm may occur to master axis or slave axis. APC ALARM: The machine position has not been calculated because of COMMUNICATION ERROR communication error of absolute position detector. (Data transferring abnormal), absolute position detector, cable or servo interface module may have defects. SV0302 APC ALARM: ERROR SV0303 APC ALARM: FRAMING ERROR Because of the frame error of absolute position detector, it is unable to calculate the machine position correctly. (Data transferring abnormal), absolute position detector, cable or servo interface module may have defects. SV0304 APC ALARM: PARITY ERROR Because of the parity error of absolute position detector, it is unable to calculate the machine position correctly. (Data transferring abnormal), absolute position detector, cable or servo interface module may have defects. SV0305 APC ALARM: PULSE ERROR Because of the pulse error of absolute position detector, it is unable to calculate the machine position correctly. (Data transferring abnormal), absolute position detector, cable or servo interface module may have defects. SV0306 APC ALARM: ERROR SV0307 APC ALARM: EXCESS ERROR SV0360 ABNORMAL CHECKSUM(INT) SV0361 ABNORMAL PHASE DATA(INT) Alarm for abnormal phase data occurs in the built-in pulse encoder. Alarm for abnormal speed counting occurs in the ABNORMAL REV. DATA(INT) built-in pulse encoder. SV0362 OVER OVER TIME Because of the overtime error of absolute position detector, it is unable to calculate the machine position correctly. (Data transferring abnormal), absolute position detector, cable or servo interface module may have defects. FLOW Because of the overflow of position offset value, it is unable to calculate the machine position correctly. Please confirm the parameter (No.2084, No.2085). MOVEMENT Because that movement amplitude of the machine while power on is bigger, it is unable to calculate the machine position correctly. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works Check sum alarm occurs in the built-in pulse encoder. - 169 - VMC Series C Alarm List Alarm for abnormal clock occurs in the built-in pulse encoder. In the built-in pulse encoder, it is detected that digital servo software is abnormal. SV0363 ABNORMAL CLOCK(INT) SV0364 SOFT PHASE ALARM(INT) SV0365 BROKEN LED(INT) LED abnormal occurs to the built-in pulse encoder. SV0366 SV0367 SV0368 PULSE MISS(INT) COUNT MISS(INT) SERIAL DATA ERROR(INT) SV0369 DATA TRANS. ERROR (INT) Pulse error occurs in the built-in pulse encoder. Counting error occurs in the built-in pulse encoder. Unable to receive the communication data from the built-in pulse encoder. CRC error or stop bit error during receiving communication data from the built-in pulse encoder. SV0380 BROKEN LED(EXT) Error of separate detector. SV0381 ABNORMAL PHASE (EXT) SV0382 SV0383 SV0384 COUNT MISS(EXT) PULSE MISS(EXT) SOFT PHASE ALARM(EXT) SV0385 SERIAL DATA ERROR(EXT) SV0386 DATA TRANS. ERROR(EXT) SV0387 ABNORMAL ENCODER(EXT) SV0401 IMPROPER V_READY OFF Alarm for abnormal position data occurs on the separate linear scale. Counting error occurs in the separate detector. Pulse error occurs in the separate detector. Abnormal data in separate detector has been detected by digital servo software. It is unable to receive the communication data from the separate detector. While receiving the communication data from the separate detector, CRC error or stop bit error occurs. Separate detector has abnormal status. Please make contact with the manufacturer of the linear scale. Standby signal (PRDY) for position control is under switch-on status, and the standby signal (VRDY) for speed control has been cut off. SV0404 IMPROPER V_READY ON SV0407 EXCESS ERROR Standby signal (PRDY) for position control is under switch-off status, and the standby signal (VRDY) for speed control has been switched on. SV0413 Offset value of the synchronous axis has exceeded the set value (only limited to the synchronous control). DETECT ABNORMAL TORQUE Abnormal load has been detected in the servo motor or Cs axis or positioning axis of spindle. It is not allowed While stop, the position offset value has exceeded the EXCESS ERROR (STOP) set value of parameter (No.1829). In double-check The position offset value during movement is too much EXCESS ERROR (MOVING) bigger than the set value of the parameter. LSI OVERFLOW Counter for position offset value overflows. SV0415 MOTION VALUE OVERFLOW SV0417 ILL DGTL SERVO The set value of digital servo parameter is not correct. PARAMETER In the synchronous running of synchronous control of SYNC TORQUE EXCESS feed axis, the torque difference between master axis and slave axis has exceeded set value of parameter (No.2031). The alarm only occurs to the master axis. Feedback difference between SEMI and FULL has EXCESS ERROR(SEMI-FULL) exceeded the set value of parameter (No.2118). EXCESS VELOCITY IN The allowed speed specified in the torque control has been exceeded. TORQUE In torque control, allowed movement accumulative EXCESS ERROR IN TORQUE value has been exceeded. The servo motor overheats. SV MOTOR OVERHEAT PSM: overheat CNV. OVERLOAD series SVU: overheat CNV. LOW VOLT CONTROL PSM: voltage of control power supply drops PSMR: voltage of control power supply drops series SVU: voltage of control power supply drops SV0409 SV0410 SV0411 SV0420 SV0421 SV0422 SV0423 SV0430 SV0431 SV0432 - 170 - The speed exceeding movement speed limit has been specified. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Appendix C. Alarm List SV0433 CNV. LOW VOLT DC LINK PSM: voltage of DC link drops PSMR: voltage of DC link drops. series SVU: voltage of DC link drops series SVU: voltage of DC link drops SV0434 INV. LOW VOLT CONTROL SVM: voltage of control power supply drops SV0435 INV. LOW VOLT DC LINK SVM: voltage of DC link drops SV0436 SOFTTHERMAL(OVC) Software thermal protection (OVC) has been detected by digital servo software. SV0437 CNV. OVERCURRENT POWER PSM: over current has occurred in the input circuit. SV0438 INV. ABNORMAL CURRENT SVM: over current occurs to the motor series SVU: over current occurs to the motor series SVU: over current occurs to the motor SV0439 CNV. OVER VOLT DC LINK PSM: voltage of DC link too high PSMR: voltage of DC link too high series SVU: voltage of DC link too high SV0440 CNV. POW. SV0441 SV0442 ABNORMAL CURRENT Abnormal current has been detected in the detection circuit of motor current by digital servo software. OFFSET PSM: standby discharge circuit of DC link is abnormal. CNV. CHARGE FAILURE SV0443 CNV. COOLING FAN FAILURE SV0444 INV. COOLING FAN FAILURE SV0445 SOFT DISCONNECT ALARM SV0446 HARD DISCONNECT ALARM SV0447 SV0448 SV0449 SV0453 SV0454 SV0456 SV0458 EX DECELERATION PSMR: regenerated discharge amount is too big. Series SVU: regenerated discharge amount is too big, or regenerated discharge circuit is abnormal. PSM: trouble occurs to the fan for inner cooling. PSMR: trouble occurs to the fan for inner cooling. Series SVU: trouble occurs to the fan for inner cooling. SVM: trouble occurs to the fan for inner cooling. Disconnect of pulse encoder has been detected by digital servo software. Disconnect of built-in pulse encoder has been detected by a hardware. Disconnect of separate detector has been detected by a HARD DISCONNECT(EXT) hardware. The sign of the data feedback by built-in pulse encoder UNMATCHED FEEDBACK mismatches the sign of data feedback by separate ALARM detector. SVM: IPM (Intelligent Power Module) has detected an INV. IPM ALARM alarm. Series SVU: IPM (Intelligent Power Module) has detected an alarm. Alarm for disconnect of software of pulse encoder. SPC SOFT DISCONNECT Pull out the cable of pulse encoder under the status that ALARM CNC has been cut off temporarily. If alarm occurs again, please change the pulse encoder. ILLEGAL ROTOR POS DETECT Magnetic pole detection function has ended up abnormally. The motor doesn’t move, and it is unable to carry out the position detection for magnetic poles. The set current control period is illegal. The used ILLEGAL CURRENT LOOP amplifier pulse module is not suitable for high-speed HRV or the system has not set restriction conditions meeting HRV control. Set current control period mismatches actual current CURRENT LOOP ERROR control period. SV0459 HI HRV SETTING ERROR SV0460 FSSB DISCONNECT China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works In the two neighbor axes (odd number and even number) of servo axis No. (Parameter (No.1023)), one is able to do high-speed HRV control, and the other cannot. Sudden disconnect of FSSB communication. It mainly caused by below mentioned: 1пјЋFSSB communication off or disconnect; - 171 - VMC Series C Alarm List 2пјЋSudden power off of amplifier. 3пјЋA low pressure warning is issued amplifier. SV0462 SEND CNC DATA FAILED Because of the FSSB communication error, it is unable to for the slave end to receive correct data. SV0463 SEND SLAVE DATA FAILED Because of the FSSB communication error, it is unable to for the servo software to receive correct data. SV0465 READ ID DATA FAILED While power on, it is unable to read initial ID information of amplifier. SV0466 MOTOR/AMP. COMBINATION SV0468 HI HRV ERROR(AMP) SV0600 INV. DC LINK OVER CURRENT SV0601 INV. RADIATOR FAN FAILURE SV0602 INV. OVERHEAT SV0603 INV. IPM ALARM(OH) SV0604 AMP. ERROR SV0605 CNV. EX. DISCHARGE POW. SV0606 CNV. RADIATOR FAN FAILURE PSM: trouble occurs to the fan for cooling outer radiator. PSMR: trouble occurs to the fan for cooling outer radiator. PSM: phase lack for input power CNV. SINGLE PHASE FAILURE PSMR: phase lack for input power V_READY ON (INITIALIZING ) While servo control is on, standby signal for speed control (VRDY) shall be off, however, it has been connected. Servo axis arrangement has not been correctly set. ILLEGAL AXIS ARRANGE Negative value, repeat value or value bigger than number of control axes has been set for the servo axis No. of each axis (parameter (No.1023)). In tandem control, the set value of parameter (No.1023) is ILLEGAL TANDEM AXIS incorrect. In tandem control, the parameter (No.1020, No.1025, and ILLEGAL TANDEM PAIR No.1026) or TDM (No.1817#6) has been incorrectly set. FSSB configuration error (softkey test) occurs. The type FSSB:CONFIGURATION ERROR(SOFT) of connected amplifier mismatches the set value of FSSB. Flatness compensation value has exceeded the max S-COMP. VALUE OVERFLOW value 32767. FSSB:OPEN READY TIME OUT While initialization, FSSB has not been set at open standby status, which may be caused by bad axis clip. FSSB: NUMBER OF AMP. IS Compared with the number of control axes, the number of amplifiers identified by FSSB is not enough. The INSUFFICIENT setting of axis number or connection of the amplifier is wrong. FSSB configuration error occurs. FSSB:CONFIGURATION ERROR Amplifier type connected mismatches FSSB set value. SV0607 SV1025 SV1026 SV1055 SV1056 SV1067 SV1100 SV5134 SV5136 SV5137 - 172 - Max current value of amplifier differs from that of the motor. The causes may be as follows: 1пјЋSpecification of the connection of axis and amplifier is not correct. 2пјЋSet value of parameter (No.2165) is not correct. SETTING For the amplifier control axis which cannot use high-speed HRV, high-speed HRV has been set. SVM: overcurrent occurs to DC link. Series SVU: overcurrent occurs to DC link. SVM: trouble occurs to the fan for cooling radiator. Series SVU: trouble occurs to the fan for cooling radiator. SVM: the servo amplifier overheats. SVM: IPM (intelligent power module) has detected overheat alarm. Series SVU: IPM (intelligent power module) has detected overheat alarm. COMMUNICATION Communication between SVMпјЌPSM is abnormal. PSMR: overcurrent occurs to the motor China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Appendix SV5139 FSSB:ERROR SV5197 FSSB:OPEN TIME OUT SV5311 FSSB:ILLEGAL CONNECTION China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works C. Alarm List Servo initialization has not ended normally. It may caused by bad cable, or connection error between amplifier and other modules. Although CNC allows FSSB open, FSSB has not been opened. Confirm the connection between CNC and amplifier. 1пјЋSeparately connect the two neighbor axes (odd number and even number) of servo axis No. (Parameter (No.1023)) to the amplifier of FSSB of different system, and then assign accordingly, the alarm will occur. 2пјЋWhen the system is not in accordance with restriction conditions set for high-speed HRV control, the current control periods of the two FSSB are different; in this case, if it is set that FSSB pulse module connected on different systems shall be used, the alarm will occur. - 173 - VMC Series C Alarm List (6) Alarms associated with overtravel (OT alarm) Alarm No. Alarm Information Description OT0500 + OVERTRAVEL ( SOFT 1 ) Has exceeded the stored travel check 1 in the positive end. OT0501 - OVERTRAVEL ( SOFT 1 ) Has exceeded the stored travel check 1 in the negative end. OT0502 + OVERTRAVEL ( SOFT 2 ) Has exceeded the stored travel check 2 in the positive end or in chuck/ tailstock barrier, positive movement has OT0503 - OVERTRAVEL ( SOFT 2 ) Has exceeded the stored travel check 2 in the negative end or in chuck/ tailstock barrier, negative movement has OT0504 OT0505 OT0506 + OVERTRAVEL ( SOFT 3 ) - OVERTRAVEL ( SOFT 3 ) + OVERTRAVEL ( HARD ) OT0507 - OVERTRAVEL ( HARD ) Has exceeded the stored travel check 3 in the positive end. Has exceeded the stored travel check 3 in the negative end. The travel limit switch for positive end has been used. When the machine arrives at the travel end point, the alarm occurs. While alarming, if it is under automatic running status, all axes will stop moving, and if it is under manual running, only the axis with alarm will stop. The travel limit switch for negative end has been used. When the machine arrives at the travel end point, the alarm occurs. While alarming, if it is under automatic running status, all axes will stop moving, and if it is under manual running, only the axis with alarm will stop. OT0508 INTERFERENCE:+ entered the forbidden area. entered the forbidden area. OT0509 OT0510 OT0511 OT1710 - 174 - Interference with other turrets occurs during positive movement of n axis. Interference with other turrets occurs during negative INTERFERENCE:movement of n axis. During travel check before movement, end point position + OVERTRAVEL ( PRE-CHECK ) of block is in the forbidden area of positive end travel. Please modify the program. OVERTRAVEL During travel check before movement, end point position ( PRE-CHECK ) of block is in the forbidden area of negative end travel. Please modify the program. ILLEGAL ACC. PARAMETER Parameter for optimum torque acceleration /deceleration (OPTIMUM TORQUE has not been correctly set. It may caused by following: ACC/DEC) the ratio of deceleration to acceleration is equal or smaller than the control value. the time for decelerating to 0 has exceeded the maximum value. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Appendix C. Alarm List (7) Alarms associated with storage files (IO alarm) Alarm No. Alarm Information IO1001 FILE ACCESS ERROR IO1002 FILE SYSTEM ERROR IO1030 CHECK SUM ERROR IO1032 MEMORY RANGE ACCESS Description Because of abnormal CNC system files (permanent type), it is unable to access the file system (permanent type). Because of abnormal CNC system files, it is unable to access the file system. The check sum of storage of CNC part programs is incorrect. OVER The access exceeding the range of storage of CNC part programs has occurred. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 175 - VMC Series C Alarm List (8) Alarms asking for power off (PW alarm) Alarm No. PW0000 PW0001 PW0002 PW0003 PW0004 PW0006 PW0007 PW1102 PW1103 PW5046 - 176 - Alarm Information POWER MUST BE OFF X-ADDRESS (*DEC) NOT ASSIGNED. Description The parameter requiring temporary power off has been set. IS Address X of PMV has not been assigned correctly. The causes may be: В·During the setting process of parameter (No.3013), the deceleration limit stop (*DEC) for returning reference point for address X has not been correctly assigned. PMC address is not correct Address for axis signal assignment is not correct. The causes (AXIS). may be: Setting for parameter (No.3021) is incorrect. PMC address is not correct Address for spindle signal assignment is not correct. The (SPINDLE). causes may be:: В· Setting for parameter (No.3022) is incorrect. SETTING THE LOADER Path for material loading device has not been correctly SYSTEM PATH IS NOT assigned. The setting of parameter (No.984) is incorrect. path number of material loading device mismatches with the CORRECT. path number of material loading device specified by parameter LCP(No.984#0) Parameter LCP for path 1 has been set to 1. POWER MUST BE OFF Error operation prevention function has detected the alarm (ILL-EXEC-CHK) asking for power off. Address X of PMV has not been assigned correctly. The X-ADDRESS(SKIP) IS NOT ASSIGNED causes may be: В· During the setting of parameter (No.3012), it is unable to correctly assign the skip signal of address X. В·during the setting of parameter (No.3019), it is unable to correctly assign the signals other than skip signal of address X. ILLEGAL PARAMETER Parameter setting for incline compensation is not correct. the (I-COMP.) causes may be: В·pitch error compensation points between the furthest positive end and furthest negative end for axis with incline compensation has exceeded 128 points. В·Compensation points for incline compensation has not been numbered in order. В·Compensation points for incline compensation has not been located between the furthest positive end and furthest negative end of pitch error compensation points. В·The specified compensation value for each compensation point is too big or too small. ILLEGAL PARAMETER Setting for parameter for 128-point flatness compensation or (S-COMP.128) compensation data is incorrect. ILLEGAL PARAMETER Setting for parameter for flatness compensation is incorrect. (S-COMP.) China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Appendix C. Alarm List (9) Alarms associated with the spindles (SP alarm) Alarm No. SP0740 SP0741 Alarm Information Description RIGID TAP ALARM EXCESS ERROR RIGID TAP ALARM EXCESS ERROR : : During rigid tapping reading, the position offset during spindle stop has exceeded the set value. During rigid tapping reading, the position offset during spindle stop has exceeded the set value. RIGID TAP ALARM : LSI OVERFLOW SPINDLE MODE CHANGE ERROR During rigid tapping reading, LSI overflow occurs to the spindle. Under the serial spindle control, Cs contour control mode, spindle positioning, rigid tapping reading switching, spindle control switching, etc. have not been ended up normally. If spindle amplifier cannot react correct to the mode change instruction sent by NC, the alarm will occur. SP0754 ABNORMAL TORQUE SP0755 SP0756 SAFETY FUNCTION ERROR ILLEGAL AXIS DATA Abnormal load has been detected by spindle motor. The alarm can be released by RESET. CNC CPU has detected that the safety function for the spindle n has not been executed. CNC CPU has detected that the connection status of spindle amplifier of spindle n mismatches with the hardware setting of spindle amplifier. When alarm occurs due to that configuration for spindle amplifier has changed, please set the spindle amplifier correctly. SP0757 SAFETY SPEED OVER CNC CPU has detected that in the safety monitoring (safety monitoring start signal SEV/SEP has been set to “1”) of spindle n, spindle motor speed is higher than the safety speed (parameter (No.4372, No.4438, No.4440 and No.4442). Please run within the safety speed SP1202 SPINDLE SELECT ERROR SP1210 TOOL CHANGE MOTION OVERFLOW SP1211 TOOL CHANGE SP ORTN EXCESS ERROR SP1212 TOOL CHANGE SP MOVE EXCESS ERROR Spindle No. other than the valid spindle No. has been selected by selection signal of position encoder based on multi spindle control. Try to select a spindle No. where path for valid spindle doesn’t exist. Motion assigned to the spindle is too much (special for FANUC ROBODRILL). During changing tools, orientation error overflow has been detected on the spindle (special for FANUC ROBODRILL). During changing tools, movement error overflow has been detected on the spindle (special for FANUC ROBODRILL). SP1213 TOOL CHANGE SP STOP EXCESS ERROR During changing tools, stop error overflow has been detected on the spindle (special for FANUC ROBODRILL). SP1214 TOOL CHANGE ILLEGAL SEQUENCE SP1220 NO SPINDLE AMP. SP1221 ILLEGAL NUMBER SP1224 ILLEGAL SPINDLE-POSITION CRC ERROR (SERIAL SPINDLE) During changing tools, spindle sequence abnormal has been detected on the spindle (special for FANUC ROBODRILL). Cable connected with serial spindle amplifier is off or serial spindle amplifier has not been well connected. Corresponding relation between spindle No. and motor No. is not correct. Setting of gear ratio between the spindle and position encoder is incorrect. SP0742 SP0752 SP1225 SP1226 SP SP MOTOR FRAMING ERROR (SERIAL SPINDLE) China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works CRC error (communication error) has occurred during the communication between CNC and serial spindle amplifier. Framing error has occurred during the communication between CNC and serial spindle amplifier. - 177 - VMC Series C Alarm List SP1227 RECEIVING ERROR (SERIAL SPINDLE) Receiving error has occurred during the communication between CNC and serial spindle amplifier. SP1228 COMMUNICATION ERROR (SERIAL SPINDLE) Communication error has occurred during the communication between CNC and serial spindle amplifier. SP1229 COMMUNICATION ERROR SERIAL SPINDLE AMP. Communication error has occurred among serial spindle amplifiers (between motor No. 1-2 or between motor No. 3-4). SP1231 SPINDLE EXCESS ERROR (MOVING) SP1232 SPINDLE EXCESS ERROR (STOP) POSITION CODER OVERFLOW GRID SHIFT OVERFLOW DISCONNECT POSITION CODER D/A CONVERTER ERROR Position offset value during spindle rotating is bigger than the set value of the parameter. Position offset value during spindle stopped is bigger than the set value of the parameter. Error counter /speed instruction value of position gain encoder overflows. Grid shift overflow. Disconnect the position encoder of analog spindle. SP1233 SP1234 SP1240 SP1241 SP1243 SP1244 SP1245 SP1246 SP1247 SP1969 SP1970 SP1971 SP1972 SP1974 SP1975 SP1976 SP1977 SP1978 SP1979 SP1980 SP1981 ILLEGAL SPINDLE PARAMETER MOTION VALUE OVERFLOW COMMUNICATION DATA ERROR COMMUNICATION DATA ERROR COMMUNICATION DATA ERROR SPINDLE CONTROL ERROR SPINDLE CONTROL ERROR SPINDLE CONTROL ERROR SPINDLE CONTROL ERROR ANALOG SPINDLE CONTROL ERROR ANALOG SPINDLE CONTROL ERROR SERIAL SPINDLE COMMUNICATION SERIAL SPINDLE COMMUNICATION SERIAL SPINDLE COMMUNICATION SERIAL SPINDLE COMMUNICATION SERIAL SPINDLE AMP. ERROR SERIAL SPINDLE AMP. ERROR D/A converter error used for analog spindle control. Setting for spindle position gain is incorrect. Motion value assigned to the spindle is too much. Data communication error has been detected from CNC. Data communication error has been detected from CNC. Data communication error has been detected from CNC. Error occurs in the control software for spindle. Initialization of spindle control has not ended up normally. Error occurs in the control software for spindle. Error occurs in the control software for spindle. Error occurs in the control software for spindle. Position encoder abnormal has been detected in the analog spindle. Amplifier No. has not been set for serial spindle amplifiers. Error occurs in the control software for spindle. Overtime has been detected in the communication between serial spindle amplifiers. In the communication with serial spindle, communication sequence is incorrect. SIC-LSI of serial spindle amplifier is bad. Error occurs while data read-in to SIC-LSI of serial spindle amplifier. Error occurs while data read-in from SIC-LSI of serial spindle amplifier. SP1982 SERIAL ERROR SPINDLE AMP. SP1983 SERIAL ERROR SERIAL ERROR SPINDLE AMP. Unable to delete the alarm from the spindle amplifier. SPINDLE AMP. Error occurs in the re-initialization of spindle amplifier. SP1984 - 178 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series SP1985 SP1986 SP1987 SP1988 SP1989 SP1996 SP1998 SP1999 Appendix SERIAL SPINDLE CONTROL ERROR SERIAL SPINDLE CONTROL ERROR SERIAL SPINDLE CONTROL ERROR SPINDLE CONTROL ERROR SPINDLE CONTROL ERROR ILLEGAL SPINDLE PARAMETER SETTING SPINDLE ERROR SPINDLE ERROR Automatic setting of parameter fails. Error occurs in the control software for spindle. SIC-LSI of CNC is bad. Error occurs in the control software for spindle. Error occurs in the control software for spindle. Parameter settings for spindle and spindle motor are illegal. Please confirm the following parameters: (No.3716, 3717) CONTROL Error occurs in the control software for spindle. CONTROL Error occurs in the control software for spindle. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works C. Alarm List - 179 - VMC Series (10) C Alarm List Alarms associated with serial spindles (SP alarm). When alarm occurs to the serial spindle, CNC will display following alarm No. to alarm: Notes *1 When the red LED of SPM is on, the alarm will be displayed by a number of two digits. Special attention must be paid to that, when yellow LED is on, the trouble No. for sequence problems displayed (e.g. rotation instruction has been input when e-stop status has not been released.) have different meanings. в†’ For details, please read the error code list (serial spindle). Alarm No. Alarm Information SSPA:01 MOTOR OVERHEAT SPM Display *1 01 SP9001 SSPA:02 EX DEVIATION SPEED 02 SP9002 SSPA:03 DC-LINK FUSE IS BROKEN 03 Trouble position and remedy method Check and modify the ambient temperature and load conditions. If the cooling fan has stopped, please change it. Motor winding embedding thermostat acts, but the inner temperature of the motor has exceeded the specified standard. The usage has exceeded rated value or cooling unit abnormal. Reduce the load by checking and changing cutting conditions Modify the parameter (No.4082) The motor speed cannot match the specified speed. Motor load torque is too big. Middle value between acceleration/deceleration for parameter (No.4082) is insufficient. PSM is standby (display“00”) but voltage on DC link on SPM is not enough. Fuse of DC link inside the SPM is off. (Power parts have been damaged or grounding trouble occurs to the motor). JX1A/JX1B connection cable abnormal. Change SPM unit. Check the insulation status of the motor. Change the interface cable. SP9003 SSPA:04 POWER SP9004 SUPPLY ERROR THERMAL SP9006 SENSOR DISCONNECT SSPA:07 OVER SPEED 04 Confirm the power status input to PSM. 06 Check and modify the parameter. Change feedback cables. 07 SP9007 SSPA:09 OVERHEAT SP9009 MAIN CIRCUIT - 180 - 09 Description Check if there is any sequence error (instructions for spindle synchronization, etc. have been specified when the spindle cannot be run) Change the cooling status of the cooling device. When the fan of the cooling device has stopped, please change SPM unit. It is detected that power for PSM lacks a phase (PSM alarm displays 5) Motor temperature sensor is disconnected. Motor speed has exceeded the 115% of the speed. When spindle axis is under position control mode, position offset is under extreme accumulation status (when spindle synchronization, cut off SFR and SRV). The temperature of the radiator for cooling power transistor has risen abnormally. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Appendix SSPA:11 OVERVOL T POWER CIRCUIT 11 SP9011 SSPA:12 OVERCURREN POWER SP9012 T CIRCUIT SSPA:13 CPU SP9013 DATA MEMORY FAULT SSPA:15 SPINDLE SWITCHING SP9015 FAULT SP9016 SSPA:16 ERROR RAM SSPA:18 SP9018 SUMCHECK ERROR SSPA:19 EXCESS OFFSET SP9019 CURRENT U SSPA:20 EXCESS OFFSET SP9020 CURRENT V POS SENSOR SP9021 POLARITY ERROR SSPA:24 SERIAL TRANSFER SP9024 ERROR SSPA:27 DISCONNECT POSITION CODER 12 13 15 16 18 19 20 21 24 27 SP9027 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works Check the selection of PSM. While checking input power voltage and motor deceleration, if the change of power voltage has exceeded (200V series) AC253V or (400V series) AC530V, it is necessary to improve the impedance of the power supply. C. Alarm List Over-voltage has been detected on the DC link of PSM. (PSM alarm displays 7) PSM selection error (maximum output specification of PSM has been exceeded) Check the insulation status of Motor output current the motor overflows. The original Check the spindle parameters parameter of the motor Change SPM unit. mismatches motor model. Insulation of the motor is bad. Change SPM circuit plate for Part for control circuit of controlling printing. SMP is abnormal (inside RAM of SPM abnormal). Check and modify the ladder Sequence abnormal occurs sequence. while spindle Change to MC switching/output switching. Connection-status check signal of MC for switching mismatches instruction. Change SPM circuit plate for SPM control circuit controlling printing. component abnormal has been detected (RAM used for data abnormal) Change SPM circuit plate for Parts on SPM control circuit controlling printing. abnormal has been detected (ROM used for data Change SPM unit. SPM part abnormal has been detected (initial value for test circuit of U phase current is abnormal) Change SPM unit. SPM part abnormal has been detected (initial value for test circuit of V phase current is abnormal) Check and modify the Parameter for setting polarity parameter (No.4000#0, 4001#4) of position sensor has not been correctly set. Make cable between CNC and spindle far from power cable. Change the cable. Change the cable. Readjust the BZ sensing signal. CNC current off for CNC has been detected. (normally cable is off or disconnected) Abnormal communication for CNC data has been detected. Signal from spindle position encoder is abnormal (connector JY4). Signal swing of MZ and BZ sensors (connector JY2) is abnormal. (Cable has not been well connected or parameter setting is incorrect.) - 181 - VMC Series C Alarm List SSPA:29 OVERLOAD SP9029 SSPA:30 OVERCURRENT INPUT CIRCUIT 29 30 Check and modify loading status In a certain time, continuous overload has been applied (it may occur even if motor rotation has been restricted under magnetizing status ) Check and modify loading status voltage of the power supply. SP9030 SSPA:31 MOTOR LOCK OR SP9031 DISCONNECT DETECTOR SSPA:32 SIC-LSI RAM SP9032 FAULT SSPA:33 SHORTAGE POWER SP9033 CHARGE SP9034 SSPA:34 ILLEGAL PARAMETER SSPA:36 OVERFLOW SP9036 ERROR COUNTER SSPA:37 ILLEGAL SP9037 SETTING VELOCITY DETECTOR SSPA:41 ILLEGAL 1REV SIGN OF POSITION SP9041 CODER - 182 - 31 32 33 34 36 37 41 Overcurrent has been detected in main circuit input of PSM (PSM alarm displays 1), and in this case, the power supply is unbalance. PSM selection error (exceeding PSM max output specification) Check and modify loading status The motor cannot run under the specified speed (applied to the status when the rotation Change the cable for motor instruction always under sensor (JY2 or JY5). standard SST) Speed monitoring signal is abnormal. Change SPM circuit plate for part for SPM control circuit controlling printing. abnormal has been detected (LSI used for serial transferring abnormal) Check and modify the voltage When electromagnetic of power supply. contactor inside the amplifier Change PSM unit. is on, undercharge occurs to the DC voltage of power supply of power circuit (phase lack, bad charging resistance, etc.). Parameter has been set with a Read the instruction book and value exceeding allowed modify the parameter values. values. When the No. is not clear, please connect the spindle check panel to check the displayed parameters Confirm if position gain value is too big, and do modification accordingly. Error counter overflows. Please read the instruction book and modify it correctly. Parameter setting for pulse number of speed detector is incorrect. Check and modify the parameter. Change the cable Readjust the BZ sensing signal. 1 revolution signal of spindle position encoder (connector JY4) is abnormal. 1 revolution signal of MZ and BZ sensor (connector JY2) is abnormal. Parameter setting is incorrect. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Appendix SSPA:42 NO 1REV SIGN OF POSITION SP9042 CODER SSPA:43 DISCONNECT SP9043 POSITION CODER DEF. SPEED SSPA:46 ILLEGAL 1REV OF SP9046 SIGN SCREW CUT SSPA:47 ILLEGAL SIGNAL POSITION SP9047 CODER OF SSPA:49 DEF. SPEED IS OVER VALUE 42 Change the cable. 43 46 47 49 SP9049 SSPA:50 SYNCRONOUS VALUE IS SP9050 OVER SPEED SSPA:51 LOW VOLT POWER SP9051 CIRCUIT 50 51 SSPA:52 ITP FAULT 1 52 SSPA:53 ITP FAULT 2 53 SP9052 SP9053 SP9054 SSPA:54 OVERCURRENT Change the cable. Readjust the BZ sensing signal. 54 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works Check and modify the parameter. Change the cable Readjust the BZ sensing signal. C. Alarm List 1 revolution signal of spindle position encoder (connector JY4) is disconnected. 1 revolution signal of MZ and BZ sensor (connector JY2) is disconnected. In SPM Type3, position encoder signal at differential (connector JY8) is abnormal. Alarm equivalent to alarm No. 41 has been detected during thread cutting operation. Signal for A/B phase of spindle encoder (connector JY4) Signal for A/B phase of MZ and BZ sensors (connector JY2) is abnormal. A/B phase signal and 1 revolution signal are incorrect. (Pulse interval is not consistent.) Check if the calculation value Under mode of speed of speed difference has difference, converse the speed of the counterpart into its own exceeded the maximum speed, however, the rotation of the motor. conversed value has exceeded the allowance value (multiply the speed of the counterpart by gear ratio to calculate the speed difference). Under spindle synchronous Check if the calculation value control, calculation value of has exceeded the maximum speed instruction has rotation of the motor. exceeded allowance range (multiply the speed of the counterpart by gear ratio to calculate the motor speed) Check and modify the voltage Input voltage drop has been of power supply. detected (PSM alarm displays Change MC. 4) (instant power off or MC contact is bad) Change SPM circuit plate for NC interface abnormal has been detected (stop of ITP controlling printing. Change printing circuit plate signal ) for spindle interface of CNC. Change SPM circuit plate for NC interface abnormal has been detected (stop of ITP controlling printing. Change printing circuit plate signal ) Change the cable Readjust the BZ sensing signal. Improve the cable layout (close to power cable). for spindle interface of CNC. Recheck the loading status. Overcurrent has been detected. - 183 - VMC Series C Alarm List SSPA:55 ILLEGAL SP9055 POWER LINE SP9056 COOLING FAILURE 55 FAN CONV. EX. DECELERATI ON POW. 56 57 SP9057 CNV. OVERLOAD SP9058 CNV. COOLING SP9059 FAN FAILURE SSPA:61 SP9061 DECODED ALARM 59 61 SSPA:65 DECODED SP9065 ALARM 65 COM. ERROR SP SP9066 BETWEEN AMPS SAFETY OVER 58 66 SPEED 69 SP9069 ILLEGAL DATA AXIS 70 SP9070 SAFETY SP9071 PARAMETER ERROR MISMATCH RESULT OF SP9072 MOTOR SPEED CHECK - 184 - 71 72 Change the electromagnetic contactor. Check and modify the sequence. Status signal for power cable of electromagnetic contactor for spindle switching/output switching is abnormal. Change SPM unit. Cooling fan for control circuit of SPM has stopped. Reduce acceleration/deceleration load. Check cooling condition (ambient temperature) It is necessary to change the resistance when the cooling fan is stopped. When resistance value is abnormal, it is necessary to change it. Check the cooling condition of PSM . Change PSM unit. Change PSM unit. Regenerated resistance overload (PSMR alarm displays 8) or thermostat overload or instant overload has been detected. It is detected that the regenerated resistance is disconnected or resistance value is abnormal. Check parameter setting. While using double-position feedback function, errors for semi-closed end and full-closed end overflow. The movement amount for determining magnetic pole is too big (synchronous spindle) Check parameter setting. Check the connection and signal of the sensor and Check the connection of power cable. Change the cable. Check and modify the connection. Abnormal temperature rising occurs to PSM radiator (PSM alarm displays 3) Fan for cooling inside of PSM stops running, (PSM alarm displays 2) Communication between amplifiers is abnormal. Check the instruction speed. Check the parameter setting. Check the sequence. When safety-speed monitoring is valid, the motor speed has exceeded the safety speed or while automatic running is stopped, the abnormal has been detected. Check connection (JA7A of During axis-No. check, the the second spindle required a abnormal has been detected. special-purpose connector). Change SPM circuit plate for controlling printing. Change SPM circuit plate for During safety parameter check, the abnormal has been controlling printing. detected. Change SPM circuit plate for controlling printing. Change printing circuit plate for spindle interface of CNC. The detected SPM safety speed mismatches the result of checked safety speed by CNC. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Appendix MOTOR SENSOR DISCONNECTED SP9073 CPU SP9074 ERROR TEST INEXECUTION SAFETY SP9076 OF FUNCTIONS MISMATCH RESULT OF SP9077 AXIS NUMBER CHECK MISMATCH RESULT OF SP9078 SAFETY PARAMETER CHECK ALARM AT THE OTHER SP SP9080 AMP. 1-ROT MOTOR SENSOR SP9081 ERROR 73 74 76 Change SPM circuit plate for controlling printing. Feedback cable of motor sensor had been disconnected. During CPU test, an error has been detected. SPM has detected that safety function has not been executed. 77 Change SPM circuit plate for The test result form SPM for controlling printing. axis No. mismatches the result Change printing circuit plate form CNC for axis No. for spindle interface of CNC. 78 Change SPM circuit plate for controlling printing. Change printing circuit plate for spindle interface of CNC. 80 81 SP9082 NO 1-ROT MOTOR SENSOR 82 SP9083 MOTOR SENSOR SIGNAL ERROR 83 SPNDL SENSOR DISCONNECTED 84 SP9084 1-ROT SPNDL SENSOR SP9085 ERROR Change the feedback cable. Check the shield treatment. Check and modify the connection. Adjust the sensor. Change SPM circuit plate for controlling printing. C. Alarm List 85 The test result form SPM for safety parameter mismatches the result form CNC for safety parameter. Release the causes for alarms of While SPM communication, communication destination alarms occur at SPM. communication destination SPM. Check and modify the 1 revolution signal from parameter. motor sensor has not been Change the feedback cable. correctly detected. Adjust the sensor. 1 revolution signal from motor Change the feedback cable. sensor has not been generated. Adjust the sensor. Change the feedback cable. Adjust the sensor. Feed signal of motor sensor is abnormal. Change the feedback cable. Check the shield treatment. Check and modify the connection. Check and modify the parameter. Adjust the sensor. Check and modify the parameter. Change the feedback cable. Adjust the sensor. Feedback signal of spindle sensor has been disconnected. 1 revolution signal from motor sensor has not been correctly detected. SP9086 NO 1-ROT SPNDL SENSOR 86 Change the feedback cable. Adjust the sensor. 1 revolution signal from motor sensor has not been generated. SP9087 SPNDL SENSOR SIGNAL ERROR 87 Change the feedback cable. Adjust the sensor. Feedback signal of spindle sensor is abnormal. SP9088 COOLING RADI FAN FAILURE 88 Change the outside cooling fan of SPM. Outside cooling fan of SPM has stopped running. SP9089 SSPA:89 DECODED ALARM 89 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works Check the connection between SPM and assistant module SM (SSM). Change the assistant module SM (SSM). Assistant module SM (SSM) is abnormal (synchronous spindle) - 185 - VMC Series C Alarm List Change SPM circuit plate for controlling printing. SP9110 AMP COMMUNICATI ON ERROR b0 CONV. LOW SP9111 VOLT CONTROL b1 CONV. EX. DISCHARGE SP9112 POW. b2 CONV. COOLING SP9113 FAN FAILURE b3 SP9120 SP9121 COMMUN ICATION DATA ERROR COMMUNICATI ON DATA ERROR C0 C1 COMMUNICATIO N DATA ERROR SP9122 SSPA:C3 SP9123 DECODED ALARM - 186 - C2 C3 Communication between Change the communication amplifier modules is abnormal. cable between the amplifier modules. Change SPM or PSM circuit plate for controlling printing. Change SPM circuit plate for Voltage of control power controlling printing. supply of converter drops (PSM displayпјќ6) Check the connection of Regenerated power of regenerated resistance. converter is too big (PSM Check the motor selection. displayпјќ8) Change PSM. Change the cooling fan. Cooling fan of radiator of converter has stopped running. (PSM displayпјќA) Communication data alarm. Change the communication cable between CNC and SPM Change SPM circuit plate for controlling printing. Change printing circuit plate for spindle interface of CNC. Communication data alarm. Change the communication cable between CNC and SPM. Change SPM circuit plate for controlling printing. Change printing circuit plate for spindle interface of CNC. Communication data alarm. Change the communication cable between CNC and SPM. Change SPM circuit plate for controlling printing. Change printing circuit plate for spindle interface of CNC. Change assistant module SW (SSW) Assistant module SW (SSW) is abnormal (spindle change). China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series Appendix C. Alarm List Error code list (serial spindle) Notes *1 When yellow LED indicating light of SPM is ON, display the error code by a number of two digits. The error code will be displayed at No. 712 of CNC diagnosis data. Special attention must be paid to that when red LED indicating light of SPM is ON, it will display the alarm No. occurred on the serial spindle with different meanings. в†’ please read the list of alarms (SP alarm) associated with serial spindle. SPM Trouble position and remedy method Display *1 01 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 Description * Not ESP (including e-stop signal, input signal and PSM contact signal) and MRDY (equipment standby signal), but SFR (forward rotation instruction) /SRV (reverse rotation instruction)/ORCM (orientation instruction) have been input. Please check the sequence of *ESP and MRDY. For MRDY, it is necessary to pay attention to the setting of parameter (NO.4001#0) (using or not using the signal). No position sensor (no position control shall be carried out) has been set by the parameter (No.4002#3,2,1,0=0,0,0,0), but Cs contour control instruction has been input. At this moment, the motor will not be activated. No position sensor (no position control shall be carried out) has been set by the parameter (No.4002#3,2,1,0=0,0,0,0), but spindle mode (rigid tapping reading, spindle positioning, etc.), and spindle synchronous control instruction have been input At this moment, the motor will not be activated. Although optional parameter for orientation function has not been set, ORCM (orientation command) has been input. Check the parameter setting. Although optional parameter for output switching control function has not been set, low-speed characteristic winding (RCH=1) has been selected. Although the Cs contour control instruction has been input, SFR (forward rotation instruction)/ SRV (reverse rotation instruction) are not available. Although servo mode (rigid tapping reading, spindle positioning, etc.) control instruction has been input, SFR (forward rotation instruction)/ SRV (reverse rotation instruction) are not available. Check parameter setting for r output switching control function and confirmation signal for power cable status (RCH). Check the parameter setting. Check the parameter setting of orientation function. Check the sequence. Check the sequence. Although spindle synchronous control instruction Check the sequence. has been input, SFR (forward rotation instruction)/ SRV (reverse rotation instruction) are not available. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 187 - VMC Series 10 11 C Alarm List Although the Cs contour control instruction has been input, other modes have been specified (servo mode, spindle synchronous control, orientation). Although servo mode (rigid tapping reading, spindle positioning, etc.) control instruction has been input, other modes have been specified (Cs contour control, spindle synchronous control, orientation). Under Cs contour control instruction, please don’t select other modes. Please release Cs contour control instruction at first before switching to other modes. Under servo mode control instruction, please don’t select other modes. Please release servo mode control instruction at first before switching to other modes. 12 Although spindle synchronous control instruction Under spindle synchronous control has been input, other modes have been specified instruction, please don’t select other modes. Please release spindle synchronous control (Cs contour control, servo mode, orientation). instruction at first before switching to other modes. 14 SFR (forward rotation instruction)/ SRV (reverse rotation instruction) have been input at the same time. 17 18 SPM Display *1 24 29 Please specify a certain direction for rotation. Parameter setting (NO.4011#2,1,0) of speed Please check the parameter setting. detector is improper. в�† No speed detector matching specification is available. No position sensor (no position control shall be Please check the parameter setting and input carried out) has been set by the parameter signal. (No.4002#3,2,1,0=0,0,0,0), but position encoder mode orientation has been specified. Trouble position and remedy method Description When continuous indexing under position encoder mode orientation, after the initial increment action (INCMD=1), absolute position instruction (INCMD=0) has been input thereon. The parameter has been set to use the min time orientation function (No.4018#6=0, No.4320пЅћ 4323в‰ 0). Check INCMD (increment command). It is necessary to carry out absolute position instruction orientation before absolute position command has been specified. Spindle amplifier of i series cannot use min time orientation function. Please use normal mode for orientation. Please check the model of CNC. 31 The hardware configuration is not available to use spindle FAD function. At this moment, the motor will not be activated. The hardware configuration is not available to use spindle EGB function. At this moment, the motor will not be activated. Please check the model of CNC. 33 34 Spindle FAD function and EGB function are both valid. At this moment, the motor will not be activated. Two functions cannot be used at the same time. Please set one of the two valid. 36 Trouble of assistant module SM (SSM) or connection between SPM and SSM is abnormal. Assistant module SM (SSM) is abnormal (synchronous spindle). Notes *2 PSM contact signal Contact between ESP1 and ESP2 on PSM open: E-stop status Contact between ESP1 and ESP2 on PSM closed: Normal running - 188 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series D D Recommended Flash Card Recommended Flash Card General The max capacity of the program memory files is 2048Mbyte (2Gbyte). For memory card program running and editing, please use the memory card with the program memory files and which has been formatted by FAT. This tool can be executed on the PC generally sold in the market. The corresponding operation systems for this tool are as follows: пЃµ Windows(R) NT4.0 Workstation (SP5 or renewal version) пЃµ Windows(R) 2000 Professional пЃµ Windows XP Professional The specifications for the corresponding PC are as follows пЃµ пЃµ Manufacturer SANDISK HITACHI EMS memory: 32Mbyte or more Hard disk: 10Mbyte or more free space (besides, it shall be provided with the free space for program memory files.) Model Capacity SDCFB-128-801 128MB SDCFB-256-801 256MB SDCFB-512-801 512MB HB28B064C8H 64MB HB28B128C8H 128MB HB28B256C8H 512MB Warning The above mentioned flash cards are recommended by us, and if flash cards from other manufacturers are used, maybe they cannot work normally. Additional explanation It is recommended that the flash cards shall be used for data input/output and automatic running of PCMCIA port. For other applications, they cannot work normally. The flash cards can only be used when micro flash card adapter available. Usage environment While using this program please pay attention to the following points: Confirm that the file folder for installing this tool has noпј»tempпјЅfolder. In the file folder where programs have been installed, this tool has created aпј»tempпјЅfile folder used for work. In some circumstances, the content of the created пј»tempпјЅfile folder used for work can be deleted due to the tool. Besides, during the process of using the tool, if access of the files created in this file folder, sometimes, it may result in that the file cannot run normally. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 189 - VMC Series E E Embedded Ethernet Function Embedded Ethernet Function The explanation for operation of FTP file transmission function is as follows: Steps 1. Press the function key [PRO] 2. Press the softkeyпј»FOLDERпјЅ(general view) to display the general view menu of programs (when the softkey has not appeared, press the continuity key). 3. Press the softkeyпј»(OPRT)пјЅ(operation) . 4. Press the softkeyпј»DEVICE CHANGEпјЅ(equipment change) to change the displayed device. Please press the key for several times before changing to general view of embedding Ethernet host files. Figure I.1 (a) General view of embedding Ethernet host files 5. When the general view of the files cannot be displayed in one page, it is available to use the page-turning key to switch the menu. 6. When the softkeyпј»REFRESHпјЅ (display refresh) has been pressed, the displayed content will be updated. 7. When the softkeyпј»DETAIL OFFпјЅ (compendium display) has been pressed, host file list menu (only the file name) will be displayed. When the softkeyпј»DETAIL ONпјЅ (detailed display) has been pressed, host file list menu (in details) will be displayed. 8. While selecting a file folder by a cursor, when the key INPUT of MDI has been pressed, the file folder selected by the cursor will become the present file folder. Notes 1. When FTP file transmission function is used, confirm that the valid - 190 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series E Embedded Ethernet Function equipment is embedded Ethernet port. The connection destination for host file list menu shall be determined by the following two conditions: (1) Confirm DEVICE (valid equipment) is EMB PORT (embedded Ethernet port) . Selection shall be done by “DEVICE SELECTION” (equipment selection) of Ethernet setting menu. (2) Select the host from connection destination 1, 2 and 3. The selection can be done by soft keyпј»HOSTпјЅ(host). 2. It is unable to display correctly display file name of Chinese, Japanese hiragana and katakana. Displayed items DEVICE (valid equipment) Display “EMB PORT” (embedded port) or “PCMCIA”. CONNECT HOST (connection with host) Display the presently connected host No. and host name which has been presently selected. ENTRY PROG NUM (recording program number) Display the file number in the work file folder connected with the host and the max file number shall be of 8 digits. CURRENT FOLDER (current folder name) Display the currently selected work folder name connected with host. When display area is too small to display all, the three character midway can be displayed in the form of “…”, and only the last 10 characters will be displayed. File name File name/file folder name has not difference. Max display character number is 127, but for each line, only the characters can be display will be displayed. DETAIL ON, DETAIL OFF (detailed display and compendium display) Carry out the switching only for detailed display and compendium display for file names. REFRESH (display refresh) Refresh the displayed contents. READ (read) Transfer the host files to CNC memory, and only when “9” has been set in CNC input/output equipment No., it will be displayed. PUNCH (punching) Transfer the CNC memory files to the host, and only when“9”has been set in CNC input/output equipment No., it will be displayed. DELETE FILE (deleting files) Delete the host files. RENAME (rename) Change the file names or folder names of the host. DELETE FOLDER (deleting folders) Delete the host folders. CREATE FOLDER (create folders) China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 191 - VMC Series E Embedded Ethernet Function Create folders in the host. HOST (host) Change the connected host. Input NC programs Input the files (NC programs) stored in the host into CNC memory. Steps 1 Display the imbedded Ethernet host file list menu. 2 Set the CNC to EDIT mode. 3 Select the file to be input by the cursor. 4 Press the softkeyпј»READпјЅ(read). 5 Press the softkeyпј»EXECпјЅ (execution) . 6 During input, the right lower part of the menu will display (flashing) “INPUT” (input). Output NC programs Output the CNC memory files (NC programs) into the host. Steps 1 Display the imbedded Ethernet host file list menu. 2 Set the CNC to EDIT mode. 3 Input the NC programs to be input by MDI key. 4 Press the softkeyпј»PUNCHпјЅ (punching). 5 Press the softkeyпј»EXECпјЅ (execution) . 6 During output, the right lower part of the menu will display (flashing) “OUTPUT” (output). - 192 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series F M Codes List F M Codes List M Code No. Definition M00 Select stop M01 Select stop and press the “select stop” button on operation panel; the same effect with M00 M02 Program completed M03 Spindle forward rotating; usually used with SXX M04 Spindle reverse rotating; usually used with SXX M05 Spindle rotating stops M06 Tool change M07 Spindle inner cooling M08 Spindle outer cooling M09 Relative cooling stops M10 Spindle unclamping tool (for tool change micro M11 Spindle clamping tool (for tool change micro programs of bucket tool magazine) programs of bucket tool magazine) M12 Spindle air cooling M13 Spindle inner air cooling M14 Reserved M15 Reserved M16 Door opened M17 Door closed M18 Cancel orientation M19 Spindle orientation M20 Reserved M21 Reserved M22 Reserved M23 Reserved M24 Reserved M25 Reserved M26 ATC to 0 position (for tool change micro programs of manipulator tool magazine) M27 O9003 is called in (for tool change micro programs M28 O9003 is called in (for tool change micro programs of of manipulator tool magazine) manipulator tool magazine) M29 Rigid M30 Program completed China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 193 - VMC Series F M Codes List M31 Aim tool has changed to spindle (for tool change micro programs of M32 manipulator tool magazine) For bucket tool magazine; to make sure no tool on spindle M33 For tool magazine controlling program M34 Reserved M35 Reserved M36 Reserved M37 Reserved M38 Reserved M39 Reserved M40 Reserved M41 To low gear M42 To high gear M43 Reserved M44 Reserved M45 Reserved M46 Reserved M47 Reserved M48 Reserved M49 Reserved M50 Reserved M51 Reserved M52 Reserved M53 Reserved M54 Reserved M55 Reserved M56 Reserved M57 Reserved M58 Reserved M59 Reserved M60 Select tool command M61 Select tool command (for tool change micro (for tool change micro programs of bucket tool magazine) programs of bucket tool magazine) M62 Tool disc forward (for tool change micro programs M63 Tool disc backward (for tool change micro programs of bucket tool magazine) of bucket tool magazine) - 194 - M64 Clamps in clamping M65 Clamps in unclamping M66 Reserved M67 Reserved M68 Tool magazine to zero point China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series F M Codes List M69 Select tool command (for tool change micro programs of manipulator tool magazine) M70 Reserved M71 Reserved M72 Chain chip conveyor starts or spiral chip conveyor forward rotating with chain chip conveyor starting M73 Spiral chip conveyor reverse rotating M74 Chip conveyor stops M75 Reserved M76 Reserved M77 Reserved M78 Reserved M79 Reserved M80 Reserved M81 Reserved M82 Reserved M83 Reserved M84 Reserved M85 Reserved M86 Reserved M87 Reserved M88 Reserved M89 Reserved M90 Reserved M91 X axis mirror M92 Y axis mirror M93 Z axis mirror M94 A axis mirror M95 Cancel mirror M96 Reserved M97 Reserved M98 Call in sub-program M99 Sub-program ended M100 Chip frush motor on (M09 off) China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 195 - VMC Series G Main Electric Parts List G Main Electric Parts List Brand SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS Type 5SJ6202 7CC20 5SJ6206 7CC20 5SJ6206 7CC20 5SJ6206 7CC20 3VU134 01MJ00 Specification 2.4-4 Brand SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS - 196 - Order No. Function ABS103b QF1 LG BKN-2A/2P QF2 LG BKN-6A/2P QF4 LG BKN-6A/2P QF5 GS1 power breaker LG BKN-6A/2P QF6 GS2 power breaker LG MMS-32S (FX1A1B) LG 3VU134 01MG00 3VU134 01MG00 3VU134 01MG00 3VU134 01MK00 3VU134 01MN00 3VU134 01MM00 3VU134 01MJ00 3VU134 01MK00 3VU134 01ML00 3VU134 01MG00 3VU134 01MH00 3VU134 01MG00 3VU134 01MH00 5SJ6203 7CC20 5SJ6202 7CC20 5SJ6206 7CC20 5SJ6203 7CC20 5SJ6203 7CC20 (5ST301 0-0CC) 5SJ6210 7CC20 (5ST301 0-0CC) Specification Type 1-1.6 LG 1-1.6 LG 1-1.6 LG 4-6 LG 14-20 LG 10-16 LG 2.4-4 LG 4-6 LG 6-10 LG 1-1.6 LG 1.6-2.4 LG 1-1.6 LG 1.6-2.4 LG 2.5-4 BKN 3A/3P QF7 QF8 MMS-32S (FX1A1B) MMS-32S (FX1A1B) MMS-32S (FX1A1B) MMS-32S (FX1A1B) MMS-32S (FX1A1B) MMS-32S (FX1A1B) MMS-32S (FX1A1B) MMS-32S (FX1A1B) MMS-32S (FX1A1B) MMS-32S (FX1A1B) MMS-32S (FX1A1B) MMS-32S (FX1A1B) MMS-32S (FX1A1B) 1-1.6 QF9 1-1.6 QF10 1-1.6 QF11 4-6 QF12 13-17 QF13 Main breaker Breaker for door switch Breaker for cabinet illumination Hydraulic motor starter Breaker of hydraulic station fan Motor starter of left spiral chip conveyor Motor starter of right spiral chip conveyor Motor starter of chain chip conveyor Outer cooling motor starter Inner cooling motor starter 13-17 2.5-4 QF14 Oil cooling motor starter QF15 Tool magazine motor starter QF16 Manipulator motor starter 4-6 6-10 1-1.6 1.6-2.5 1-1.6 1.6-2.5 Breaker for cabinet illuminating lamp Breaker for machine illuminating lamp Portable computer power breaker LG BKN-3A/2P QF17 LG BKN-2A/2P QF18 LG BKN 6A/2P QF19 LG BKN-3A/2P QF20 Cabinet fan breaker LG BKN-3A/2P (AX) QF21 Heat exchanger breaker LG BKN-10A/2P (AX) Air conditioner breaker China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS G Main Electric Parts List 3VU134 01MD00 3VU134 01MH00 5SP4350 -7 5SP4391 -7 5SJ6303 7CC20 0.24-0.4 LG 1.6-2.4 LG MMS-32S (FX1A1B) MMS-32S (FX1A1B) LG BKN-50A3P LG BKH-100A3P LG BKN-3A/3P 0.25-0.4 QF23 1.6-2.5 QF24 QF25 QF26 QF27 QF28 SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS 5SJ6204 7CC20 5SJ6204 7CC20 5SJ6206 7CC20 5SJ6206 7CC20 QF29 LG BKN 4A/2P QF30 Z axis brake breaker LG BKN 6A/2P QF31 GS3 power breaker LG BKN 6A/2P QF32 Z axis mechanical brake breaker LG GMD-9 KM1 SIEMENS 3TS3000 1XB4 LG GMD-9 KM2 SIEMENS 3TS3000 1XB4 LG GMD-9 KM3 SIEMENS 3TS3000 1XB4 LG GMD-9 KM4 SIEMENS 3TS3000 1XB4 LG GMD-9 KM5 LG GMD-9 KM6 LG GMD-9 KM7 LG GMD-18 KM7 LG GMD-9 LG GMD-12 LG GMD-9 KM9 LG GMD-9 KM10 LG GMD-9 KM11 LG GMD-9 KM12 LG GMD-9 KM14 LG GMD-9 KM15 SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS Spindle motor fan breaker Paper strip filter motor starter Lifting pump motor starter Servo control power breaker BKN 4A/2P 3TS3000 1XB4 3TS3000 1XB4 3TS3000 1XB4 3TS3200 1XB4 3TS3000 1XB4 3TS3100 1XB4 3TS3000 1XB4 3TS3000 1XB4 3TS3000 1XB4 3TS3000 1XB4 3TS3000 1XB4 3TS3000 1XB4 3TF4922 1XB4 3TS3000 1XB4 Servo breaker LG SIEMENS SIEMENS Lubricating motor starter Oil mist collector motor starter LG China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works GMD-9 Hydraulic station motor contactor Left spiral chip conveying forward contactor Left spiral chip conveying reverse contactor Right spiral chip conveying forward contactor Right spiral chip conveying reverse contactor Chain chip conveyor motor contactor Outer cooling motor contactor Inner cooling motor contactor Oil cooler motor contactor Tool magazine motor forward contactor Tool magazine motor reverse contactor Manipulator motor contactor Lubricating motor contactor Oil mist collector contactor KM16 Servo contactor KM17 Paper strip filter motor contactor - 197 - VMC Series G Main Electric Parts List SIEMENS 3TS3000 1XB4 SIEMENS 3TF4922 1XB4 KM21 SIEMENS 3TF4922 1XB4 KM22 LG GMD-9 KM18 Spindle output switching controlling contactor Spindle output switching controlling contactor Phoenix UM72-R-24D C/11-11-T Reply Phoenix UM72-R-24D C/21-21-T Reply Phoenix UM72-FL50/ 16-MR/21-21/ 0I/CS0608-R Reply module Sunshin e FX-50BB Splitter Phoenix TRIO-PS/1A C/24DC/5-R Stable power supply PILZ PNOZ XV1P Safe reply PILZ PNOZ XV2P Safe reply Machine illuminating lamp Indicators with three colors Yihua META XINLU 092-031-STM TN-242B024M XLRH-25AR Heat exchanger POINT CA3S-6046 Air conditioner EUCHN ER - 198 - Lifting pump motor contactor Door lock China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series H G Main Electric Parts List PMC Parameters List 1гЂЃ List of parameters K 保持型继电 еЉџиѓЅ е™Ё е—иЉ‚ K0 K1 备注 дЅЌ 0 Tool set level/magazine back off switch is normal close 1 ATC stop switch is normal close 2 ATC buckle tool signal switch is normal close 3 ATC origin signal switch is normal close 4 lubrication liquid position low switch is normal close 5 Lubrication pressure low switch is normal close 6 The pressure of air source is low switch is normal open 7 Work-piece unclamp switch is normal close 0 Work-piece unclamp switch is normal close 1 Clamp tool to the specified location switch is normal close 2 Unclamp tool to the specified location switch is normal close 3 Rotating unclamp to the specified location switch is normal close 4 Rotating clamp to the specified location switch is normal close 5 Inner coolant block switch is normal open 6 K2 K3 7 Spindle box Unclamp button switch is normal close 0 X axis enable 1 Y axis enable 2 Z axis enable 3 A axis enable 4 There are 20 pockets in tool magazine 5 There are 24 pockets in tool magazine 6 There are 16 pockets in tool magazine 7 There are 32 pockets in tool magazine 0 Standard lubrication time is 7 seconds 1 Standard lubrication time is 15 seconds 2 Standard approach press time is 5 seconds 3 Standard approach press time is 12 seconds 4 5 6 7 K4 0 With temperature high switch in hydraulic station China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 199 - VMC Series G Main Electric Parts List 1 With filter block switch in hydraulic station 2 With oil level low switch in hydraulic station 3 With fan in hydraulic station 4 Cancel 2097 alarm 5 6 7 0 1 2 K5 3 4 5 6 K6 K7 K8 K9 - 200 - 7 Relief to parameter of NC Protection 0 VMC E series input output signal 1 X, Y, Z axis motor encoder in absolute encoder 2 G196 is used as the deceleration signal for reference position return not X9 3 With FANUC MCP 4 0I-D CNC 5 Display data table control table 6 Preselect tool over then pocket go to vertical position in chain magazine. 7 Relief to PLC protection 0 Z axis With mechanical break 1 Inner air coolant 2 ZF gear box when no GR1O or GR2O 3 With clamp tool button and unclamp tool button on spindle box 4 Tool manage on Machine tool Without magazine 5 Not use spindle speed check signal 6 Without position switch CNC 7 With unclamp/ clamp button on spindle box 0 1st tool is big one 1 3rd tool is big one 2 5th tool is big one 3 7th tool is big one 4 9th tool is big one 5 11th tool is big one 6 Low Gear position switch is normal close 7 High Gear position switch is normal close 0 Temperature switch in hydraulic station is normal close China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series G Main Electric Parts List 1 Filter block switch in hydraulic station is normal open 2 Oil level low switch in hydraulic station is normal open 3 Coolant box level low switch is normal open 4 Oil cooling fault alarm switch 5 Magazine counter switch 6 Magazine origin switch 7 Tool set uprightness/ magazine onward switch 0 K10 1 With chain magazine 2 With plate magazine 3 With output switche control 4 With output switche control (when no GR1O and GR2O) 5 With non-coded 6 With coded hand-wheel hand-wheel 7 K11 0 With oil separate from water motor 1 With gear box 2 X axis reference direction is minus 3 4 5 6 With spindle coolant motor 7 With tool change micro programs of manipulator tool magazine 0 1 2 3 K12 K13 4 4000rpm output switchпјЊfor О±iI8/10000пјЊО±iI15/12000пјЊО±iI12/12000пјЊ 5 6000 output switchпјЊforО±iIT15/15000 6 Execute M02/M30 open door 7 With raster 0 Without lubrication press low switch 1 With inner coolant 2 Without spindle coolant motor fault switch 3 M30 makes the tool machine power off 4 With helix chip conveyor 5 With chain chip conveyor If door open pressed, spindle stop rotating, cycle stop, Auxiliary motor stop 6 K14 7 With chip flush 0 When door open, auxiliary motor can ran in JOG mode China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 201 - VMC Series G Main Electric Parts List 1 Override switch coded is Gray 2 Override switch coded is Binary 3 4 To cycle start, Z axis must be in position switch 3 5 Work piece is not clamped can cycle start 6 K15 K16 7 The VMC850 series input/output signal and with YZLJKB01F MCP 0 When execute M00 or M01 stop spindle 1 Chip flush and water gun not use coolant motor 2 Plate magazine With REF switch 3 Water gun 4 5 Spindle must be orientated then clamp or unclamped tool. 6 Cannot rotate spindle in JOG mode 7 CNC execute S instruction make spindle rotate when machine lock. 0 With A axis 1 Hydraulic station is used for gearbox and unclamping tool 2 Hydraulic station is used for clamping work-piece 3 Cancel door lock 4 With air protection 5 6 7 PMC control spindle when it rotate manually 0 1 K17 2 With work-piece measurement 3 With tool measurement 4 5 6 7 K19 0 Version 2 Principle diagram 1 Inner coolant level low switch is normal close 5 6 7 - 202 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series H PMC Parameters List 2гЂЃ List of parameters D Data table D100 D101 D102 D103 D104 D105 D106 D107 D108 D109 D110 D111 D112 D113 D114 D115 D116 D117 D118 D119 D120 D121 D122 D123 D124 Meaning Tool number in spindle Tool number in pocket 1 Tool number in pocket 2 Tool number in pocket 3 Tool number in pocket 4 Tool number in pocket 5 Tool number in pocket 6 Tool number in pocket 7 Tool number in pocket 8 Tool number in pocket 9 Tool number in pocket 10 Tool number in pocket 11 Tool number in pocket 12 Tool number in pocket 13 Tool number in pocket 14 Tool number in pocket 15 Tool number in pocket 16 Tool number in pocket 17 Tool number in pocket 18 Tool number in pocket 19 Tool number in pocket 20 Tool number in pocket 21 Tool number in pocket 22 Tool number in pocket 23 Tool number in pocket 24 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 203 - VMC Series H PMC Paramenters List 3гЂЃ List of parameters T Timer TMR9 TMR11 Meaning Time of pressing lubrication key to lubricate. Time of lubrication automatically. Automatic Lubricate In automatic lubricate mode, the lubrication pump start one time for some time and then stop some time automatically.The Stop Time = [C10] *5 minutes.For example: If the PMC parameter Counter 10 is set 3, the stop time will be 15 minutes.The Run Time: T11 (ms) Manual Lubricate Press the key [LUBRICATE] on the operator panel to start the lubrication pump. The run time of the pump is T9 (ms). There is another method to start lubrication pump. That is press the button on the pump. - 204 - China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series I I List of Soft Switches List of Soft Switches Name of soft switch INNER-WC OUTER-WC R.T.BACK OUTER-AC INNER-AC MAG.JOG China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works Meaning when connected Inner coolant when press [COOLANT] key Outer coolant when press [COOLANT] key Rigid tapping back Outer air coolant when press [BLOW] key Inner air coolant when press [BLOW] key Enable magazine adjustment manually - 205 - VMC Series J - 206 - J Position of Electris Parts on Machine Position of Electric Parts on Machine China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series K K Electric Elements Diagram Electric Elements Diagram China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 207 - VMC Series L J Position of Electris Parts on Machine The List Of The Directive B About Spindle Orientation point. B 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 - 208 - degree 0.00 0.09 0.18 0.26 0.35 0.44 0.53 0.62 0.70 0.79 0.88 0.97 1.05 1.14 1.23 1.32 1.41 1.49 1.58 1.67 1.76 1.85 1.93 2.02 2.11 2.20 2.29 2.37 2.46 2.55 2.64 2.72 2.81 2.90 2.99 3.08 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 3.16 3.25 3.34 3.43 3.52 3.60 3.69 3.78 3.87 3.96 4.04 4.13 4.22 4.31 4.39 4.48 4.57 4.66 4.75 4.83 4.92 5.01 5.10 5.19 5.27 5.36 5.45 5.54 5.63 5.71 5.80 5.89 5.98 6.06 6.15 6.24 6.33 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 6.42 6.50 6.59 6.68 6.77 6.86 6.94 7.03 7.12 7.21 7.29 7.38 7.47 7.56 7.65 7.73 7.82 7.91 8.00 8.09 8.17 8.26 8.35 8.44 8.53 8.61 8.70 8.79 8.88 8.96 9.05 9.14 9.23 9.32 9.40 9.49 9.58 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 9.67 9.76 9.84 9.93 10.02 10.11 10.20 10.28 10.37 10.46 10.55 10.63 10.72 10.81 10.90 10.99 11.07 11.16 11.25 11.34 11.43 11.51 11.60 11.69 11.78 11.87 11.95 12.04 12.13 12.22 12.30 12.39 12.48 12.57 12.66 12.74 12.83 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 K Electric Elements Diagram 12.92 13.01 13.10 13.18 13.27 13.36 13.45 13.54 13.62 13.71 13.80 13.89 13.97 14.06 14.15 14.24 14.33 14.41 14.50 14.59 14.68 14.77 14.85 14.94 15.03 15.12 15.21 15.29 15.38 15.47 15.56 15.64 15.73 15.82 15.91 16.00 16.08 16.17 16.26 16.35 16.44 16.52 16.61 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 16.70 16.79 16.88 16.96 17.05 17.14 17.23 17.31 17.40 17.49 17.58 17.67 17.75 17.84 17.93 18.02 18.11 18.19 18.28 18.37 18.46 18.54 18.63 18.72 18.81 18.90 18.98 19.07 19.16 19.25 19.34 19.42 19.51 19.60 19.69 19.78 19.86 19.95 20.04 20.13 20.21 20.30 20.39 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 20.48 20.57 20.65 20.74 20.83 20.92 21.01 21.09 21.18 21.27 21.36 21.45 21.53 21.62 21.71 21.80 21.88 21.97 22.06 22.15 22.24 22.32 22.41 22.50 22.59 22.68 22.76 22.85 22.94 23.03 23.12 23.20 23.29 23.38 23.47 23.55 23.64 23.73 23.82 23.91 23.99 24.08 24.17 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 24.26 24.35 24.43 24.52 24.61 24.70 24.79 24.87 24.96 25.05 25.14 25.22 25.31 25.40 25.49 25.58 25.66 25.75 25.84 25.93 26.02 26.10 26.19 26.28 26.37 26.46 26.54 26.63 26.72 26.81 26.89 26.98 27.07 27.16 27.25 27.33 27.42 27.51 27.60 27.69 27.77 27.86 27.95 - 209 - VMC Series 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 - 210 - J Position of Electris Parts on Machine 28.04 28.13 28.21 28.30 28.39 28.48 28.56 28.65 28.74 28.83 28.92 29.00 29.09 29.18 29.27 29.36 29.44 29.53 29.62 29.71 29.79 29.88 29.97 30.06 30.15 30.23 30.32 30.41 30.50 30.59 30.67 30.76 30.85 30.94 31.03 31.11 31.20 31.29 31.38 31.46 31.55 31.64 31.73 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 31.82 31.90 31.99 32.08 32.17 32.26 32.34 32.43 32.52 32.61 32.70 32.78 32.87 32.96 33.05 33.13 33.22 33.31 33.40 33.49 33.57 33.66 33.75 33.84 33.93 34.01 34.10 34.19 34.28 34.37 34.45 34.54 34.63 34.72 34.80 34.89 34.98 35.07 35.16 35.24 35.33 35.42 35.51 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 35.60 35.68 35.77 35.86 35.95 36.04 36.12 36.21 36.30 36.39 36.47 36.56 36.65 36.74 36.83 36.91 37.00 37.09 37.18 37.27 37.35 37.44 37.53 37.62 37.71 37.79 37.88 37.97 38.06 38.14 38.23 38.32 38.41 38.50 38.58 38.67 38.76 38.85 38.94 39.02 39.11 39.20 39.29 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 39.38 39.46 39.55 39.64 39.73 39.81 39.90 39.99 40.08 40.17 40.25 40.34 40.43 40.52 40.61 40.69 40.78 40.87 40.96 41.04 41.13 41.22 41.31 41.40 41.48 41.57 41.66 41.75 41.84 41.92 42.01 42.10 42.19 42.28 42.36 42.45 42.54 42.63 42.71 42.80 42.89 42.98 43.07 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 K Electric Elements Diagram 43.15 43.24 43.33 43.42 43.51 43.59 43.68 43.77 43.86 43.95 44.03 44.12 44.21 44.30 44.38 44.47 44.56 44.65 44.74 44.82 44.91 45.00 45.09 45.18 45.26 45.35 45.44 45.53 45.62 45.70 45.79 45.88 45.97 46.05 46.14 46.23 46.32 46.41 46.49 46.58 46.67 46.76 46.85 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 46.93 47.02 47.11 47.20 47.29 47.37 47.46 47.55 47.64 47.72 47.81 47.90 47.99 48.08 48.16 48.25 48.34 48.43 48.52 48.60 48.69 48.78 48.87 48.96 49.04 49.13 49.22 49.31 49.39 49.48 49.57 49.66 49.75 49.83 49.92 50.01 50.10 50.19 50.27 50.36 50.45 50.54 50.63 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 50.71 50.80 50.89 50.98 51.06 51.15 51.24 51.33 51.42 51.50 51.59 51.68 51.77 51.86 51.94 52.03 52.12 52.21 52.29 52.38 52.47 52.56 52.65 52.73 52.82 52.91 53.00 53.09 53.17 53.26 53.35 53.44 53.53 53.61 53.70 53.79 53.88 53.96 54.05 54.14 54.23 54.32 54.40 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 54.49 54.58 54.67 54.76 54.84 54.93 55.02 55.11 55.20 55.28 55.37 55.46 55.55 55.63 55.72 55.81 55.90 55.99 56.07 56.16 56.25 56.34 56.43 56.51 56.60 56.69 56.78 56.87 56.95 57.04 57.13 57.22 57.30 57.39 57.48 57.57 57.66 57.74 57.83 57.92 58.01 58.10 58.18 - 211 - VMC Series 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 - 212 - J Position of Electris Parts on Machine 58.27 58.36 58.45 58.54 58.62 58.71 58.80 58.89 58.97 59.06 59.15 59.24 59.33 59.41 59.50 59.59 59.68 59.77 59.85 59.94 60.03 60.12 60.21 60.29 60.38 60.47 60.56 60.64 60.73 60.82 60.91 61.00 61.08 61.17 61.26 61.35 61.44 61.52 61.61 61.70 61.79 61.88 61.96 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 62.05 62.14 62.23 62.31 62.40 62.49 62.58 62.67 62.75 62.84 62.93 63.02 63.11 63.19 63.28 63.37 63.46 63.54 63.63 63.72 63.81 63.90 63.98 64.07 64.16 64.25 64.34 64.42 64.51 64.60 64.69 64.78 64.86 64.95 65.04 65.13 65.21 65.30 65.39 65.48 65.57 65.65 65.74 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 65.83 65.92 66.01 66.09 66.18 66.27 66.36 66.45 66.53 66.62 66.71 66.80 66.88 66.97 67.06 67.15 67.24 67.32 67.41 67.50 67.59 67.68 67.76 67.85 67.94 68.03 68.12 68.20 68.29 68.38 68.47 68.55 68.64 68.73 68.82 68.91 68.99 69.08 69.17 69.26 69.35 69.43 69.52 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 69.61 69.70 69.79 69.87 69.96 70.05 70.14 70.22 70.31 70.40 70.49 70.58 70.66 70.75 70.84 70.93 71.02 71.10 71.19 71.28 71.37 71.46 71.54 71.63 71.72 71.81 71.89 71.98 72.07 72.16 72.25 72.33 72.42 72.51 72.60 72.69 72.77 72.86 72.95 73.04 73.13 73.21 73.30 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 K Electric Elements Diagram 73.39 73.48 73.56 73.65 73.74 73.83 73.92 74.00 74.09 74.18 74.27 74.36 74.44 74.53 74.62 74.71 74.79 74.88 74.97 75.06 75.15 75.23 75.32 75.41 75.50 75.59 75.67 75.76 75.85 75.94 76.03 76.11 76.20 76.29 76.38 76.46 76.55 76.64 76.73 76.82 76.90 76.99 77.08 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 77.17 77.26 77.34 77.43 77.52 77.61 77.70 77.78 77.87 77.96 78.05 78.13 78.22 78.31 78.40 78.49 78.57 78.66 78.75 78.84 78.93 79.01 79.10 79.19 79.28 79.37 79.45 79.54 79.63 79.72 79.80 79.89 79.98 80.07 80.16 80.24 80.33 80.42 80.51 80.60 80.68 80.77 80.86 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 80.95 81.04 81.12 81.21 81.30 81.39 81.47 81.56 81.65 81.74 81.83 81.91 82.00 82.09 82.18 82.27 82.35 82.44 82.53 82.62 82.71 82.79 82.88 82.97 83.06 83.14 83.23 83.32 83.41 83.50 83.58 83.67 83.76 83.85 83.94 84.02 84.11 84.20 84.29 84.38 84.46 84.55 84.64 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 84.73 84.81 84.90 84.99 85.08 85.17 85.25 85.34 85.43 85.52 85.61 85.69 85.78 85.87 85.96 86.04 86.13 86.22 86.31 86.40 86.48 86.57 86.66 86.75 86.84 86.92 87.01 87.10 87.19 87.28 87.36 87.45 87.54 87.63 87.71 87.80 87.89 87.98 88.07 88.15 88.24 88.33 88.42 - 213 - VMC Series 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 - 214 - J Position of Electris Parts on Machine 88.51 88.59 88.68 88.77 88.86 88.95 89.03 89.12 89.21 89.30 89.38 89.47 89.56 89.65 89.74 89.82 89.91 90.00 90.09 90.18 90.26 90.35 90.44 90.53 90.62 90.70 90.79 90.88 90.97 91.05 91.14 91.23 91.32 91.41 91.49 91.58 91.67 91.76 91.85 91.93 92.02 92.11 92.20 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 92.29 92.37 92.46 92.55 92.64 92.72 92.81 92.90 92.99 93.08 93.16 93.25 93.34 93.43 93.52 93.60 93.69 93.78 93.87 93.96 94.04 94.13 94.22 94.31 94.39 94.48 94.57 94.66 94.75 94.83 94.92 95.01 95.10 95.19 95.27 95.36 95.45 95.54 95.63 95.71 95.80 95.89 95.98 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 96.06 96.15 96.24 96.33 96.42 96.50 96.59 96.68 96.77 96.86 96.94 97.03 97.12 97.21 97.29 97.38 97.47 97.56 97.65 97.73 97.82 97.91 98.00 98.09 98.17 98.26 98.35 98.44 98.53 98.61 98.70 98.79 98.88 98.96 99.05 99.14 99.23 99.32 99.40 99.49 99.58 99.67 99.76 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 99.84 99.93 100.02 100.11 100.20 100.28 100.37 100.46 100.55 100.63 100.72 100.81 100.90 100.99 101.07 101.16 101.25 101.34 101.43 101.51 101.60 101.69 101.78 101.87 101.95 102.04 102.13 102.22 102.30 102.39 102.48 102.57 102.66 102.74 102.83 102.92 103.01 103.10 103.18 103.27 103.36 103.45 103.54 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 K Electric Elements Diagram 103.62 103.71 103.80 103.89 103.97 104.06 104.15 104.24 104.33 104.41 104.50 104.59 104.68 104.77 104.85 104.94 105.03 105.12 105.21 105.29 105.38 105.47 105.56 105.64 105.73 105.82 105.91 106.00 106.08 106.17 106.26 106.35 106.44 106.52 106.61 106.70 106.79 106.88 106.96 107.05 107.14 107.23 107.31 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 107.40 107.49 107.58 107.67 107.75 107.84 107.93 108.02 108.11 108.19 108.28 108.37 108.46 108.54 108.63 108.72 108.81 108.90 108.98 109.07 109.16 109.25 109.34 109.42 109.51 109.60 109.69 109.78 109.86 109.95 110.04 110.13 110.21 110.30 110.39 110.48 110.57 110.65 110.74 110.83 110.92 111.01 111.09 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 111.18 111.27 111.36 111.45 111.53 111.62 111.71 111.80 111.88 111.97 112.06 112.15 112.24 112.32 112.41 112.50 112.59 112.68 112.76 112.85 112.94 113.03 113.12 113.20 113.29 113.38 113.47 113.55 113.64 113.73 113.82 113.91 113.99 114.08 114.17 114.26 114.35 114.43 114.52 114.61 114.70 114.79 114.87 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 114.96 115.05 115.14 115.22 115.31 115.40 115.49 115.58 115.66 115.75 115.84 115.93 116.02 116.10 116.19 116.28 116.37 116.46 116.54 116.63 116.72 116.81 116.89 116.98 117.07 117.16 117.25 117.33 117.42 117.51 117.60 117.69 117.77 117.86 117.95 118.04 118.13 118.21 118.30 118.39 118.48 118.56 118.65 - 215 - VMC Series 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 - 216 - J Position of Electris Parts on Machine 118.74 118.83 118.92 119.00 119.09 119.18 119.27 119.36 119.44 119.53 119.62 119.71 119.79 119.88 119.97 120.06 120.15 120.23 120.32 120.41 120.50 120.59 120.67 120.76 120.85 120.94 121.03 121.11 121.20 121.29 121.38 121.46 121.55 121.64 121.73 121.82 121.90 121.99 122.08 122.17 122.26 122.34 122.43 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 122.52 122.61 122.70 122.78 122.87 122.96 123.05 123.13 123.22 123.31 123.40 123.49 123.57 123.66 123.75 123.84 123.93 124.01 124.10 124.19 124.28 124.37 124.45 124.54 124.63 124.72 124.80 124.89 124.98 125.07 125.16 125.24 125.33 125.42 125.51 125.60 125.68 125.77 125.86 125.95 126.04 126.12 126.21 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 126.30 126.39 126.47 126.56 126.65 126.74 126.83 126.91 127.00 127.09 127.18 127.27 127.35 127.44 127.53 127.62 127.71 127.79 127.88 127.97 128.06 128.14 128.23 128.32 128.41 128.50 128.58 128.67 128.76 128.85 128.94 129.02 129.11 129.20 129.29 129.38 129.46 129.55 129.64 129.73 129.81 129.90 129.99 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 130.08 130.17 130.25 130.34 130.43 130.52 130.61 130.69 130.78 130.87 130.96 131.04 131.13 131.22 131.31 131.40 131.48 131.57 131.66 131.75 131.84 131.92 132.01 132.10 132.19 132.28 132.36 132.45 132.54 132.63 132.71 132.80 132.89 132.98 133.07 133.15 133.24 133.33 133.42 133.51 133.59 133.68 133.77 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 K Electric Elements Diagram 133.86 133.95 134.03 134.12 134.21 134.30 134.38 134.47 134.56 134.65 134.74 134.82 134.91 135.00 135.09 135.18 135.26 135.35 135.44 135.53 135.62 135.70 135.79 135.88 135.97 136.05 136.14 136.23 136.32 136.41 136.49 136.58 136.67 136.76 136.85 136.93 137.02 137.11 137.20 137.29 137.37 137.46 137.55 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 137.64 137.72 137.81 137.90 137.99 138.08 138.16 138.25 138.34 138.43 138.52 138.60 138.69 138.78 138.87 138.96 139.04 139.13 139.22 139.31 139.39 139.48 139.57 139.66 139.75 139.83 139.92 140.01 140.10 140.19 140.27 140.36 140.45 140.54 140.63 140.71 140.80 140.89 140.98 141.06 141.15 141.24 141.33 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 141.42 141.50 141.59 141.68 141.77 141.86 141.94 142.03 142.12 142.21 142.29 142.38 142.47 142.56 142.65 142.73 142.82 142.91 143.00 143.09 143.17 143.26 143.35 143.44 143.53 143.61 143.70 143.79 143.88 143.96 144.05 144.14 144.23 144.32 144.40 144.49 144.58 144.67 144.76 144.84 144.93 145.02 145.11 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 145.20 145.28 145.37 145.46 145.55 145.63 145.72 145.81 145.90 145.99 146.07 146.16 146.25 146.34 146.43 146.51 146.60 146.69 146.78 146.87 146.95 147.04 147.13 147.22 147.30 147.39 147.48 147.57 147.66 147.74 147.83 147.92 148.01 148.10 148.18 148.27 148.36 148.45 148.54 148.62 148.71 148.80 148.89 - 217 - VMC Series 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 - 218 - J Position of Electris Parts on Machine 148.97 149.06 149.15 149.24 149.33 149.41 149.50 149.59 149.68 149.77 149.85 149.94 150.03 150.12 150.21 150.29 150.38 150.47 150.56 150.64 150.73 150.82 150.91 151.00 151.08 151.17 151.26 151.35 151.44 151.52 151.61 151.70 151.79 151.88 151.96 152.05 152.14 152.23 152.31 152.40 152.49 152.58 152.67 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 152.75 152.84 152.93 153.02 153.11 153.19 153.28 153.37 153.46 153.54 153.63 153.72 153.81 153.90 153.98 154.07 154.16 154.25 154.34 154.42 154.51 154.60 154.69 154.78 154.86 154.95 155.04 155.13 155.21 155.30 155.39 155.48 155.57 155.65 155.74 155.83 155.92 156.01 156.09 156.18 156.27 156.36 156.45 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 156.53 156.62 156.71 156.80 156.88 156.97 157.06 157.15 157.24 157.32 157.41 157.50 157.59 157.68 157.76 157.85 157.94 158.03 158.12 158.20 158.29 158.38 158.47 158.55 158.64 158.73 158.82 158.91 158.99 159.08 159.17 159.26 159.35 159.43 159.52 159.61 159.70 159.79 159.87 159.96 160.05 160.14 160.22 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 160.31 160.40 160.49 160.58 160.66 160.75 160.84 160.93 161.02 161.10 161.19 161.28 161.37 161.46 161.54 161.63 161.72 161.81 161.89 161.98 162.07 162.16 162.25 162.33 162.42 162.51 162.60 162.69 162.77 162.86 162.95 163.04 163.13 163.21 163.30 163.39 163.48 163.56 163.65 163.74 163.83 163.92 164.00 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 K Electric Elements Diagram 164.09 164.18 164.27 164.36 164.44 164.53 164.62 164.71 164.79 164.88 164.97 165.06 165.15 165.23 165.32 165.41 165.50 165.59 165.67 165.76 165.85 165.94 166.03 166.11 166.20 166.29 166.38 166.46 166.55 166.64 166.73 166.82 166.90 166.99 167.08 167.17 167.26 167.34 167.43 167.52 167.61 167.70 167.78 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 167.87 167.96 168.05 168.13 168.22 168.31 168.40 168.49 168.57 168.66 168.75 168.84 168.93 169.01 169.10 169.19 169.28 169.37 169.45 169.54 169.63 169.72 169.80 169.89 169.98 170.07 170.16 170.24 170.33 170.42 170.51 170.60 170.68 170.77 170.86 170.95 171.04 171.12 171.21 171.30 171.39 171.47 171.56 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 171.65 171.74 171.83 171.91 172.00 172.09 172.18 172.27 172.35 172.44 172.53 172.62 172.71 172.79 172.88 172.97 173.06 173.14 173.23 173.32 173.41 173.50 173.58 173.67 173.76 173.85 173.94 174.02 174.11 174.20 174.29 174.38 174.46 174.55 174.64 174.73 174.81 174.90 174.99 175.08 175.17 175.25 175.34 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 175.43 175.52 175.61 175.69 175.78 175.87 175.96 176.04 176.13 176.22 176.31 176.40 176.48 176.57 176.66 176.75 176.84 176.92 177.01 177.10 177.19 177.28 177.36 177.45 177.54 177.63 177.71 177.80 177.89 177.98 178.07 178.15 178.24 178.33 178.42 178.51 178.59 178.68 178.77 178.86 178.95 179.03 179.12 - 219 - VMC Series 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 - 220 - J Position of Electris Parts on Machine 179.21 179.30 179.38 179.47 179.56 179.65 179.74 179.82 179.91 180.00 180.09 180.18 180.26 180.35 180.44 180.53 180.62 180.70 180.79 180.88 180.97 181.05 181.14 181.23 181.32 181.41 181.49 181.58 181.67 181.76 181.85 181.93 182.02 182.11 182.20 182.29 182.37 182.46 182.55 182.64 182.72 182.81 182.90 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 182.99 183.08 183.16 183.25 183.34 183.43 183.52 183.60 183.69 183.78 183.87 183.96 184.04 184.13 184.22 184.31 184.39 184.48 184.57 184.66 184.75 184.83 184.92 185.01 185.10 185.19 185.27 185.36 185.45 185.54 185.63 185.71 185.80 185.89 185.98 186.06 186.15 186.24 186.33 186.42 186.50 186.59 186.68 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 186.77 186.86 186.94 187.03 187.12 187.21 187.29 187.38 187.47 187.56 187.65 187.73 187.82 187.91 188.00 188.09 188.17 188.26 188.35 188.44 188.53 188.61 188.70 188.79 188.88 188.96 189.05 189.14 189.23 189.32 189.40 189.49 189.58 189.67 189.76 189.84 189.93 190.02 190.11 190.20 190.28 190.37 190.46 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 190.55 190.63 190.72 190.81 190.90 190.99 191.07 191.16 191.25 191.34 191.43 191.51 191.60 191.69 191.78 191.87 191.95 192.04 192.13 192.22 192.30 192.39 192.48 192.57 192.66 192.74 192.83 192.92 193.01 193.10 193.18 193.27 193.36 193.45 193.54 193.62 193.71 193.80 193.89 193.97 194.06 194.15 194.24 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 K Electric Elements Diagram 194.33 194.41 194.50 194.59 194.68 194.77 194.85 194.94 195.03 195.12 195.21 195.29 195.38 195.47 195.56 195.64 195.73 195.82 195.91 196.00 196.08 196.17 196.26 196.35 196.44 196.52 196.61 196.70 196.79 196.88 196.96 197.05 197.14 197.23 197.31 197.40 197.49 197.58 197.67 197.75 197.84 197.93 198.02 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 198.11 198.19 198.28 198.37 198.46 198.54 198.63 198.72 198.81 198.90 198.98 199.07 199.16 199.25 199.34 199.42 199.51 199.60 199.69 199.78 199.86 199.95 200.04 200.13 200.21 200.30 200.39 200.48 200.57 200.65 200.74 200.83 200.92 201.01 201.09 201.18 201.27 201.36 201.45 201.53 201.62 201.71 201.80 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 201.88 201.97 202.06 202.15 202.24 202.32 202.41 202.50 202.59 202.68 202.76 202.85 202.94 203.03 203.12 203.20 203.29 203.38 203.47 203.55 203.64 203.73 203.82 203.91 203.99 204.08 204.17 204.26 204.35 204.43 204.52 204.61 204.70 204.79 204.87 204.96 205.05 205.14 205.22 205.31 205.40 205.49 205.58 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 205.66 205.75 205.84 205.93 206.02 206.10 206.19 206.28 206.37 206.46 206.54 206.63 206.72 206.81 206.89 206.98 207.07 207.16 207.25 207.33 207.42 207.51 207.60 207.69 207.77 207.86 207.95 208.04 208.13 208.21 208.30 208.39 208.48 208.56 208.65 208.74 208.83 208.92 209.00 209.09 209.18 209.27 209.36 - 221 - VMC Series 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 - 222 - J Position of Electris Parts on Machine 209.44 209.53 209.62 209.71 209.79 209.88 209.97 210.06 210.15 210.23 210.32 210.41 210.50 210.59 210.67 210.76 210.85 210.94 211.03 211.11 211.20 211.29 211.38 211.46 211.55 211.64 211.73 211.82 211.90 211.99 212.08 212.17 212.26 212.34 212.43 212.52 212.61 212.70 212.78 212.87 212.96 213.05 213.13 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 213.22 213.31 213.40 213.49 213.57 213.66 213.75 213.84 213.93 214.01 214.10 214.19 214.28 214.37 214.45 214.54 214.63 214.72 214.80 214.89 214.98 215.07 215.16 215.24 215.33 215.42 215.51 215.60 215.68 215.77 215.86 215.95 216.04 216.12 216.21 216.30 216.39 216.47 216.56 216.65 216.74 216.83 216.91 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 217.00 217.09 217.18 217.27 217.35 217.44 217.53 217.62 217.71 217.79 217.88 217.97 218.06 218.14 218.23 218.32 218.41 218.50 218.58 218.67 218.76 218.85 218.94 219.02 219.11 219.20 219.29 219.38 219.46 219.55 219.64 219.73 219.81 219.90 219.99 220.08 220.17 220.25 220.34 220.43 220.52 220.61 220.69 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 220.78 220.87 220.96 221.04 221.13 221.22 221.31 221.40 221.48 221.57 221.66 221.75 221.84 221.92 222.01 222.10 222.19 222.28 222.36 222.45 222.54 222.63 222.71 222.80 222.89 222.98 223.07 223.15 223.24 223.33 223.42 223.51 223.59 223.68 223.77 223.86 223.95 224.03 224.12 224.21 224.30 224.38 224.47 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 K Electric Elements Diagram 224.56 224.65 224.74 224.82 224.91 225.00 225.09 225.18 225.26 225.35 225.44 225.53 225.62 225.70 225.79 225.88 225.97 226.05 226.14 226.23 226.32 226.41 226.49 226.58 226.67 226.76 226.85 226.93 227.02 227.11 227.20 227.29 227.37 227.46 227.55 227.64 227.72 227.81 227.90 227.99 228.08 228.16 228.25 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 228.34 228.43 228.52 228.60 228.69 228.78 228.87 228.96 229.04 229.13 229.22 229.31 229.39 229.48 229.57 229.66 229.75 229.83 229.92 230.01 230.10 230.19 230.27 230.36 230.45 230.54 230.63 230.71 230.80 230.89 230.98 231.06 231.15 231.24 231.33 231.42 231.50 231.59 231.68 231.77 231.86 231.94 232.03 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 232.12 232.21 232.29 232.38 232.47 232.56 232.65 232.73 232.82 232.91 233.00 233.09 233.17 233.26 233.35 233.44 233.53 233.61 233.70 233.79 233.88 233.96 234.05 234.14 234.23 234.32 234.40 234.49 234.58 234.67 234.76 234.84 234.93 235.02 235.11 235.20 235.28 235.37 235.46 235.55 235.63 235.72 235.81 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 235.90 235.99 236.07 236.16 236.25 236.34 236.43 236.51 236.60 236.69 236.78 236.87 236.95 237.04 237.13 237.22 237.30 237.39 237.48 237.57 237.66 237.74 237.83 237.92 238.01 238.10 238.18 238.27 238.36 238.45 238.54 238.62 238.71 238.80 238.89 238.97 239.06 239.15 239.24 239.33 239.41 239.50 239.59 - 223 - VMC Series 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 - 224 - J Position of Electris Parts on Machine 239.68 239.77 239.85 239.94 240.03 240.12 240.21 240.29 240.38 240.47 240.56 240.64 240.73 240.82 240.91 241.00 241.08 241.17 241.26 241.35 241.44 241.52 241.61 241.70 241.79 241.88 241.96 242.05 242.14 242.23 242.31 242.40 242.49 242.58 242.67 242.75 242.84 242.93 243.02 243.11 243.19 243.28 243.37 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 243.46 243.54 243.63 243.72 243.81 243.90 243.98 244.07 244.16 244.25 244.34 244.42 244.51 244.60 244.69 244.78 244.86 244.95 245.04 245.13 245.21 245.30 245.39 245.48 245.57 245.65 245.74 245.83 245.92 246.01 246.09 246.18 246.27 246.36 246.45 246.53 246.62 246.71 246.80 246.88 246.97 247.06 247.15 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 247.24 247.32 247.41 247.50 247.59 247.68 247.76 247.85 247.94 248.03 248.12 248.20 248.29 248.38 248.47 248.55 248.64 248.73 248.82 248.91 248.99 249.08 249.17 249.26 249.35 249.43 249.52 249.61 249.70 249.79 249.87 249.96 250.05 250.14 250.22 250.31 250.40 250.49 250.58 250.66 250.75 250.84 250.93 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 251.02 251.10 251.19 251.28 251.37 251.46 251.54 251.63 251.72 251.81 251.89 251.98 252.07 252.16 252.25 252.33 252.42 252.51 252.60 252.69 252.77 252.86 252.95 253.04 253.13 253.21 253.30 253.39 253.48 253.56 253.65 253.74 253.83 253.92 254.00 254.09 254.18 254.27 254.36 254.44 254.53 254.62 254.71 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 K Electric Elements Diagram 254.79 254.88 254.97 255.06 255.15 255.23 255.32 255.41 255.50 255.59 255.67 255.76 255.85 255.94 256.03 256.11 256.20 256.29 256.38 256.46 256.55 256.64 256.73 256.82 256.90 256.99 257.08 257.17 257.26 257.34 257.43 257.52 257.61 257.70 257.78 257.87 257.96 258.05 258.13 258.22 258.31 258.40 258.49 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 258.57 258.66 258.75 258.84 258.93 259.01 259.10 259.19 259.28 259.37 259.45 259.54 259.63 259.72 259.80 259.89 259.98 260.07 260.16 260.24 260.33 260.42 260.51 260.60 260.68 260.77 260.86 260.95 261.04 261.12 261.21 261.30 261.39 261.47 261.56 261.65 261.74 261.83 261.91 262.00 262.09 262.18 262.27 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 262.35 262.44 262.53 262.62 262.71 262.79 262.88 262.97 263.06 263.14 263.23 263.32 263.41 263.50 263.58 263.67 263.76 263.85 263.94 264.02 264.11 264.20 264.29 264.38 264.46 264.55 264.64 264.73 264.81 264.90 264.99 265.08 265.17 265.25 265.34 265.43 265.52 265.61 265.69 265.78 265.87 265.96 266.04 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 266.13 266.22 266.31 266.40 266.48 266.57 266.66 266.75 266.84 266.92 267.01 267.10 267.19 267.28 267.36 267.45 267.54 267.63 267.71 267.80 267.89 267.98 268.07 268.15 268.24 268.33 268.42 268.51 268.59 268.68 268.77 268.86 268.95 269.03 269.12 269.21 269.30 269.38 269.47 269.56 269.65 269.74 269.82 - 225 - VMC Series 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 - 226 - J Position of Electris Parts on Machine 269.91 270.00 270.09 270.18 270.26 270.35 270.44 270.53 270.62 270.70 270.79 270.88 270.97 271.05 271.14 271.23 271.32 271.41 271.49 271.58 271.67 271.76 271.85 271.93 272.02 272.11 272.20 272.29 272.37 272.46 272.55 272.64 272.72 272.81 272.90 272.99 273.08 273.16 273.25 273.34 273.43 273.52 273.60 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 273.69 273.78 273.87 273.96 274.04 274.13 274.22 274.31 274.39 274.48 274.57 274.66 274.75 274.83 274.92 275.01 275.10 275.19 275.27 275.36 275.45 275.54 275.63 275.71 275.80 275.89 275.98 276.06 276.15 276.24 276.33 276.42 276.50 276.59 276.68 276.77 276.86 276.94 277.03 277.12 277.21 277.29 277.38 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 277.47 277.56 277.65 277.73 277.82 277.91 278.00 278.09 278.17 278.26 278.35 278.44 278.53 278.61 278.70 278.79 278.88 278.96 279.05 279.14 279.23 279.32 279.40 279.49 279.58 279.67 279.76 279.84 279.93 280.02 280.11 280.20 280.28 280.37 280.46 280.55 280.63 280.72 280.81 280.90 280.99 281.07 281.16 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 281.25 281.34 281.43 281.51 281.60 281.69 281.78 281.87 281.95 282.04 282.13 282.22 282.30 282.39 282.48 282.57 282.66 282.74 282.83 282.92 283.01 283.10 283.18 283.27 283.36 283.45 283.54 283.62 283.71 283.80 283.89 283.97 284.06 284.15 284.24 284.33 284.41 284.50 284.59 284.68 284.77 284.85 284.94 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 K Electric Elements Diagram 285.03 285.12 285.21 285.29 285.38 285.47 285.56 285.64 285.73 285.82 285.91 286.00 286.08 286.17 286.26 286.35 286.44 286.52 286.61 286.70 286.79 286.88 286.96 287.05 287.14 287.23 287.31 287.40 287.49 287.58 287.67 287.75 287.84 287.93 288.02 288.11 288.19 288.28 288.37 288.46 288.54 288.63 288.72 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 288.81 288.90 288.98 289.07 289.16 289.25 289.34 289.42 289.51 289.60 289.69 289.78 289.86 289.95 290.04 290.13 290.21 290.30 290.39 290.48 290.57 290.65 290.74 290.83 290.92 291.01 291.09 291.18 291.27 291.36 291.45 291.53 291.62 291.71 291.80 291.88 291.97 292.06 292.15 292.24 292.32 292.41 292.50 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 292.59 292.68 292.76 292.85 292.94 293.03 293.12 293.20 293.29 293.38 293.47 293.55 293.64 293.73 293.82 293.91 293.99 294.08 294.17 294.26 294.35 294.43 294.52 294.61 294.70 294.79 294.87 294.96 295.05 295.14 295.22 295.31 295.40 295.49 295.58 295.66 295.75 295.84 295.93 296.02 296.10 296.19 296.28 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 296.37 296.46 296.54 296.63 296.72 296.81 296.89 296.98 297.07 297.16 297.25 297.33 297.42 297.51 297.60 297.69 297.77 297.86 297.95 298.04 298.13 298.21 298.30 298.39 298.48 298.56 298.65 298.74 298.83 298.92 299.00 299.09 299.18 299.27 299.36 299.44 299.53 299.62 299.71 299.79 299.88 299.97 300.06 - 227 - VMC Series 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 - 228 - J Position of Electris Parts on Machine 300.15 300.23 300.32 300.41 300.50 300.59 300.67 300.76 300.85 300.94 301.03 301.11 301.20 301.29 301.38 301.46 301.55 301.64 301.73 301.82 301.90 301.99 302.08 302.17 302.26 302.34 302.43 302.52 302.61 302.70 302.78 302.87 302.96 303.05 303.13 303.22 303.31 303.40 303.49 303.57 303.66 303.75 303.84 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 303.93 304.01 304.10 304.19 304.28 304.37 304.45 304.54 304.63 304.72 304.80 304.89 304.98 305.07 305.16 305.24 305.33 305.42 305.51 305.60 305.68 305.77 305.86 305.95 306.04 306.12 306.21 306.30 306.39 306.47 306.56 306.65 306.74 306.83 306.91 307.00 307.09 307.18 307.27 307.35 307.44 307.53 307.62 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 307.71 307.79 307.88 307.97 308.06 308.14 308.23 308.32 308.41 308.50 308.58 308.67 308.76 308.85 308.94 309.02 309.11 309.20 309.29 309.38 309.46 309.55 309.64 309.73 309.81 309.90 309.99 310.08 310.17 310.25 310.34 310.43 310.52 310.61 310.69 310.78 310.87 310.96 311.04 311.13 311.22 311.31 311.40 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 311.48 311.57 311.66 311.75 311.84 311.92 312.01 312.10 312.19 312.28 312.36 312.45 312.54 312.63 312.71 312.80 312.89 312.98 313.07 313.15 313.24 313.33 313.42 313.51 313.59 313.68 313.77 313.86 313.95 314.03 314.12 314.21 314.30 314.38 314.47 314.56 314.65 314.74 314.82 314.91 315.00 315.09 315.18 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 K Electric Elements Diagram 315.26 315.35 315.44 315.53 315.62 315.70 315.79 315.88 315.97 316.05 316.14 316.23 316.32 316.41 316.49 316.58 316.67 316.76 316.85 316.93 317.02 317.11 317.20 317.29 317.37 317.46 317.55 317.64 317.72 317.81 317.90 317.99 318.08 318.16 318.25 318.34 318.43 318.52 318.60 318.69 318.78 318.87 318.96 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634 3635 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649 3650 3651 3652 3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 3671 3672 319.04 319.13 319.22 319.31 319.39 319.48 319.57 319.66 319.75 319.83 319.92 320.01 320.10 320.19 320.27 320.36 320.45 320.54 320.63 320.71 320.80 320.89 320.98 321.06 321.15 321.24 321.33 321.42 321.50 321.59 321.68 321.77 321.86 321.94 322.03 322.12 322.21 322.29 322.38 322.47 322.56 322.65 322.73 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works 3673 3674 3675 3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684 3685 3686 3687 3688 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 322.82 322.91 323.00 323.09 323.17 323.26 323.35 323.44 323.53 323.61 323.70 323.79 323.88 323.96 324.05 324.14 324.23 324.32 324.40 324.49 324.58 324.67 324.76 324.84 324.93 325.02 325.11 325.20 325.28 325.37 325.46 325.55 325.63 325.72 325.81 325.90 325.99 326.07 326.16 326.25 326.34 326.43 326.51 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 3730 3731 3732 3733 3734 3735 3736 3737 3738 3739 3740 3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 326.60 326.69 326.78 326.87 326.95 327.04 327.13 327.22 327.30 327.39 327.48 327.57 327.66 327.74 327.83 327.92 328.01 328.10 328.18 328.27 328.36 328.45 328.54 328.62 328.71 328.80 328.89 328.97 329.06 329.15 329.24 329.33 329.41 329.50 329.59 329.68 329.77 329.85 329.94 330.03 330.12 330.21 330.29 - 229 - VMC Series 3759 3760 3761 3762 3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 3785 3786 3787 3788 3789 3790 3791 3792 3793 3794 3795 3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 - 230 - J Position of Electris Parts on Machine 330.38 330.47 330.56 330.64 330.73 330.82 330.91 331.00 331.08 331.17 331.26 331.35 331.44 331.52 331.61 331.70 331.79 331.88 331.96 332.05 332.14 332.23 332.31 332.40 332.49 332.58 332.67 332.75 332.84 332.93 333.02 333.11 333.19 333.28 333.37 333.46 333.54 333.63 333.72 333.81 333.90 333.98 334.07 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 3832 3833 3834 3835 3836 3837 3838 3839 3840 3841 3842 3843 3844 334.16 334.25 334.34 334.42 334.51 334.60 334.69 334.78 334.86 334.95 335.04 335.13 335.21 335.30 335.39 335.48 335.57 335.65 335.74 335.83 335.92 336.01 336.09 336.18 336.27 336.36 336.45 336.53 336.62 336.71 336.80 336.88 336.97 337.06 337.15 337.24 337.32 337.41 337.50 337.59 337.68 337.76 337.85 3845 3846 3847 3848 3849 3850 3851 3852 3853 3854 3855 3856 3857 3858 3859 3860 3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 3878 3879 3880 3881 3882 3883 3884 3885 3886 3887 337.94 338.03 338.12 338.20 338.29 338.38 338.47 338.55 338.64 338.73 338.82 338.91 338.99 339.08 339.17 339.26 339.35 339.43 339.52 339.61 339.70 339.79 339.87 339.96 340.05 340.14 340.22 340.31 340.40 340.49 340.58 340.66 340.75 340.84 340.93 341.02 341.10 341.19 341.28 341.37 341.46 341.54 341.63 3888 3889 3890 3891 3892 3893 3894 3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 3907 3908 3909 3910 3911 3912 3913 3914 3915 3916 3917 3918 3919 3920 3921 3922 3923 3924 3925 3926 3927 3928 3929 3930 341.72 341.81 341.89 341.98 342.07 342.16 342.25 342.33 342.42 342.51 342.60 342.69 342.77 342.86 342.95 343.04 343.13 343.21 343.30 343.39 343.48 343.56 343.65 343.74 343.83 343.92 344.00 344.09 344.18 344.27 344.36 344.44 344.53 344.62 344.71 344.79 344.88 344.97 345.06 345.15 345.23 345.32 345.41 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VMC Series 3931 3932 3933 3934 3935 3936 3937 3938 3939 3940 3941 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 3947 3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953 3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960 3961 3962 3963 3964 3965 3966 3967 3968 3969 3970 3971 3972 K Electric Elements Diagram 345.50 345.59 345.67 345.76 345.85 345.94 346.03 346.11 346.20 346.29 346.38 346.46 346.55 346.64 346.73 346.82 346.90 346.99 347.08 347.17 347.26 347.34 347.43 347.52 347.61 347.70 347.78 347.87 347.96 348.05 348.13 348.22 348.31 348.40 348.49 348.57 348.66 348.75 348.84 348.93 349.01 349.10 3973 3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 349.19 349.28 349.37 349.45 349.54 349.63 349.72 349.80 349.89 349.98 350.07 350.16 350.24 350.33 350.42 350.51 350.60 350.68 350.77 350.86 350.95 351.04 351.12 351.21 351.30 351.39 351.47 351.56 351.65 351.74 351.83 351.91 352.00 352.09 352.18 352.27 352.35 352.44 352.53 352.62 352.71 352.79 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053 4054 4055 4056 352.88 352.97 353.06 353.14 353.23 353.32 353.41 353.50 353.58 353.67 353.76 353.85 353.94 354.02 354.11 354.20 354.29 354.38 354.46 354.55 354.64 354.73 354.81 354.90 354.99 355.08 355.17 355.25 355.34 355.43 355.52 355.61 355.69 355.78 355.87 355.96 356.04 356.13 356.22 356.31 356.40 356.48 4057 4058 4059 4060 4061 4062 4063 4064 4065 4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 4091 4092 4093 4094 4095 356.57 356.66 356.75 356.84 356.92 357.01 357.10 357.19 357.28 357.36 357.45 357.54 357.63 357.71 357.80 357.89 357.98 358.07 358.15 358.24 358.33 358.42 358.51 358.59 358.68 358.77 358.86 358.95 359.03 359.12 359.21 359.30 359.38 359.47 359.56 359.65 359.74 359.82 359.91 - 231 - VMC Series M J Position of Electris Parts on Machine The setting up and use of function in prohibited region The Setting Up and Use of Function in Prohibited Region function of Prohibited region: when the turntable(K16.0 = 1) or fixture(K16.2 = 1) is on the working platform ,it take effect. at the time it ensure that the spindle or tool could not make collision with the turntable or fixture on the working platform, and the turntable or fixture could not be cut by tool. First.The use of function in the prohibited region 1. the setting up of the length and the radius value of the tool The amount of tools whose length and radius value will be set up can not more than 33,and fill them into the macro variables(#710~#775).The data units of these data is Ојm ,and the decimal can not be fill in. Under normal circumstances, the length and radius value of tool will be written by the user of the machine. #710 #711 #712 #713 #714 #715 #716 #717 #718 #719 #720 #721 #722 #723 #724 #725 #726 #727 #728 #727 #730 #731 #732 #733 - 232 - TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL 0 radius 0 length 1 radius 1 length 2 radius 2 length 3 radius 3 length 4 radius 4 length 5 radius 5 length 6 radius 6 length 7 radius 7 length 8 radius 8 length 9 radius 9 length 10 radius 10 length 11 radius 11 length China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works PMC Parameters List VMC Series #734 #735 #736 #737 #738 #737 #740 #741 #742 #743 #744 #745 #746 #747 #748 #749 #750 #751 #752 #753 #754 #755 #756 #757 #758 #759 #760 #761 #762 #763 #764 #765 #766 #767 #768 #769 #770 #771 #772 #773 #774 #775 TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL TOOL 12 radius 12 length 13 radius 13 length 14 radius 14 length 15 radius 15 length 16 radius 16 length 17 radius 17 length 18 radius 18 length 19 radius 19 length 20 radius 20 length 21 radius 21 length 22 radius 22 length 23 radius 23 length 24 radius 24 length 25 radius 25 length 26 radius 26 length 27 radius 27 length 28 radius 28 length 29 radius 29 length 30 radius 30 length 31 radius 31 length 32 radius 32 length China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 233 - VMC Series J Position of Electris Parts on Machine 2, the use of function in the prohibited region When all the data have been set by users, they can use the functions of the prohibited regions. A. the use of the machine with tool storage Behind the code "M06;" in the proceedings that when the machine have finished automatic changing tool,the command"G101;" will be implemented. Then ,the prohibited region will expand that can ensure the tool could not make the collision with the turntable or fixture of machine. B. the use of the machine with no tool storage When the machine have no tool storage ,it need to unload and load the blade manually. Firstly,the tool must be arranged whit the number ,such as NO.1 blade ,NO.2 blade…….When it implement the code”T1”in the proceedings, the machine will automatically entered into the feeding-maintain state.The operator will switch the way into JOG, and manually loosen the blade of the spindle .Then,the user loads the NO.1 blade, and press the cycle-starting button.It will implement the command “G101”behind the “T1”.Then, the prohibited region will expand that can ensure the tool could not make the collision with the turntable or fixture of machine. C. When there is no tool on the spindle, it will implement the command “G100”.Then,the prohibited region will minify that can ensure the spindle could not make the collision with the turntable or fixture of machine. Second. The alarm of the prohibited regional function Alarm number 502 503 510 511 - 234 - information OVER TRAVELпјљ+n OVER TRAVELпјљ-n OVER TRAVELпјљ+n OVER TRAVELпјљ-n content Exceed over the storage-travel limit of n-axis+direction Exceed over the storage-travel limit of n-axis-direction Mobile pre-stroke limit and check if the end of program modules inter into the prohibited region of n-positive side stroke limit. Mobile pre-stroke limit and check if the end of program modules inter into the prohibited region of n-negative side stroke limit. China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works PMC Parameters List VMC Series N PMC Parameters List –0i-Mate-MD List of parameters K----For 0i-Mate-MD BYTE K00 K01 K02 K03 K04 bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 value Function 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Tool set level/magazine back off switch ATC stop switch ATC buckle tool signal switch ATC origin signal switch lubrication liquid position low switch Lubrication pressure low switch The pressure of air source is low switch Work-piece unclamp switch Work-piece unclamp switch Clamp tool to the specified location switch Unclamp tool to the specified location switch Rotating unclamp to the specified location switch Rotating clamp to the specified location switch Internal coolant box liquid position low switch 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 X axis enable Y axis enable Z axis enable A axis enable There are 20 pocket in tool magazine There are 24 pocket in tool magazine There are 16 pocket in tool magazine Z axis with mechanical brake 1 1 1 1 1 Hydraulic station temperature alarm switch active Hydraulic station filter alarm switch active Hydraulic station water level alarm switch active Hydraulic Fan active Cancel the lub related alarm China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 235 - VMC Series K05 K06 K07 K08 K09 K10 - 236 - J Position of Electris Parts on Machine 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 1 Permit modify the NC parameter 1 Permit modify the PLC 1 With inner air coolant 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 The pressure of air source is inactive Cancel MAG and ATC Spindle speed check signal is available Cancel the position switch control There is a unclamped switch on the spindle box The first tool is big tool The third tool is big tool The fifth tool is big tool The seventh tool is big tool The ninth tool is big tool The eleventh tool is big tool Change the way of tool unclamped 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Hydraulic station temperature alarm switch Hydraulic station filter alarm switch Hydraulic station water level alarm switch Outer cooling water level low alarm switch Oil cooling fault alarm switch Magazine counter switch Magazine origin switch Tool set uprightness/ magazine onward switch 1 1 1 ATC active Spindle max Spindle max 1 Use the normal handwheel 10000 n/min 10000 r/min China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works PMC Parameters List VMC Series K11 K12 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 K13 4 5 6 7 0 K14 1 2 3 4 K15 1 Use the handwheel of Japanese 1 1 1 1 1 1 Separate oil from water With gear box X axis reference direction is minus Y axis reference direction is minus Z axis reference direction is minus A axis reference direction is minus 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 With NC4 With TS30 With TS27R With RMP60 With OMP60 With E83Wa With NC4 With SCALE Without raster Without lubrication press low switch With lubrication press low switch With inner coolant Without inner coolant Without spindle coolant motor fault switch With spindle coolant motor fault switch With the M30 makes the tool machine power off Without the M30 makes the tool machine power off With helix chip conveyor Without helix chip conveyor With chain chip conveyor Without chain chip conveyor If door key pressed, spindle stop rotating, cycle stop, Auxiliary motor stop With chip flush Without chip flush When door open, auxiliary motor can ran in JOG mode When door open, auxiliary motor can not ran in JOG mode Override switch coded is Gray Override switch coded is Binary 1 0 To cycle start, Z axis must be in position switch 3 Cycle start has nothing to do with position witch 3 1 5 6 7 0 1 China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 237 - VMC Series J Position of Electris Parts on Machine 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 K16 4 5 6 7 - 238 - 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 With plate magazine REF switch Without plate magazine REF switch With water gun Without water gun The FANUC standard MCP and sub MCP Without air gun To unclamp tool spindle must be orientated Unclamping tool has nothing to do with spindle orientation Spindle could not rotate manual Spindle could rotate manual When machine locked, S code is executed When machine locked, S code is not executed With A axis Without A axis Hydraulic station is used for gearbox and unclamping tool Hydraulic station is used for clamping work-piece Cancel door lock With air protection Without air protection Fan on the hydraulic station Without fan on the hydraulic station Spindle coolant motor run when spindle rotating Spindle coolant motor run when machine is power on PMC control spindle when it rotate manually NC control spindle when it rotate manually China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works
© Copyright 2024 Paperzz
